Capital Projects Facility Contract Safety Plans ...

Capital Projects Facility Contract Safety Plans

Development Guide

Washington State Department of Corrections

Updated: March 2015

CAPITAL PROGRAMS FACILITY CONTRACT SAFETY PLAN

CHECKLIST – CAPITAL PROJECT PRE-CONSTRUCTION PLAN

FACILITY / INSTITUTION PROJECT NAME

FACILITY CONTRACT (FC) NUMBER

START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER

CONTRACTOR SAFETY OFFICER

PHONE NUMBER

FACILITY SAFETY OFFICER

PHONE NUMBER

Reference: WAC 296-24 General Safety & Health; WAC 296-62 General Occupational Health Standards; WAC 296-155 Safety Standards for Construction Work

CHECK APPLICABLE BOXES BELOW IF PROJECT INVOLVES

Accident Report Form – DOC 03-133 Hand/Power Tools WAC 296-155-350

Asbestos Program – DOC 890.095; WAC 296-62-077 Ladders/Scaffolding WAC 296-24-862

Barricades/Signs/Signage WAC 296-155-305, 310, 315 Lead Abatement 296-62-07521

Compressed Gas Cylinders WAC 296-24-920 Lockout/Tagout Program – DOC 890.120; WAC 296-803

Confined Space Entry – DOC 890.020, WAC 296-809 Machine Guarding WAC 296-806

Crane & Hoist/Rigging/Manlift WAC 296-24-215 PPE – DOC 890.130 WAC 296-800-160

Electrical Work/Temp Lighting - DOC 890.140; WAC 296-155-426

Respirator Program – DOC 890.090; WAC 296-842

Fall Protection Plan – DOC 890.110; WAC 296-155-246 Stairways WAC 296-155-475

First Aid/Emergency Medical Treatment DOC 890.620 Tool Control – DOC 420.500 (RESTRICTED POLICY)

Fire Prevention Plan – DOC 890.380 Trenching/Excavation WAC 296-155-650

Flammable/Toxics/Caustics – DOC 890.070; WAC 296-24-370

Vehicle Safety/Job Site Transportation WAC 296-155-600

Floor and Wall Openings WAC 296-24-735 Welding/Cutting/Brazing WAC 296-24-680

Forklift/Industrial Trucks WAC 296-863

COMMENTS


http://apps.leg.wa.gov/WAC/default.aspx?cite=296-24



http://insidedoc/forms/Standard/03-133.pdf

http://apps.leg.wa.gov/WAC/default.aspx?cite=296-155-350

http://insidedoc/policies/DOC/word/890095.pdf



































CHECKLIST – CAPITAL PROJECT WEEKLY WORK SITE INSPECTION


FC CONTRACT NUMBER

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


CHECK APPLICABLE BOXES BELOW IF PROJECT INVOLVES:

General housekeeping practices are observed “Authorized Persons” are identified

PPE is properly used, inspected, and maintained “Competent Persons” are identified

Torn or loose clothing is not being worn Required entry permits are in use

Tools & equipment are safe & reliable Appropriate fire suppression equipment is available

Defective equipment is properly tagged Adequate lighting is provided

Safety Devices & safeguards are in place Ventilation is provided for general welding / cutting

MSDSs are on hand for all hazardous materials Gas cylinders are properly used & stored

Hazardous materials are properly stored Motor vehicles are safe & reliable

Hazardous materials are properly labeled Motor vehicle operators are qualified / licensed

Applicable notice and warning signs are posted Forklifts / Industrial trucks are safe & reliable

First aid kits are adequate & available Forklift / Industrial truck operators are qualified & licensed

Qualified first aid responders are on-site Hazardous waste is properly labeled & stored

Hazard report forms are readily available Workers are trained as required

Identified hazards have been corrected Lockout / tagout controls are being observed

COMMENTS:

INSPECTION COMPLETED BY

NAME DATE

TITLE





This safety handout must be read and signed by each offender prior

to beginning work in maintenance.

Table of Contents

Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 1

Safety First ........................................................................................................................................ 1

Protect Yourself With Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) .......................................................... 3

Hand Tool and General Safety .......................................................................................................... 5

Hand / Power Tool Safety ................................................................................................................. 6

Shop Hazards and Typical Incidents................................................................................................. 7

Detergent/Soap .................................................................................................................................. 8

Bench Mounted Tool Safety ........................................................................................................... 10

Greases ............................................................................................................................................ 11

Portable Ladders ............................................................................................................................. 12

Lockout - Tagout (LOTO) ............................................................................................................. 15

Housekeeping and Material Storage ............................................................................................... 17

Hazard Communication and Chemical Safety ................................................................................ 20

Information Chemical Users Must Know ....................................................................................... 29

Hazard Assessment ......................................................................................................................... 30

Accident Reporting ......................................................................................................................... 33

Proper Lifting .................................................................................................................................. 34

First Aid / Fire Plan......................................................................................................................... 37

Vehicle Safety / Job Site Transportation ........................................................................................ 46

Offender Safety Orientation Revised March 2015

Department of Corrections Facility Contract Offender Safety Orientation

Introduction As a part of your assignment to maintenance, you are expected to work in a safe manner. The following is a list of general shop safety rules that you are expected to observe and practice. Accident prevention and shop safety goes hand-in-hand. We want your work assignment to be both productive and safe. As a big part of your assignment, you will be checking out and using tools on a daily basis. It is important that all tools be treated as potentially dangerous and ONLY used for their intended design. When you check a tool out YOU are completely responsible for it. You are responsible to see if the tool is in good condition when you check it out, and that it gets used in its proper manner. You are also responsible to insure that the tools in your care are returned in good condition to the proper storage areas when you are done with them. Any deviation from this is an infractable offense that may lead to your dismissal. YOU ARE NOT ALLOWED TO WEAR PERSONAL CLOTHING AT WORK. Wear state issue clothing only. If you have any questions regarding anything in this handout, talk to your supervisor.

Safety First

1. When in doubt, ask your supervisor. In addition, report all accidents to your supervisor no matter how minor.

2. Safety apparel (Personal Protective Equipment, PPE), i.e. safety glasses, face shields, ear plugs, gloves, etc., shall be worn whenever required.

3. Do not wear loose clothing and jewelry around machinery or equipment. 4. Practical jokes, horseplay and mock fighting will not be tolerated. 5. Always be alert for tripping hazards or any other hazards and remove them

immediately. If you cannot remove a hazard then report it to your supervisor immediately, before anyone gets hurt.

6. Do not use flammable liquids for purposes other than their intended use. NEVER USE GASOLINE AS A CLEANING SOLVENT!

7. Keep your work area free from unnecessary obstructions and potential hazards. 8. Clean up all of your work areas before the end of the day. 9. Comply with all warning signs, tags and lockout devices. 10. Keep machinery and tool guards in place. If one must be removed, get a supervisor’s

permission first. 11. Use a ladder or approved scaffolding for all overhead work. Never use makeshifts! 12. All files need to have handles and always cut away from your body when using a

knife.

Offender Safety Orientation Page 1 of 48 Revised March 2015


13. Never start a piece of equipment or machinery that has been tagged out or locked out. (You will be taught about Lockout Tagout later in this handout). Only authorized workers are allowed to operate any power equipment. You must be checked out on each piece of equipment by your supervisor before you are authorized to use it.

14. Only authorized operators are allowed on the Bobcat, tractors, riding mowers and forklifts. Absolutely NO riders are allowed on this equipment.

15. All equipment and tools will be checked for defects or unsafe conditions, before use. Power tools need to be properly grounded or double insulated and broken, cracked, or defective tools need to be turned in to a supervisor.

16. Never use power tools that have frayed or worn cords. Report them to a supervisor. 17. Do not lift heavy or bulky items by yourself, get help. 18. YOU are responsible for all tools and equipment checked out to you. Return all tools

to the proper storage place when you are finished. 19. If you lose a tool you will be infracted with a major and may be sent to segregation. 20. Never use a tool for any purpose it was not designed or intended to be used for. 21. YOU are responsible for any combination locks that you have been assigned to use.

The combinations are not to be passed on to other offenders that do not work in your immediate assigned crew area. Keep your tool storage and storage cabinet areas locked at all times unless you need to access them for something.

22. If someone who is not in your immediate assigned crew is found accessing your locked tool storage or locked storage cabinet areas you both will be infracted and may be terminated. If you leave your locked tool storage or locked storage cabinet areas open and unattended you will be infracted and may be terminated.

23. You are responsible for any keys checked out to you. There will be occasions when you will be handed-out keys for the Bobcat, riding mower, tractor, forklift, riding mower, etc. Keys are to be kept in your possession at all times and not to be passed on to other offenders or temporarily stashed somewhere.

24. If you lose a key you will be infracted and may be terminated. 25. All combustible liquids will be stored in approved flammable rated containers and

cabinets. 26. Know the location of all fire extinguishers in your work area. 27. Know the location of all emergency exits in your work area. 28. Keep clear of the vehicle hoist when a vehicle is in the air. Only authorized

automotive workers are allowed under a lifted vehicle or near a vehicle. Only offenders assigned to Automotive Maintenance are allowed inside vehicles.

29. For your own safety, whenever you have any doubts, always ask a supervisor for permission, directions or clarifications.



Protect Yourself with Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Overview Hard hats, safety glasses, face shields, earplugs, hand protection, steel-toed shoes, respirators and protective clothing. What do all these items have in common? They are all various forms of personal protective equipment, designed to protect workers from injury and illness. Yet, data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics shows the following:

• Hard hats were worn by only 16 percent of those workers who sustained head injuries, although two-fifths were required to wear them for certain tasks at specific locations

• Only 1 percent of approximately 770 workers suffering face injuries were wearing face protection

• Only 23 percent of the workers with foot injuries wore safety shoes or boots • About 40 percent of the workers with eye injuries wore eye protective equipment

A majority of these workers were injured while performing their normal jobs at regular work sites. WISHA standards require employers to furnish and require workers to use suitable PPE where there is a "reasonable probability" that injury can be prevented by such equipment. The standards also set provisions for specific equipment. While use of PPE is important, it is only a supplementary form of protection, necessary where all hazards have not been controlled through other means such as engineering controls. Engineering controls can be handrails, catwalks, guardrails, soundboard, air filtration systems, moving part guards, etc., designed for worker protection. Engineering controls are especially important in hearing and respiratory protection, which have specific standards calling for employers to take all feasible steps to control the hazards. Head Protection Cuts or bruises to the scalp and forehead occurred in 85 percent of the cases, concussions in 26 percent. Over a third of the cases resulted from falling objects striking the head. Protective hats for head protection against impact blows must be able to withstand penetration and absorb the shock of a blow. In some cases, hats should also protect against electric shock. Recognized standards for hats have been established by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). Foot and Leg Protection For protection, workers are required to wear leather work boots provided by the facility. You may only wear state issued boots at your job assignment. Tennis shoes, canvas shoes, or jogging shoes are not to be worn during work hours. You are least likely to have a foot injury wearing leather boots



Eye and Face Protection Injured workers surveyed indicated that eye and face protection normally was not used or practiced in their work areas, or it was not required for the type of work performed at the time of the accident. Almost one-third of face injuries were caused by metal objects, most often blunt and weighing one pound or more. Accidents resulted in cuts, lacerations, or punctures in 48 percent of the total, and fractures (including broken or lost teeth) in 27 percent. Protection should be based on kind and degree of hazard present and should be 1) reasonably comfortable, 2) fit properly, 3) durable, 4) cleanable, 5) sanitary, and 6) in good condition. Ear Protection Exposure to high noise levels can cause irreversible hearing loss or impairment. It can also create physical and psychological stress. Waxed cotton; foam or fiberglass wool earplugs are self-forming. Disposable earplugs should be used once and thrown away; non-disposable ones should be cleaned after each use for proper maintenance. Arm and Hand Protection Burns, cuts, electrical shock, amputation and absorption of chemicals are examples of hazards associated with arm and hand injuries. Hand protection hinges on knowing your hazards and the proper hand protection items we provide at this facility. No single glove type will protect you against all potential hand hazards. As with most PPE, you must choose the right protection for the job. There are four glove classifications:

• General purpose -- made of either leather or cotton, these gloves offer minor protection from abrasions, cuts, punctures, snags and minor temperature variations. Leather -- being a heavier material -- gives overall tougher protection. It will also protect against extreme heat and sparks.

• Cut-resistant -- made of wire or metal mesh, these gloves contain Kevlar®, Aramid or Spectra® yarns to reinforce their cut resistance.

• Special purpose -- welders use specially insulated gloves designed for use in extreme heat.

• Chemical-resistant -- prevents contact with and absorption of hazardous chemicals into your body. Because these gloves need to be non-porous, they are usually made of many different materials such as Nitrile®, neoprene, butyl rubber or natural rubber.

Protective Clothing Many hazards can threaten your torso area: heat, splashes from hot metals and liquids, impacts, cuts, acids, and radiation. A variety of protective clothing is available: vests, jackets, aprons, coveralls, and full body suits.



Fire and specially treated cotton clothing items are comfortable, and they adapt well to a variety of workplace temperatures. Other types of protective clothing include leather, rubberized fabrics for pesticide applications and wet weather work, and heavy weight overalls for cold weather. Respirator Protection A few jobs will require respirator use. If you are assigned to one of these positions and a need for a respirator arises your supervisor will train you in its use. Remember! Using PPE requires hazard awareness and training on the part of the user. Workers must be aware that the equipment alone does not eliminate the hazard. If the equipment fails, exposure will occur.

Hand Tool and General Safety

Seven Common Accident Causes Consider this statistic: 80 out of every 100 accidents are the fault of the person involved in the incident. Unsafe Acts cause four times as many accidents and injuries as unsafe conditions. Accidents occur for many reasons. In most industries people tend to look for "things" to blame when an accident happens, because it's easier than looking for "root causes," such as those listed below. Consider the underlying accident causes described. Have you been guilty of any of these attitudes or behaviors? If so, you may have not been injured, but next time you may not be so lucky.

1. Taking Shortcuts: Every day we make decisions that we hope will make our job faster and easier. But do time savers ever risk your own safety, or that of other crewmembers? Short cuts that reduce your safety on the job are not shortcuts, but an increased chance for injury.

2. Being Over Confident: Confidence is a good thing. Overconfidence is too much of a good thing. "It'll never happen to me" is an attitude that can lead to improper procedures, tools, or methods in your work. Any of these can lead to an injury.

3. Starting a Task with Incomplete Instructions: To do the job safely and right the first time, you need complete information. Have you ever seen a worker sent to do a job having been given only a part of the job's instructions? Don't be shy about asking for explanations about work procedures and safety precautions. It isn't dumb to ask questions; it's dumb not to.

4. Poor Housekeeping: When officers, supervisors or outside safety professionals walk through your work site, housekeeping is an accurate indicator of everyone's attitude about quality, production and safety. Poor housekeeping creates hazards of all types. A well-maintained area sets a standard for others to follow. Good housekeeping involves both pride and safety.

5. Ignoring Safety Procedures: Purposely failing to observe our safety procedures will cause you to be infracted and can endanger you and your co-workers. You are expected



to follow our safety policies - not to make your own rules. Being "casual" about safety can lead to a casualty!

6. Mental Distractions from Work: Having a bad day back at your unit and worrying about it at work is a hazardous combination. Dropping your 'mental' guard can pull your focus away from safe work procedures. You can also be distracted when you're busy working and a friend comes by to talk while you are trying to work. Don't become a statistic because you took your eyes off the machine "just for a moment."

7. Failure to Pre-Plan the Work: There is a lot of talk today about Job Hazard Analysis (JHA). The JHAs are an effective way to figure out the smartest ways to work safely and effectively. Being hasty in starting a task or not thinking through the process can put you in harms way. Instead, plan your work and then work your plan!

"It is better to be careful 100 times than to get killed once." (Mark Twain)

Hand / Power Tool Safety

Roto-hammers, air-wrenches, portable planers, skillsaws, and other hand tools are often underrated as sources of potential danger. Hand tools and some power tools may look harmless, but they are the cause of many injuries. In fact, an estimated 8-percent of all serious workplace injuries are caused by incidents associated with power hand tools. These injuries can include loss of fingers or eyesight. Power tools can cause many types of injuries:

1. Cuts, abrasions, amputations, and punctures: If power tools are designed to cut or remove metal and wood, remember what a single slip can do to fragile human flesh.

2. Repetitive motion injuries: Using the same tool in the same way all day long, day after day, can stress human muscles and ligaments. Carpal tunnel syndrome (inflammation of the nerve sheath in the wrist) and injuries to muscles, joints and ligaments are increasingly common if the wrong tool is used, or the right tool is used improperly. Injury from continuous vibration can also cause numbness or poor circulation in hands and arms.

3. Eye injuries: Flying chips of wood or metal are a common hazard, often causing permanent blindness.

4. Broken bones and bruises: Tools can slip, fall from heights, or even be thrown by careless workers, causing severe injuries. A hammer that falls from a ladder is a lethal weapon.

To avoid such injuries, remember the following safety procedures:

1. Use the right tool for the job. Don't use your airwrench as a hammer. Don't use a screwgun as a chisel, etc. Go back to the tool room and get the right tool in the right size for the job.



2. Never use broken or damaged tools, dull cutting tools, or screwdrivers with worn tips. Report them.

3. Cut in a direction away from your body. 4. Make sure your grip and footing are secure when using power and hand tools. 5. Carry tools securely in a tool belt or box. Don't carry tools up ladders. Use a hoist or

rope. 6. Keep close track of tools when working at heights. A falling tool can seriously injure

a co-worker. 7. Pass a tool to another person by the handle; never toss it to them. 8. Use the right PPE for the job. Follow our instructions for selecting and using safety

eyewear, steel toed shoes, gloves, hard hats, etc. 9. Never carry sharp or pointed tools such as a screwdriver in your pocket. 10. Select ergonomic tools for your work task when movements are repetitive and

forceful. 11. Be on the lookout for signs of repetitive stress. Early detection might prevent a

serious injury. 12. Only use tools that are in top condition. A dull blade or blunt point can lead to injury. 13. Secure your tools when you aren’t working with them, know where they are at all

times. Keep them locked up when you are at lunch or are away from them for any reason.

By following these precautions, you can help prevent injuries and provide a better

workplace for everyone. Remember, an ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure!

Shop Hazards and Typical Incidents An incident is defined as "any observable human activity sufficiently complete in itself to permit references and predictions to be made about the persons performing the act." Therefore, it is safe to say that incidents or accidents do not usually just happen; they happen for a reason and are usually due to unsafe acts or conditions. The following is a list of incidents that have typically led to worker accidents. There are many other unsafe acts, conditions, or work activities that give cause for concern, too. Which of these conditions have you perhaps worked under in your shop or maintenance work history?

1. Adjusting, or cleaning a machine while it is in operation. 2. Removing a machine guard or tampering with its adjustment. 3. Using compressed air over 30 psi to remove metal chips from work surfaces. 4. Using compressed air over 30 psi to blow dust or dirt off clothing or out of hair. 5. Working without safety glasses and/or a face shield in a designated eye-hazard area.



6. Failing to use ear plugs in work areas with high noise levels. 7. Wearing gloves, rings, long sleeves or loose clothing around machine tools. 8. Using a grinder with no tongue guard or properly adjusted work rest (1/8-in. max.

clearance). 9. Lifting an object that you know is too heavy for one person to handle. 10. Using an ungrounded or non-insulated portable electric hand tool. 11. Using frayed or poorly patched electrical cords. 12. Smoking in work areas where flammables or combustibles are used. 13. Storing spare oxygen and acetylene bottles near each other when not in use. 14. Using scaffolding or ladders beyond their load limits or with a missing safety latch on

the hook. Have you ever engaged in any of the above actions and suffered injuries? Was it worth it? Have you ever worked under any of the above conditions--and NOT suffered an injury? If you've been lucky so far, isn't it foolish to become complacent? The above actions have caused many serious and sometimes fatal injuries in shops and work

places.

Detergent/Soap Overview The detergent/soap group includes laundry detergents, disinfectants, general-purpose detergents, and scouring powders. Toilet and hand soaps, although members of this group, are not considered for control measures due to their low hazard. Many detergents and soaps contain high pH chemicals such as sodium hydroxide, trisodium phosphate or potassium hydroxide. These materials should be handled similarly to alkalies/bases/caustics. Ask your supervisor for guidance if you are in doubt about when or where to wear PPE, or about what type of safety equipment you need for a particular job. Proper use of PPE will provide the necessary protection against potential injuries and long term health effects. Control Measures

1. Ensure that exhaust ventilation (fixed or portable) is in operation in the vicinity of the area where chlorine- or ammonia-based detergents are being used.

2. If using ammonia-based detergents in areas where exhaust ventilation cannot be provided, wear an air-purifying respirator. Install a green-coded cartridge for ammonia gas.



3. When working with large quantities (5 or 55 gallon containers) of high pH powder detergent/soap, in a situation where dust may be breathed, use a disposable dust respirator.

4. Wear rubber gloves to minimize skin contact with a detergent/soap, which is not intended for use with skin.

5. Wear splash-proof goggles when liquid or powdered detergent/soap may strike the eyes. (For example, pouring, scrubbing, or spraying with liquid detergent/soap.)

Precautions

1. Avoid getting detergent/soap into the eyes. 2. Avoid purposely breathing vapors or dust of detergent/soap. Keep containers closed

when not in use. 3. Use detergent/soap only as prescribed on the container's label. Make sure the correct

amount and dilution is used. 4. When cleaning floor surfaces using a detergent/soap, exercise caution and post signs

to warn of slippery floor. 5. DO NOT re-use empty detergent/soap containers for any purpose other than to hold

detergent/soap wastes. 6. Store detergent/soap in cool, dry areas.

Health Hazards

1. Prolonged, repeated skin contact with high pH detergent/soap, which is not intended for the skin use, may result in skin irritation. If detergent/soap irritates the skin during use, stop using the detergent/soap and wash the affected skin areas thoroughly with large amounts of water. Report the incident to a supervisor.

2. Prolonged, repeated exposure to chlorine- or ammonia-based detergent/soap vapors can irritate the eyes, nose, throat, or lungs. If the eyes are itching or watery, or if dizziness or irritation in the nose, throat, or lungs is experienced while using detergents/soaps, stop work and go to an area with fresh air. Report the condition to a supervisor.

3. Contact of detergent/soap with the eyes can cause discomfort or even loss of vision. If a detergent/soap contacts the eyes, stop work and immediately go to the nearest eyewash. Flush the eyes including under the eyelids for 15 minutes. Report the accident to your supervisor immediately, even if the injury does not seem severe.

4. Ingestion of detergents/soaps can cause internal discomfort and irritation to the esophagus and the digestive tract.



If a detergent/soap is accidentally swallowed, see a supervisor right away. If drinking water is available, rinse mouth immediately with one glass of water. DO NOT induce vomiting or give the victim anything to eat or drink unless specified by a qualified medical person.

Don't be another "typical" incident statistic. Work smarter! Work safely!

Bench-Mounted Tool Safety

PPE Check

1. Eye protection - clean safety glasses and face shield 2. Hearing protection for noisy machines and operations 3. Hand protection - leather work gloves 4. Use proper respirator when using cutting fluids

Work Area Safety Check

1. Well lighted 2. Not in traffic area 3. No slip or trip hazards

Pre-Use Safety Check

1. Bench or floor mounted tool is securely mounted 2. Ensure electrical cords are grounded 3. Check to ensure switch is not damaged 4. Check to ensure there are no exposed wires 5. Work area is free of cords 6. Make sure all guards are in place and properly adjusted 7. Wheels are rated for higher speed than machine RPM 8. Equipment is securely mounted 9. Grinder tool rest gap to wheel is no larger than 1/8 inch

Operation Safety

1. Use tool rest - no free hand operations 2. Dress wheels as needed to prevent buildup and over heating 3. Stand aside from wheel when starting grinder 4. Keep hair, sleeves, and jewelry out of the work area 5. Replace wheel when you cannot adjust tool rest gap to proper opening size



Greases Overview The grease group includes graphite greases, silicone greases, molybdenum disulfide greases, plug valve greases, ball and roller bearing grease, and general-purpose greases. Ask your supervisor if you are in doubt about when or where to wear PPE, or about what type of safety equipment you need for a particular job. Proper use of PPE will provide the necessary protection against potential injuries and long term health effects. Control Measures

1. Local exhaust ventilation and respiratory protection are not normally required when using grease, but if you become dizzy or disoriented as a result of working with a grease, wear a half facepiece air-purifying respirator equipped with a black-coded organic vapor cartridge, before continuing the job

2. Hand contact with most greases does not present a health problem; however, the use of protective gloves is recommended

3. Wear safety glasses as a minimum eye protection when applying greases to overhead areas or when using grease under pressure in a gun

Precautions

1. Minimize/avoid repeated and prolonged skin contact with greases. 2. Avoid eye contact with greases. 3. Avoid breathing grease vapors, particularly when grease is applied to hot surfaces. 4. Do not expose greases to excessive heat or an open flame. 5. Be careful for slippery handgrip when gloves, tools, or machine parts have contact with

greases. 6. Keep greases from contacting strong oxidizers such as calcium hypochlorite, bleach, or

peroxides. 7. Keep grease containers closed when not in use. 8. Label grease guns with content name. 9. Store greases as flammable/combustible materials. 10. Protect grease containers from physical damage.

Health Hazards

1. Prolonged, repeated skin contact with greases can cause skin irritation in some individuals.

2. If grease contacts the skin, wash with soap/water upon completion of the job. Do not use solvents to remove grease from skin. If grease is injected under the skin (possibly from a grease gun under high pressure), see a supervisor immediately.



3. Contact with greases in the eyes can result in irritation and discomfort. 4. If grease gets in the eyes, stop work and proceed to the nearest eye wash and immediately

flush eyes including under the eyelids with water for 15 minutes. See a supervisor immediately.

5. Grease vapors usually are not a problem. 6. However, if you become dizzy/disoriented while working with greases, stop work and

proceed to an area with fresh air. See your supervisor. 7. Ingestion of greases causes internal discomfort and damages internal organs (LEAD

POISONING is possible for greases containing lead). Ingestion may cause a laxative condition (diarrhea).

8. If grease is accidentally swallowed, see a supervisor immediately. DO NOT induce vomiting or give the victim anything to eat or drink unless instructed by a qualified medical person.

Portable Ladders Improper Use Hazard Failure to obey the following instructions will result in death or serious injury. Do not use portable ladders unless you are properly trained to safely use ladders. Overview Falls from portable ladders are a major source of injury in the workplace. They are usually more serious than other physical injuries in the workplace, and more costly for everyone in terms of time loss and human suffering. Ladders have been around a long time, and are common to almost every home and workplace. This, and their simplicity, generates the false impression that ladder work requires no special knowledge or skills. The opposite is true. Therefore, maintenance workers who use ladders must be familiar with this safety manual and the precautions necessary to prevent falling. Choosing the Right Ladder Using a ladder for purposes not anticipated in its design is the most common cause of falls. Workers select ladders made available to them by the Maintenance Department, so make sure you choose the correct ladder for the task you are assigned. Be aware of the importance of choosing an WISHA-approved ladder of appropriate strength, type, and length for the task. Ladder inspection and setup, climbing techniques, safety precautions and common sense are also important factors that must be considered. Use a portable ladder only if you're sure it can support you. Inspect the ladder before and after use. If the ladder is defective, have your Supervisor tag it for repair or replacement.



Setting up a Ladder Ladders are very dangerous pieces of equipment. Once you've inspected your ladder and established that it's in good condition, it's important to know where and how to set-up a ladder.

1. Before setting up a ladder, check for overhead electrical wires. Clear the area around the base and top of the ladder of debris, tools and other objects

2. If you must use a ladder in passageways, driveways or other high traffic areas, set up suitable barricades. If you're using a ladder in a doorway, be sure to tape safety signs across both sides of the doorway instructing traffic to use another path

3. If you will be stepping onto a higher platform (e.g. a roof or scaffold) from the ladder, make sure the ladder extends at least 1 m (3 ft) above that platform

4. Rest both side rails on the top support and secure the ladder to prevent slipping 5. Do not set a ladder on a cart, table or scaffold; or on any other unstable or slippery

surface 6. Place the feet of the ladder 1/4 of the ladder's working length away from the base of the

structure (e.g. if the ladder measures 8 feet between its base and its support point at the top of a wall, there should be 2 feet between the base of the ladder and the foot of the wall)

7. Place the ladder on firm, level footing. Secure the bottom to prevent slipping. When using an extension ladder always have someone on the ground spotting the ladder to keep you in place

8. Stand a ladder on both side rails, not on any of its rungs Climbing a Ladder Even when you're not going very high, climbing a ladder can be a bit of a balancing act. By following these tips you can climb with greater comfort and security:

1. Grasp the rungs of the ladder, not the side rails. The rungs are easier to hold onto in case your foot slips. Face the ladder when going up or down and when working from it. Keep the center of your body within the side rails

2. Maintain three-point contact by keeping two hands and one foot, or two feet and one hand, on the ladder at all times

3. Do not carry objects in your hands while on a ladder. Instead, hoist materials or attach tools to your belt

Staying on a Ladder Above all, don't fall! Adopt these common-sense rules:

1. Tie yourself off with a safety harness when working 20 feet or more off the ground. 2. Do not work from the top three rungs. The higher you go on a ladder, the greater the

possibility that it will slip out at the base.



3. Wear footwear with slip-resistant soles and heels. Before mounting a ladder, make sure your footwear is in good condition, and wipe off the soles if necessary. Don't climb a ladder if the soles of your shoes or boots are wet, muddy or slippery.

4. Ensure that only one person is on a single-width ladder. 5. Don't straddle the space between a ladder and another object. 6. Don't overreach from a ladder; step down and move the ladder as required. 7. Keep your balance. If you become dizzy or panicky, drape your arms over a rung and

rest your head against another rung or side rail. Climb down slowly. Other Safety Precautions

1. Ensure that all electrical equipment used during ladder work is in good condition and properly grounded.

2. Do not join two short ladders to make a longer ladder. 3. Do not allow anyone to stand under a ladder. 4. Do not use a ladder placed in a horizontal position as a scaffold plank or runway. 5. Do not use a chair, barrel, box or anything else as a makeshift ladder. 6. If you have access to a fixed stairway or scaffold, use it instead of a portable ladder.

Summary Don't ever use a ladder unless it is designed for the task you are performing. In addition, remember that the little time and effort it takes to inspect your ladder, set it up properly and exercise caution will make your job easier, and could quite possibly save your life.



Lockout - Tagout (LOTO) Improper Use Hazard Failure to obey the following instructions will result in death or serious injury. Do not remove, bypass, or alter any lockout-tagout device Do not operate any locked-out machinery: Control of hazardous energy is a very important first step in equipment maintenance. Lockout-Tagout (LOTO) protects you from moving machinery that is under repair and not ready for safe use and for safely securing stored energy (circuits, outlets and power panels). Purpose of LOTO Devices Controlling hazardous energy is the purpose of the Lockout- Tagout Program (LOTO). This program establishes the requirements for isolation of potential electrical, chemical, thermal, hydraulic, pneumatic and gravitational energy prior to equipment repair, adjustment or removal. Definitions Maintenance Supervisors are the only people certified and authorized to lockout and tagout equipment or machinery. Affected Offenders are those offenders who operate machinery or equipment upon which LOTO is required under this program. Training of these individuals will include the purpose and use of these LOTO procedures included in this handout. Other Offenders are identified as those who do not operate machinery or equipment upon which LOTO is required. Essentially, it includes all maintenance workers. These offenders are provided instruction in this handout detailing what the program is and instructions not to touch any machinery or equipment when they see that it has been locked out or tagged out. Authorized Supervisor Training All maintenance supervisors will be trained to use LOTO procedures. The training will be conducted by the Plant Manager / Safety Coordinator at time of initial hire. Retraining shall be held at least annually. Inmates will be trained to recognize when LOTO procedures are necessary. It shall be their responsibility to notify their supervisor to initiate and monitor the LOTO procedure. The training will consist of the following:

• Review of general procedures and specific procedures for machinery, equipment and processes.

DO NOTOPERATE

Lockout Tag



• Location and use of specific procedures, ready to access when questions arise. Preparation for LOTO Procedures A LOTO survey is conducted to locate and identify all energy sources to verify which switches or valves supply energy to machinery and equipment so the supervisor will know where to place Lockout Tags and Lock and Plug Boxes. Any dual controls have to be removed so the machine cannot be turned on. A Tagout schedule is developed for each piece of equipment and machinery in the facility. This schedule describes the energy sources, location of disconnects, types of disconnect, special hazards and special safety procedures. The supervisor will then use LOTO devices at these locations to instruct others not to operate or allow power to the locked out machine. Release from LOTO Before LOTO devices are removed and the power is restored to the machine or equipment, the following actions must be taken:

1. The work area must be thoroughly inspected to ensure that nonessential items have been removed and that machinery or equipment components are operational.

2. The work area must be checked to ensure that all offenders have been safely positioned or removed from the area. Before the LOTO devices are removed, the affected offenders will be notified that the LOTO devices are being removed.

3. Each LOTO device must be removed from each energy-isolating device by the supervisor who applied the device.

LOTO Procedure for Electrical Plug-Type Equipment This procedure covers all electrical plug-type equipment such as battery chargers, some product pumps, office equipment, powered hand tools, powered bench tools, lathes, fans, etc. When working on, repairing, or adjusting the above equipment, the following procedures must be utilized to prevent accidental or sudden startup:

1. Unplug electrical equipment from wall socket or in-line socket. 2. Your supervisor will attach a "Do Not Operate" tag and plug box and lock on the end of

the power cord. 3. An exception is granted to not LOTO the plug if the cord and plug remains in the

exclusive control of the supervisor working on, adjusting or inspecting the equipment. 4. Test equipment to assure power source has been removed by depressing the "Start" or

“On" switch. 5. Perform required operations and replace all guards that have been removed. 6. Remove Lock and Plug Box and any other LOTO devices.



7. Inspect power cord and socket before plugging equipment into power source. Any defects must be repaired before placing the equipment back in service.

NOTE: Contractors who work on DOC property and equipment must also use this LOTO procedure while servicing or maintaining equipment, machinery, or processes.

Housekeeping and Material Storage

Management and Worker Responsibility All workers share the responsibility for maintaining good housekeeping practice and following the established housekeeping procedures. The supervisor will be responsible to monitor housekeeping as part of their facility safety inspection procedures, note any hazards or areas of non-compliance, initiate cleanup procedures and provide follow-up. Management has the additional responsibility to provide disciplinary action when necessary to reinforce compliance with this program. Smoking Policy Per Department of Corrections Smoking Policy DOC190.500 smoking is not permitted in Department facilities, offices, or vehicles. Smoking is prohibited within the perimeter of a Prison. Department and Area Housekeeping Procedures Offices Office areas are to be kept neat and orderly. The following general rules apply to prevent injuries and maintain a professional appearance:

• All aisles, emergency exits, fire extinguishers, etc., will be kept clear (a minimum of three feet of either side) of material storage (temporary and permanent) at all times.

• Storage areas will be maintained orderly at all times. When supplies are received, the supplies will be stored properly.

• Spills will be cleaned-up immediately and wastes disposed of properly. • All waste receptacles will be lined with a plastic trash bag to avoid direct contact while

handling. Custodial workers will use rubber gloves and a compaction bar when handling wastes.

• Keep file and desk drawers closed when not attended to avoid injuries. Open only one drawer at a time to prevent tipping file cabinets over.

• At the end of the business day, turn off all office equipment (area heaters, lamps, coffee makers, PCs, etc.) and lights to save energy and prevent fires. Unplug all space heaters at the end of the day to assure they have been turned off.


http://insidedoc/policies/doc/word/190500.pdf


Production Areas Production areas will be kept neat and orderly, during operations and as follows:

• All aisles, emergency exits, fire extinguishers, eye wash stations, etc., will be kept clear (a minimum of three feet in front and to either side) of product storage, material storage, fork lifts and pallet jacks, at all times.

• Spills will be cleaned up immediately. • All unsafe conditions will be reported to your supervisor for immediate repair. • All refuse and waste materials will be placed in the recognized waste containers for

disposal. Restrooms

• Restrooms are provided as a convenience for all workers. The following rules will apply: • Workers are expected to clean up after themselves as a common courtesy to fellow

workers. • All waste receptacles will be lined with a plastic trash bag to avoid direct contact while

handling. Custodial workers will use rubber gloves and a compaction bar when handling waste.

• All refuse and waste materials will be placed in the recognized waste containers for disposal.

Maintenance Areas All aisles, emergency exits, fire extinguishers, etc., will be kept clear (a minimum of three feet of either side) of material storage (temporary and permanent) at all times. Storage areas will be maintained orderly at all times:

• Pipe stock stored horizontally on racks and sorted by size. • Metal stock stored horizontally on racks and sorted by size. • Sheet metal stock stored vertically in racks and sorted by type. • All fittings, etc., stored in bins on shelves and sorted by type and use. • All flammables stored in WISHA-approved fire cabinets and self-closing cans where

necessary. • Spills will be cleaned-up immediately by the person responsible and wastes disposed

properly. • All refuse and waste materials will be placed in the recognized waste containers for

disposal.



Material Storage Proper storage procedures are required for dry, raw materials, finished product flammables and compressed gases storage to prevent fires, keep exits and aisles clear and avoid injuries and illnesses. General rules for material storage are as follows: Materials and Finished Products Storage

• Materials may not be stored any closer than 18 inches to walls or sprinkler heads. A minimum of three feet side clearance will be maintained around doorways and emergency exits. Passageways and aisles will be properly marked and a minimum of six feet in width. Materials, forklifts, pallet jacks, etc., may not be stored in aisles or passageways.

• Aisles and passageways will be kept clear of debris. All spills of materials will be immediately cleaned-up by the person responsible.

• All platforms and racks will have the maximum load capacity displayed. The weight of stored material will not exceed the rated load capacity.

Flammable Storage • All flammables will be stored in WISHA approved flammable storage cabinets or stored

outside (at least 50 feet from any structure). • Fuels, solvents and other flammables (not stored in original shipping containers) will be

stored in WISHA approved self-closing containers with flame arresters. Flammables may not be stored in open containers (open parts baths, etc.).

• Flammable storage areas will be kept dry and well ventilated. No storage of combustible materials, open flames or exposed electrical components are permitted in the flammable storage area.

• Flammable or combustible materials may not be stored in electrical rooms. Electrical rooms must be kept clean and dry at all times.

Compressed Gas Storage Safety Gas Cylinder Shipment and Receiving

• Inspect bottle for defects and proper markings and labels. • Ensure stamped date on bottle has not expired. • Inspect valve assembly and adapter thread area. • Ensure MSDS is on file or with shipment. • Follow MSDS requirements for storage.

Gas Cylinder Storage

• Cylinder cap securely in place when not in use.



• Marked with contents and if empty/full. • Stored upright and secured to a stationary structure in a shaded and well-ventilated area. • Cylinders not stored within 50 feet of exposed electrical components or combustible

materials. • Cylinders are protected from accidental rupture. • Chemically reactive gases not stored within 50 feet of each other.

Gas Cylinder Movement • Must be secured to a cart or cylinder trolley. • Cap securely fastened.

Gas Cylinder Usage • Inspect valve adapter threads. • Inspect all fasteners, hoses and regulators prior to hooking up to cylinder. • Use only for approved purposes. • Use in upright position. • Fasten cylinder to structure or cart. • Regulators must be the same rated pressure as the cylinder. • Keep cylinder valve shut when not in use; don’t depend on regulators.

Hazard Communication and Chemical Safety

This serves as the Hazard Communication Program for Capital Projects. It provides safety guidelines and instructions for receipt, use and storage of chemicals at our facility by workers and contractors. Responsibilities Management

• Ensure compliance with this program. • Conduct immediate corrective action for deficiencies found in the program. • Maintain an effective hazard communication training program. • Make this plan available to supervisors and workers.

Purchasing Supervisor

• Obtain from the manufacturer MSDS’s for chemicals purchased from retail sources. • Copies of all MSDS’s are to be kept with the job packet.



Plant Manager/Safety Officer

• Maintain a list of hazardous chemicals using the identity that is referenced on the MSDS. • Monitor the effectiveness of the program. • Monitor worker training to ensure effectiveness. • Ensure MSDS’s are available as required. • Monitor jobsite for proper use, storage and labeling of chemicals.

Medical

• Ensure MSDS’s are available for emergency medical personnel when treating exposed workers.

• Provide information, as requested, concerning health effects and exposure symptoms listed on MSDS’s.

Supervisors

• Comply with all specific requirements of the program. • Provide specific chemical safety training for assigned workers. • Ensure chemicals are properly used stored and labeled. • Ensure only the minimum amount necessary is kept at work site. • Ensure up to date MSDS's are readily accessible to all workers on all shifts.

Workers

• Comply with chemical safety requirements of this program. • Report any problems with storage or use of chemicals to supervisor. • Immediately report spills of chemicals to supervisor. • Use only those chemicals for which you have been trained. • Use chemicals only for specific assigned tasks in the proper manner.

Contractors

• Comply will all aspects of this program. • Coordinate information with the Plant Manager/Safety Manager. • Ensure contractor’s workers are properly trained. • Notify the Plant Manager/Safety Manager before bringing any chemicals into property of

facilities. • Monitor and ensure proper storage and use of chemicals by Contractor’s workers.



General Program Information This written Hazard Communication Plan (HAZCOM) has been developed based on WISHA Hazard Communication Standard and consists of the following elements:

• Identification of Hazardous Materials. • Product Warning Labels. • Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS.) • Written Hazard Communication Program. • Effective Worker Training.

Some chemicals are explosive, corrosive, flammable, or toxic. Other chemicals are relatively safe to use and store but may become dangerous when they interact with other substances. To avoid injury and/or property damage, persons who handle chemicals in any area of the facility must understand the hazardous properties of the chemicals. Before using a specific chemical, safe handling methods and health hazards must always be reviewed. Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that the equipment needed to work safely with chemicals is accessible and maintained for all workers on all shifts. Worker Training Initial Orientation Training: All new workers shall receive safety orientation training covering the elements of the HAZCOM and the Right to Know Program. This training will consist of general training covering:

• Location and availability of the written Hazard Communication Program. • Location and availability of the List of Chemicals used in the workplace. • Methods used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical in the workplace. • The specific physical and health hazard of all chemicals in the workplace. • Specific control measures for protection from physical or health hazards. • Explanation of the chemical labeling system. • Location and use of MSDS.

Job-Specific Training Workers will receive on the job training from their supervisor. This training will cover the proper use, inspection and storage of necessary personal protective equipment and chemical safety training for the specific chemicals they will be using or will be working around. Annual Refresher Training Annual Hazard Communication refresher training will be conducted as part of the facilities continuing safety-training program.



Immediate On-the-Spot Training This training will be conducted by supervisors for any worker that requests additional information or exhibits a lack of understanding of the safety requirements. Non-Routine Tasks Non-routine tasks are defined as working on, near, or with unlabeled piping, unlabeled containers of an unknown substance, confined space entry where a hazardous substance may be present and/or a one-time task using a hazardous substance. Steps for Non-Routine Tasks:

Step 1: Hazard determination Step 2: Determine precautions Step 3: Specific training and documentation Step 4: Perform task

The Plant Manager and Safety Officer will evaluate all non-routine tasks before the task commences to determine all hazards present. This determination will be conducted with quantitative/qualitative analysis (air sampling, substance identification/analysis, etc., as applicable). Once the hazard determination is made, the Plant Manager and Safety Officer will determine the necessary precautions needed to either remove the hazard, change to a non-hazard, or protect from the hazard (use of personal protective equipment) to safeguard the workers present. In addition, the Plant Manager or Safety Officer will provide specific safety training for workers present or affected and will document the training. General Chemical Safety Assume all chemicals are hazardous. The number of hazardous chemicals and the number of reactions between them are so large that prior knowledge of all potential hazards cannot be assumed. Use chemicals in as small quantities as possible to minimize exposure and reduce possible harmful effects. The following general safety rules shall be observed when working with chemicals:

• Read and understand the Material Safety Data Sheets. • Keep the work area clean and orderly. • Use the necessary safety equipment (PPE). • Carefully label every container with the identity of its contents and appropriate hazard

warnings. • Store incompatible chemicals in separate areas. • Substitute less toxic materials whenever possible.



• Limit the volume of volatile or flammable material to the minimum needed for short operation periods.

• Provide means of containing the material if equipment or containers should break or spill their contents.

Task Evaluation Each task that requires the use of chemicals should be evaluated to determine the potential hazards associated with the work. This hazard evaluation must include the chemical or combination of chemicals that will be used in the work, as well as other materials that will be used near the work. If a malfunction during the operation has the potential to cause serious injury or property damage, a Safe Operational Procedure (SOP) should be prepared and followed. Operations must be planned to minimize the generation of hazardous wastes. Chemical Storage The separation of chemicals (solids or liquids) during storage is necessary to reduce the possibility of unwanted chemical reactions caused by accidental mixing. Explosives should be stored separately outdoors. Use either distance or barriers (e.g., trays) to isolate chemicals into the following groups:

• Flammable Liquids: store in approved flammable storage lockers or cans. • Acids: treat as flammable liquids. • Bases: do not store bases with acids or any other material. • Other liquids: ensure other liquids are not incompatible with any other chemical in the same

storage location. • Lips, strips, or bars are to be installed across the width of storage shelves to restrain the

chemicals in case of earthquake. Chemicals will not be stored in the same refrigerator used for food storage. A label on the door must appropriately identify refrigerators used for storing chemicals. Container Labels It is extremely important that all containers of chemicals are properly labeled. This includes every type of container from a 5000-gallon storage tank to a spray bottle of degreaser. The following requirements apply:

• All containers will have the appropriate label, tag or marking prominently displayed that indicates the identity, safety and health hazards.

• Portable containers that contain a small amount of chemical need to be labeled. • All warning labels, tags, etc. must be maintained in a legible condition and not be defaced.

Weekly supervisor inspections will check for compliance of this rule.



• Incoming chemicals are to be checked for proper labeling. Emergencies and Spills

• Evacuate people from the area. • Isolate the area. • If the material is flammable, turn off ignition and heat sources. • Only personnel specifically trained in emergency response are permitted to participate in

chemical emergency procedures beyond those required to evacuate the area. • Call for Emergency Response Team assistance if required.

Housekeeping

• Maintain the smallest possible inventory of chemicals to meet immediate needs. • Periodically review stock of chemicals on hand. • Ensure those storage areas, or equipment containing large quantities of chemicals, are

secure from accidental spills. • Rinse emptied bottles that contain acids or inflammable solvents before disposal. • DO NOT place hazardous chemicals in salvage or garbage receptacles. • DO NOT pour chemicals onto the ground. • DO NOT dispose of chemicals through the storm drain system. • DO NOT dispose of highly toxic, malodorous chemicals down sinks or sewer drains.

Contractors All outside contractors working inside DOC facilities are required to follow the requirements of this program. The facility will provide contractors information on:

• Location of MSDS’s. • Precautions to be taken to protect contractor’s workers. • Potential exposure to hazardous substances. • Chemicals used in or stored in areas where they will be working. • Location and availability of Material Safety Data Sheets. • Recommended Personal Protective Equipment. • Labeling system for chemicals.

Definitions Chemical: any element, chemical compound or mixture of elements and/or compounds.



Combustible Liquid: means any liquid having a flash point at or above 100° F (37.8° C), but below 200° F (93.3° C), except any mixture having components with flash points of 200° F (93.3° C), or higher, the total volume of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture. Compressed Gas: any compound that exhibits:

1. A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70° F.

2. A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130° F. regardless of the pressure at 70° F.

3. A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100° F. Container: Any bag, barrel, bottle, box, can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel, storage tank, or the like that contains a hazardous chemical. For purposes of this section, pipes or piping systems, and engines, fuel tanks, or other operating systems in a vehicle, are not considered containers. Employer: A person engaged in a business where chemicals are either used, distributed, or are produced for use or distribution, including a contractor or subcontractor. Explosive: A chemical that causes a sudden, almost instantaneous release of pressure, gas, and heat when subjected to sudden shock, pressure, or high temperature. Exposure or Exposed: A worker is subjected in the course of employment to a chemical that is a physical or health hazard, and includes potential (e.g. accidental or possible) exposure. Subjected in terms of health hazards includes any route of entry (e.g. inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption.) Flammable: A chemical that falls into one of the following categories:

1. "Aerosol, flammable" means an aerosol that yields a flame projection exceeding 18 inches at full valve opening, or a flashback (a flame extending back to the valve) at any degree of valve opening.

2. "Gas, flammable" means: (a) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a flammable mixture with air at a concentration of 13 percent by volume or less; or (b) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a range of flammable mixtures with air wider than 12 percent by volume, regardless of the lower limit.

3. "Liquid, flammable" means any liquid having a flash point below 100° F., except any mixture having components with flash points of 100° F. or higher, the total of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture.

4. "Solid, flammable" means a solid, other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in 1910.109(a), that is liable to cause fire through friction, absorption of moisture,



spontaneous chemical change, or retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which can be ignited readily and when ignited burns so vigorously and persistently as to create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered to be a flammable solid if it ignites and burns with a self-sustained flame at a rate greater than one-tenth of an inch per second along its major axis.

Flash Point: The minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off a vapor in sufficient concentration to ignite. Hazardous Chemical: Any chemical that is a physical hazard or a health hazard. Hazard Warning: Any words, pictures, symbols, or combination appearing on a label or other appropriate form of warning which convey the specific physical and health hazard(s), including target organ effects, of the chemical(s) in the container(s). (See the definitions for "physical hazard" and "health hazard" to determine the hazards which must be covered.) Health Hazard: A chemical for which there is evidence that acute or chronic health effect may occur in exposed workers. The term "health hazard" includes chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents, reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents which act on the hematopoietic system, and agents which damage the lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous membranes. Identity: Any chemical or common name that is indicated on the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for the chemical. The identity used shall permit cross-references to be made among the required list of hazardous chemicals, the label and the MSDS. Immediate Use: The hazardous chemical will be under the control of and used only by the person who transfers it from a labeled container and only within the work shift in which it is transferred. Label: Any written, printed, or graphic material displayed on or affixed to containers of hazardous chemicals. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS): Written or printed material concerning a hazardous chemical, which is prepared in accordance with WISHA Standards. Mixture: Any combination of two or more chemicals if the combination is not, in whole or in part, the result of a chemical reaction. Oxidizer: Means a chemical other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in 1910.109(a), that initiates or promotes combustion in other materials, thereby causing fire either of itself or through the release of oxygen or other gases.



Physical Hazard: A chemical that it is a combustible liquid, a compressed gas, explosive, flammable, an organic peroxide, an oxidizer, pyrophoric, unstable (reactive) or water-reactive. Pyrophoric: A chemical that will ignite spontaneously in air at a temperature of 130° F. or below. Specific Chemical Identity: The chemical name, Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry Number, or any other information that reveals the precise chemical designation of the substance. Unstable (Reactive): A chemical which in the pure state, or as produced or transported, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense, or will become self-reactive under conditions of shocks, pressure or temperature. Water-Reactive: A chemical that reacts with water to release a gas that is either flammable or presents a health hazard. Work Area: A room or defined space in a workplace where hazardous chemicals are produced or used, and where workers are present. Worker: A worker who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals under normal operating conditions or in foreseeable emergencies. Workers such as office workers or bank tellers who encounter hazardous chemicals only in non-routine, isolated instances are not covered. Workplace: An establishment, job site, or project, at one geographical location containing one or more work areas. MSDS Information The chemical manufacturer is required to provide additional information concerning safe use of the product provides material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). Each MSDS provides:

1. Common Name and Chemical Name of the material. 2. Name, address, and phone number of the manufacturer. 3. Emergency phone numbers for immediate hazard information. 4. Date the MSDS was last updated. 5. Listing of hazardous ingredients. 6. Chemical hazards of the material. 7. Information for identification of chemical and physical properties. 8. Health Hazards. 9. Flammability Hazards. 10. Reactivity Hazards. 11. PPE requirements.



Information Chemical Users Must Know Fire and/or Explosion Information

1. Material Flash Point, auto-ignition temperature and upper/lower flammability limits. 2. Proper fire extinguishing agents to be used. 3. Firefighting techniques. 4. Any unusual fire or explosive hazards.

Chemical Reaction Information

1. Stability of the chemical. 2. Conditions and other materials which can cause reactions with the chemical. 3. Dangerous substances that can be produced when the chemical reacts.

Control Measures

1. Engineering Controls required for safe product use. 2. Personal protective equipment required for use of product. 3. Safe storage requirements and guidelines. 4. Safe handling procedures.

Health Hazards

1. Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) and Threshold Limit Value (TLV). 2. Acute or Chronic symptoms of exposure. 3. Main routes of entry into the body. 4. Medical conditions that can be made worse by exposure. 5. Cancer-causing properties, if any. 6. Emergency and First Aid treatments.

Spill and Leak Procedures

1. Clean-up techniques. 2. Personal Protective Equipment to be used during cleanup. 3. Disposal of waste and cleanup material.

Worker Use of MSDS For MSDS use to be effective, workers must:

1. Know the location of the MSDS. 2. Understand the major points for each chemical.



3. Check MSDS when more information is needed or questions arise. 4. Be able to quickly locate the emergency information on the MSDS. 5. Follow the safety practices provided on the MSDS.

Hazard Assessment

Hazardous conditions in the workplace may be prevented through appropriate actions when facilities are designed, when operating procedures are developed, and when equipment is purchased. Once hazards are identified, whether through inspection or complaint, immediate action shall be taken to avoid unreasonable danger. The following possible actions will be considered when recommendations are developed for assessment and prevention or reduction of hazards:

1. Avoiding, eliminating, or reducing deficiencies by engineering design, material selection or substitution.

2. Isolating hazardous substances, components, and operations from other activities, areas, personnel, and incompatible materials.

3. Incorporating "fail-safe" principles where failures would disable the system or cause a catastrophe through injury to personnel, damage to the equipment, or inadvertent operation of critical equipment.

4. Relocating equipment/components so that personnel access during operation, maintenance, repair or adjustment shall not result in exposure to hazards such as chemical burns, electrical shock, electromagnetic radiation, cutting edges, sharp points, or toxic atmospheres.

5. Providing suitable warning and notes of caution concerning required personnel protection in operation, assembly, maintenance, and repair instructions.

6. Providing distinctive markings on hazardous components, equipment, or facilities. 7. Requiring use of personal protective equipment when other controls do not reduce the

hazard to an acceptable level. 8. Monitoring exposure to insure that engineering controls effectively reduce the hazard. 9. Training workers to recognize hazards and take appropriate precautionary measures.



STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS

FLAMMABLE, TOXIC AND CAUSTIC MATERIAL (FTCM) LOG

Name of Material:

Page of

Start Date

MATERIAL DESIGNATION DESIGN TYPE. LIST QUANTITY MATERIAL AMOUNT. LIST QUANTITY

Flammable Barrel Spray Can Gallons Cup Barrel Toxic Can Cup Quarts Pounds PSI Caustic Bottle / Jar Qty / Case Pints Can Spray

Bag / Sack Cylinder Liters Bottle / Jar Cylinder Other Specify: Ounces Bag / Sack Other Specify:

DATE REC'D

QTY REC'D RECEIVED BY STAFF DATE

ISSUED QTY

ISSUED ISSUING STAFF ISSUED TO: DISPENSER

/ STAFF NAME / OFFENDER DOC #

QTY RTN'D

END BAL

This log is to be completed whenever a flammable, toxic, or caustic material is used. This log shall be reconciled (balanced) at the end of each shift. The Supervisor is to: 1) Ensure accuracy and completion of this log; 2) Retain the log for three years; 3) Ensure any staff or offender who handles the material is trained in its safe handling and have reviewed the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS); and 4) Ensure identified materials are stored and disposed of according to manufacturer’s recommendations and regulatory requirements.

NAME OF FACILITY

DEPARTMENT/SHOP/SITE OPERATION

NAME OF SUPERVISOR

TITLE



STATE OF WASHINGTON

DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS HAZARD ASSESSMENT CERTIFICATION AND PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT SELECTION WORKSHEET

FACILITY AND WORKPLACE EVALUATED:

LOCATION/SOURCE/TASK HAZARDS TYPE (Impact, penetration, chemical, heat, harmful dust, compression, light radiation [e.g., welding, laser], electric shock, high intensity noise, multiple exposures, etc.)

ANALYSIS OF RISK (Low/Medium/High)

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Level Of Risk

Seriousness of Potential Injury

I certify that I performed a hazard assessment of the above named workplace. This document constitutes my findings and certification of this hazard assessment. I understand that this document facilitates compliance to the hazard assessment requirements of WAC 296-24-075

CERTIFYING SIGNATURE OF EVALUATOR

DATE

EVALUATOR’S NAME (Please Print)

DATE

REVIEWING SAFETY OFFICER’S SIGNATURE

DATE



Accident Reporting All incidents / accidents resulting in injury or causing illness to workers shall be reported in order to:

• Establish a written record of factors that cause injuries and illnesses as well as property and vehicle damage.

• Maintain a capability to promptly investigate incidents and events in order to initiate and support corrective and/or preventive action.

• Provide statistical information for use in analyzing all phases of incidents and events. • Provide the means for complying with the reporting requirements for occupational injuries

and illnesses. • The Incident Reporting System requirements apply to all incidences involving workers,

vendors, contractor employees and visitors, which results in personal injury, illness, and/or property and vehicle damage.

Occupational injuries and illnesses

• Injuries and illnesses that require reporting include those injuries and illnesses occurring on the job which result in any of the following: lost work time, restrictions in performing job duties, requirement for first aid or outside medical attention, permanent physical bodily damages, or death. Examples of “reportable injuries and illnesses” include, but are not limited to, heat exhaustion from working in hot environments, strained back muscles from moving equipment, acid burns on fingers, cuts, etc.

• Other incidents requiring reporting include those incidents occurring on the job which result in any of the following: injury or illness, damage to a vehicle, fire/explosion, property damage or chemical releases requiring evacuation of at least that immediate spill area.

• Examples of "non-reportable" injuries and illnesses include small cuts that only require minor first aid, common colds, and small bruises not resulting in work restrictions or requiring first aid or medical attention.

Injuries and Illnesses

• Serious injury or illness posing a life-threatening situation shall be reported immediately to your supervisor.

• The injured worker shall report injuries and illnesses to their supervisor in person as soon after any life-threatening situation has been addressed. If the injured employee is unable to report immediately, then the incident should be reported as soon as possible.

• Upon notification of an occupational injury or illness, the supervisor should complete the Incident/Accident Report form and, if possible, send it with the injured employee to Medical. The Incident/Accident Report Form must be completed and forwarded to the Plant Manager and/or Safety Officer even if the worker receives medical treatment at the hospital and/or from a private physician.



Record Keeping

• The supervisor will retain all accident reports on workers for a period not less than (1) one year.

• All injuries will become a permanent part of the workers medical file. Training

• To ensure that all workers understand the accident reporting requirements and are aware of their own and other's responsibilities, a training session will be held with all workers when first hired to review procedures and responsibilities. New Worker Orientation training will include information on accident reporting and procedures

Program Audits

• The effectiveness of a program can only be accomplished if the program is implemented. Therefore, periodic reviews and audits shall be conducted to confirm that all workers are familiar with the accident reporting requirements.

Proper Lifting

Back Basics Our back is made up of moveable bones called vertebrae and shock absorbers called discs between each vertebra. Ligaments and muscles that help keep the back aligned in three balanced curves support these structures. (You know your back is aligned correctly when your ears, shoulders and hips are in a straight line). When your back's three curves are not in balance, there is a greater likelihood of both back pain and injury. Lifting Mechanics When you lift, it's important to keep your back in balance. If you bend at your waist and extend your upper body to lift an object, you upset your back's alignment and the center of balance in your abdominal cavity. You force your spine to support the weight of your body and the weight of the object you're lifting. This situation is called "overload". You can avoid overloading your back by using good lifting techniques. For example, when you bend at the knees and hug the object close to your as you lift, you keep your back in alignment and let the stronger muscles in your thighs do the actual lifting. You do not have to extend your upper body and are able to maintain your center of balance. Safe Lifting Safe lifting means protecting your back while you lift. When you do lift, be sure to bend at your knees, hug the load close to your body, and raise yourself up with the strong muscles in your thighs. Remember never to twist while lifting; instead, move one foot at a time in the direction you want to go and then turn with your leg muscles. If you use these techniques, you will find lifting is easier, and you can avoid back pain and injury. If you bend at your waist and extend



your upper body to lift an object, you upset your back's alignment and your center of balance. If you bend at the knees and hug the object close to you, your back stays balanced and the muscles in your legs do the lifting. Have you checked the object before you try to lift it?

• Test every load before you lift it. How? Push the object lightly with your hands or feet to see how easily it moves. This tells you about how heavy it is

• Remember, a small size does not always mean a light load Is the load you want to lift packed right?

• Make sure the weight is balanced and packed so it won't move around • Loose pieces inside a box can cause accidents if the box becomes unbalanced

Is it easy to grip this load?

• Be sure you have a tight grip on the object before you lift it • Handles applied to the object may help you lift it safely

Is it easy to reach this load?

• You can be injured if you arch your back when lifting a load over your head • To avoid hurting your back, use a ladder when you're lifting something over your head

Techniques for Safe Lifting Safe lifting is always important--but it's critical when lifting is a part of your job or everyday activities. If you've ever "thrown out" your back while doing a seemingly simple lift--moving a crate, lifting a piece of furniture, carrying a file box to the office--you know firsthand the importance of safe lifting. Safe lifting means keeping your back aligned while you lift, maintaining your center of balance, and letting the strong muscles in your legs do the actual lifting. By using the following techniques, you can learn how to lift safely and save your back from accidental strain and injury. Before you lift anything, think about the load you'll be lifting. Ask yourself: Can I lift it alone? Is it too awkward for one person to handle, or should I ask a coworker for help? Do I need mechanical help? Not all loads can (or should) be lifted by you or your coworkers. Carts, bins, hand trucks, dollies, and forklifts are all mechanical aids that can help transport a load without putting undue strain on your back. Pushcarts and bins can be useful for light, awkward loads, while hand trucks and forklifts can help move heavier, stackable material. When using mechanical aids, be sure that the load is secured in place before moving, and be sure to push the device rather than pulling it.



The Safe Way to Lift Tuck Your Pelvis

• By tightening your stomach muscles, you can tuck your pelvis, which will help your back stay in balance while you lift

Bend Your Knees

• Bend at your knees instead of at your waist. This helps you keep your center of balance and lets the strong muscles in your legs do the lifting

Hug the Load

• Try to hold the object you're lifting as close to your body as possible, as you gradually straighten your legs to a standing position

Avoid Twisting

• Twisting can overload your spine and lead to serious injury. Make sure your feet, knees, and torso are pointed in the same direction when lifting

Tips to Remember

• In addition to these techniques, remember to make sure that your footing is firm when lifting and that your path is clear, and be sure to use the same safe techniques when you set your load down. It takes no more time to do a safe lift than it does to do an unsafe lift, so why not play it safe and lift it right?

How can I avoid back injuries?

• Pace yourself. Take many small breaks between lifts if you are lifting a number of things • Don't overdo it--don't try to lift something too heavy for you. If you have to strain to carry

the load, it's too heavy for you • Make sure you have enough room to lift safely. Clear a space around the object before

lifting it • Look around before you lift and look around as you carry. Make sure you can see where

you are walking. Know where you are going to put down the load • Avoid walking on slippery and uneven surfaces while carrying something • Don't rely on a back belt to protect you. It hasn't been proven that back belts can protect

you from back injury • Get help before you try to lift a heavy load. Use a dolly or a forklift if you can

Lifting Awkward Loads Safe Lifting In Special Situations



Most people whose jobs require lifting are familiar with the "safe" lift -- bending your knees, hugging the load, and letting the strong muscles in your legs do the actual lifting. This standard way of lifting is safe, but in many situations, it's impractical. When the load you have to lift is awkward or is in a hard-to-reach area, a standard safe lift can be difficult to perform. The following tips can help you lift safely in situations where the standard lift can be used. Odd-sized Loads Load objects that are relatively light can be awkward to lift and carry. When lifting and carrying pipes, lumber or other long, light loads, don't "hug" the load close to your body. Instead, support it on your shoulder, keeping the front end of the object higher than the rear. If the load is long or heavy enough to require two people, each of you should shoulder it on the same side and keep the object level. (Be sure to keep in step while walking.) Some oversized loads may be light enough to carry but can block your vision. In those situations, it's best to use mechanical help or ask a co-worker for a hand. Hard-to-Reach Loads Overhead loads can be difficult to lift. If you have to lift an object that's above shoulder level, use a stepstool or ladder to avoid over-reaching. Test the weight of the load before removing it from its shelf. If it's less than 25 pounds or so, slide it toward you, and hug it close to your body as you descend. If possible, hand it down to a waiting co-worker. Reaching into a bin, container or other storage area to lift an object makes the standard lift next to impossible. In these situations, stand with feet a shoulder distance apart, slightly bend your knees and start to squat, bending at your hip joints, not at your waist. (The movement is the same one you make when you lower yourself into a chair.) Slide the load as close to your body as you can and raise yourself with your leg and hip muscles. Tighten your abdominal muscles as you lift, and, if possible, rest your knees against the side of the container for additional support. Tips to Remember Avoid extending your upper body to lift a load - you'll not only lose your center of balance; you'll also risk injuring your back. If you have to lift an object that's above shoulder level, use a stepstool or ladder to avoid over-reaching. If you have to lift an object out of a bin or a car trunk, stand with feet at shoulder distance apart, slightly bend your knees and start to squat, bending at your hip joints, not at your waist. Finally, use your safety sense - if a load is too awkward to lift it safely or is hard to reach, get help!

First Aid / Fire Plan

What is First Aid? It is simply those things you can do for the victim before medical help arrives. The most important procedures are described below. Report All Injuries to Your Supervisor



To get medical attention for an injury, you must report the injury to your supervisor. It is critical that the supervisor check into the causes of every job-related injury, regardless how minor, to find out exactly how it happened. There may be unsafe procedures or unsafe equipment that should be corrected. Control Bleeding with Pressure Bleeding is the most visible result of an injury. Each of us has between five and six quarts of blood in our body. Most people can lose a small amount of blood with no problem, but if a quart or more is quickly lost, it could lead to shock and/or death. One of the best ways to treat bleeding is to place a clean cloth on the wound and apply pressure with the palm of your hand until the bleeding stops. You should also elevate the wound above the victim's heart, if possible, to slow down the bleeding at the wound site. Once the bleeding stops, do not try to remove the cloth that is against the open wound as it could disturb the blood clotting and restart the bleeding. If the bleeding is very serious, apply pressure to the nearest major pressure point, located either on the inside of the upper arm between the shoulder and elbow, or in the groin area where the leg joins the body. Direct pressure is better than a pressure point or a tourniquet because direct pressure stops blood circulation only at the wound. Only use the pressure points if elevation and direct pressure haven't controlled the bleeding. Never use a tourniquet (a device, such as a bandage twisted tight with a stick, to control the flow of blood) except in response to an extreme emergency, such as a severed arm or leg. Tourniquets can damage nerves and blood vessels and can cause the victim to lose an arm or leg. Treat Physical Shock Quickly Shock can threaten the life of the victim of an injury if it is not treated quickly. Even if the injury doesn't directly cause death, the victim can go into shock and die. Shock occurs when the body's important functions are threatened by not getting enough blood or when the major organs and tissues don't receive enough oxygen. Some of the symptoms of shock are a pale or bluish skin color that is cold to the touch, vomiting, dull and sunken eyes, and unusual thirst. Shock requires medical treatment to be reversed, so all you can do is prevent it from getting worse. You can maintain an open airway for breathing, control any obvious bleeding and elevate the legs about 12 inches unless an injury makes it impossible. You can also prevent the loss of body heat by covering the victim (over and under) with blankets. Don't give the victim anything to eat or drink because this may cause vomiting. Generally, keep the victim lying flat on their back. A victim who is unconscious or bleeding from the mouth should lie on one side so breathing is easier. Stay with the victim until medical help arrives.



Move the Injured Person only when Absolutely Necessary Never move an injured person unless there is a fire or when explosives are involved. The major concern with moving an injured person is making the injury worse, which is especially true with spinal cord injuries. If you must move an injured person, try to drag him by the clothing around the neck or shoulder area. If possible, drag the person onto a blanket or large cloth and then drag the blanket. Perform the Heimlich Maneuver on Choking Victims Ask the victim to cough, speak, or breathe. If the victim can do none of these things, stand behind the victim and locate the bottom rib with your hand. Move your hand across the abdomen to the area above the navel then make a fist and place your thumb side on the stomach. Place your other hand over your fist and press into the victim's stomach with a quick upward thrust until the food is dislodged. Flush Burns Immediately with Water There are a many different types of burns. They can be thermal burns, chemical burns, electrical burns, or contact burns. Each of the burns can occur in a different way, but treatment for them is very similar. For thermal, chemical or contact burns, the first step is to run cold water over the burn for a minimum of 30 minutes. If the burn is small enough, keep it completely under water. Flushing the burn takes priority over calling for help. Flush the burn FIRST. If the victim's clothing is stuck to the burn, don't try to remove it. Remove clothing that is not stuck to the burn by cutting or tearing it. Cover the burn with a clean, cotton material. If you do not have clean, cotton material, do not cover the burn with anything. Do not scrub the burn and do not apply any soap, ointment, or home remedies. Also, don't offer the burn victim anything to drink or eat, but keep the victim covered with a blanket to maintain a normal body temperature until medical help arrives. If the victim has received an electrical burn, the treatment is a little different. Don't touch a victim who has been in contact with electricity unless you are clear of the power source. If the victim is still in contact with the power source, electricity will travel through the victim's body and electrify you when you reach to touch. Once the victim is clear of the power source, your priority is to check for any airway obstruction, and to check breathing and circulation. Administer CPR if necessary. Once the victim is stable, begin to run cold water over the burns for a minimum of 30 minutes. Don't move the victim and don't scrub the burns or apply any soap, ointment, or home remedies. After flushing the burn, apply a clean, cotton cloth to the burn. If cotton is not available, don't use anything. Keep the victim warm and still and try to maintain a normal body temperature until medical help arrives. Use Cool Treatment for Heat Exhaustion or Stroke



Heat exhaustion and heat stroke are two different things, although they are commonly confused as the same condition. Heat exhaustion can occur anywhere there is poor air circulation, such as around an open furnace or heavy machinery, or even if the person is poorly adjusted to very warm temperatures. The body reacts by increasing the heart rate and strengthening blood circulation. Simple heat exhaustion can occur due to loss of body fluids and salts. The symptoms are usually excessive fatigue; dizziness and disorientation, normal skin temperature but feels damp and clammy. To treat heat exhaustion, move the victim to a cool spot and encourage drinking of cool water and rest. Heat stroke is much more serious and occurs when the body's sweat glands have shut down. Some symptoms of heat stroke are mental confusion, collapse, unconsciousness, fever with dry, mottled skin. A heat stroke victim will die quickly, so don't wait for medical help to arrive--assist immediately. The first thing you can do is move the victim to a cool place out of the sun and begin pouring cool water over the victim. Fan the victim to provide good air circulation until medical help arrives. Respond Appropriately to the Form of Poisoning The first thing to do is get the victim away from the poison. Then inform your supervisor. If the poison is a gas, you may need a respirator to protect yourself. After checking the area first for your safety, remove the victim from the area and take to fresh air. If the poison is corrosive to the skin, remove the clothing from the affected area and flush with water for 30 minutes. Give the poison container or label to your supervisor, so when he calls for medical help he will be able to answer questions about the poison. Try to stay calm and follow the instructions you are given. If the poison is in contact with the eyes, flush the victim's eyes for a minimum of 15 minutes with clean water Keep a First Aid Kit Checklist In order to administer effective first aid, it is important to maintain adequate supplies in each first aid kit. First aid kits can be purchased commercially already stocked with the necessary supplies, or make one including the following items:

• Adhesive bandages: available in a large range of sizes for minor cuts, abrasions and puncture wounds.

• Butterfly closures: these hold wound edges firmly together. • Rolled gauze: these allow freedom of movement and are recommended for securing the

dressing and/or pads. These are especially good for hard-to-bandage wounds • Nonstick Sterile Pads: these are soft, super-absorbent pads that provide a good environment

for wound healing. These are recommended for bleeding and draining wounds, burns, infections.



• First Aid Tapes: Various types of tapes should be included in each kit. These include adhesive, which is waterproof and extra strong for times when rigid strapping is needed; clear, which stretches with the body's movement, good for visible wounds; cloth, recommended for most first aid taping needs, including taping heavy dressings (less irritating than adhesive); and paper, which is recommended for sensitive skin and is used for light and frequently changed dressings.

• Items that also can be included in each kit are tweezers, first aid cream, thermometer, an analgesic or equivalent, and an ice pack.

Fire Prevention Requirements

Notification requirements

• Establish and list how and to whom a fire emergency would be reported during the construction phases (i.e., portable radio, telephone, etc.).

• Notification to fire authorities having jurisdiction should be made whenever work necessitates the shutdown of fire hydrants, fire alarms or fire extinguishing systems. Systems must be restored to service at the end of each workday.

Construction requirements

• Determine the type of construction and fire resistance requirements to be met or maintained (refer to UBC Chapters 3 and 6.)

• All construction, remodeling and/or renovation must be done using materials and methods in accordance with the Uniform Building Code (UBC), Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC), Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC), Uniform Fire Code (UFC), the National Electrical Code (NEC) or as approved by the authority having jurisdiction.

Fire prevention requirements

• Buildings undergoing construction, alteration or demolition shall be in accordance with the Uniform Fire Code, Article 87.

• A minimum of one multi-purpose fire extinguisher with a rating of 4A 60BC (10 lb. ABC) is to be located at each project work site. When Multiple work sites are separated by more than 75’ or one story in height, an additional fire extinguisher is to be provided at each site. During dry months consideration is also to be given to providing an H2O extinguisher or a charged garden hose where grass or similar Class A fires could occur.

• Additional on-site fire suppression equipment is required for open burning, use of asphalt tar-pot kettles, or use of torches and flame-producing devices. This additional fire suppression equipment shall be in accordance with UFC, Article 11.

• Could drift smoke, welding fumes, dust or similar particulate matter generated by work at the project site activate or adversely affect fire detection and/or suppression systems located in proximity to where work will be done?



• The amount of combustible or flammable liquids at the work site should be limited to what is needed for day-to-day operations. Precautions are to be taken to prevent ignition by eliminating or controlling sources of ignition.

Combustible/flammable liquids are to be kept in original containers or metal containers with a lid. Approved safety cans are to be used for fueling generators, gas-operated tools and equipment used at the work site.

General Fire Plan Safety Precautions

Building Fire Exits

• Each building at the work site must have at least two means of escape remote from each other to be used in a fire emergency.

• Fire doors must not be blocked or locked to prevent emergency use when workers are within the buildings. Delayed opening of fire doors is permitted when an approved alarm system is integrated into the fire door design.

• Exit routes from buildings must be clear, free of obstructions, and properly marked with signs designating the exits from the building.

Portable Fire Extinguishers

• Each work site must have a full complement of the proper type of fire extinguisher for the fire hazards present, excepting when supervisors wish to have workers evacuate instead of fighting small fires.

• Workers expected or anticipated to use fire extinguishers must be instructed on the hazards of fighting fire, how to properly operate the fire extinguishers available, and what procedures to follow in alerting others to the fire emergency.

• Only approved fire extinguishers are permitted for use in workplaces, and they must be kept in good operating condition. Proper maintenance and inspection of this equipment is required by the safety supervisor.

• Where the supervisor wishes to evacuate workers instead of having them fight small fires there must be written emergency plans and worker training for proper evacuation.

Emergency Evacuation Planning

• Emergency action plans are required to describe the routes to use and procedures to be followed by workers. In addition, procedures for accounting for all evacuated workers must be part of the plan. The written plan must be available for worker review.

• Where needed, special procedures for helping physically impaired workers must be addressed in the plan; also, the plan must include procedures for those workers who must remain behind temporarily to shut down critical equipment before they evacuate.



• The preferred means of alerting workers to a fire emergency must be part of the plan and a worker alarm system must be available throughout the workplace complex and must be used for emergency alerting for evacuation. The alarm system may be voice communication or sound signals such as bells, whistles or horns. Workers must know the evacuation signal.

• Training of all workers in what is to be done in an emergency is required. The supervisor must review the plan with newly assigned workers so they know correct actions in an emergency and with all workers when the plan is changed.

Fire Prevention Plan

• The safety supervisor will implement a written fire prevention plan to complement the fire evacuation plan to minimize the frequency of evacuation. Stopping unwanted fires from occurring is the most efficient way to handle them. The written plan shall be available for worker review.

• Housekeeping procedures for storage and cleanup of flammable materials and flammable waste must be included in the plan. Recycling of flammable waste such as paper is encouraged; however, handling and packaging procedures must be included in the plan.

• Procedures for controlling workplace ignition sources such as smoking, welding and burning must be addressed in the plan. Heat producing equipment such as burners, heat exchangers, boilers, ovens, stoves, fryers, etc., must be properly maintained and kept clean of accumulations of flammable residues; flammables are not to be stored close to these pieces of equipment.

Fire Suppression System

• Properly designed and installed fixed fire suppression systems enhance fire safety in the workplace. Automatic sprinkler systems throughout the workplace are among the most reliable firefighting means. The fire sprinkler system detects the fire, sounds an alarm and puts the water where the fire and heat are located.

• Automatic fire suppression systems require proper maintenance to keep them in serviceable condition. When it is necessary to take a fire suppression system out of service while business continues, the employer must temporarily substitute a fire watch of trained workers standing by to respond quickly to any fire emergency in the normally protected area. The fire watch must interface with the employers' fire prevention plan and emergency action plan.

• Signs must be posted about areas protected by total flooding fire suppression systems which use agents that are a serious health hazard such as carbon dioxide, Halon 1211, etc. Such automatic systems must be equipped with area pre-discharge alarm systems to warn workers of the impending discharge of the system and allow time to evacuate the area.

• There must be an emergency action plan to provide for the safe evacuation of workers from within the protected area. Such plans are to be part of the overall evacuation plan for the workplace facility.



Fire Extinguishers There are several types of fire extinguishers available, but the best type for home and farm use is a multipurpose "ABC" type extinguisher. ABC type extinguishers generally use ammonium phosphate as the active chemical to extinguish a fire and are capable of putting out most common fires. Extinguishers are rated for the type of fire they are made to extinguish:

A - Ordinary combustible materials such as wood, paper, hay, etc. B - Flammable liquids such as gas, oil, grease and other petroleum products. C - Electrical fires.

As this listing shows, an ABC-type extinguisher is capable of extinguishing most fires. Multipurpose extinguishers are available in 2- 5- and 10-pound sizes. The larger the extinguisher the longer it takes to completely discharge. Because the discharge time for these sizes ranges from 8 to 25 seconds, a five-pound extinguisher is the minimum size that should be used. Make sure the extinguisher is U.L. (Underwriters Laboratories) or F.M. (Factory Mutual Laboratories) approved. Extinguishers with these labels are manufactured to meet recognized safety and performance standards. Your safety supervisor can contact local fire department for additional information about purchasing an extinguisher to meet your specific needs. Purposes and Locations for Fire Extinguishers The main reasons for having fire extinguishers readily available are to:

• Suppress a fire along an escape route so trapped persons can exit a burning structure. • To extinguish or contain a fire from the time it is discovered until the arrival of fire

department personnel Work Site Protection Your safety supervisor can determine where extinguishers should be located by looking at statistical data of the most common times that fires occur. Historically, most building fires occur between 8 p.m. and 8 a.m. Extinguishers should be placed along all escape routes from the building. Areas that are prone to fire, such as flammable storage areas, furnace area, garage and workshop, should also have a fire extinguisher readily available. Since many fires occur during the night or in out of the way areas such as a furnace room or workshop, smoke detectors are essential to alerting the facility of a fire. Smoke detectors should be placed on all levels of the work site and should be tested frequently. Batteries should be



replaced at least once a year. A standard practice is to replace the batteries in the fall, when clocks are adjusted for daylight savings time. The workshop is a particularly fire-prone area due to the types of equipment used. Welders and cutting torches can quickly ignite any combustible material not properly stored. At least one 10-pound ABC extinguisher should be wall mounted in the shop for easy accessibility. It is a good practice to have at least one ABC type extinguisher in all buildings and in other areas where there is a risk of a fire, such as around storage of flammables and gas powered equipment. Tractors, Backhoes and Other Machines Fire extinguishers should also be mounted on tractors, backhoes, trucks and other equipment. Because most fires associated with these types of equipment are from petroleum products or electrical fires, a five-pound ABC or BC type extinguisher will be adequate. To cut down the cost of purchasing several extinguishers, mounting brackets can be attached to equipment and the extinguisher can be transferred from seasonal equipment when it is to be stored for several months. Fire Extinguisher Operating Procedures When a fire occurs, follow these general rules:

• Make sure everyone gets out of the building • Have a supervisor call the fire department immediately. Fires can spread quickly -- if you

are unsuccessful in putting out a fire, the time you spent trying to extinguish a blaze may allow it to spread to other buildings. If your work site is difficult to find or off a main road, keep a complete set of directions posted by the telephone to instruct fire department personnel to your location. Precious seconds can be lost if you are required to stop and think about the quickest route to the work site. Most individuals easily become confused during a stressful situation

• After the supervisor calls the fire department, if the fire is still small, he will decide if you or someone else should risk trying to control the fire. Smoke and gases released from a fire can be toxic, so never attempt to put out a fire if you have any doubts about your ability to extinguish it. Wait for fire department personnel who have the proper equipment and are trained in fire fighting procedures. If you elect to put out a fire and it grows too large to control, back out of the building. Never turn your back on a fire. Close the door behind you to limit oxygen in the building and wait until help arrives.

To Operate a Fire Extinguisher:

1. Take extinguisher from mounting bracket 2. Remove locking pin, ring, clip, level, etc. Get into a crouching position on the upwind

side of the fire 3. Point extinguisher nozzle at base of fire and squeeze the lever or handle 4. Discharge using a sweeping motion from side to side at the base of the fire



Safety Tips and Precautions Only use U.L. or F.M. approved fire extinguishers and maintain them according to manufacturer’s instructions. Contact your safety supervisor to request any fire safety information, including training in fire extinguisher operation. Make sure workers have planned escape routes out of the building and know to meet in a defined meeting area such as a tree, fence corner, etc. Never reenter a burning building. Having fire extinguishers on your work site does not relieve you and other workers from the responsibilities of taking precautions to prevent fires, nor do fire extinguishers take the place of trained fire department personnel. A fire extinguisher is designed to reduce the chances of injury and death to you and other workers during the time it takes to leave the structure and for trained help to arrive in case of an accidental fire. Smoke detectors are essential to early detection of a fire. Install and maintain them according to manufacturer’s instructions.

• A fire extinguisher or charged water hose with a nozzle is to be located within 30’ of where work is in progress

• When welding or cutting is to be performed within 10’ of combustible construction or materials, a fire watch is to be provided to operate fire-extinguishing equipment. A fire watch shall be maintained for at least one-half hour after completion of any welding or cutting operations in order to detect and extinguish smoldering fires

Compressed gases

• The storage, use and handling of compressed gases in gas containers, cylinders, tanks and systems is to be in strict accordance with Uniform Fire Code Article 74

Open Burning

• Open burning shall only be performed when time and atmospheric conditions comply with limits set forth in the open burning permit. Open burning shall not include rubbish, petroleum products or any other materials restricted in the open burning permit

Vehicle Safety / Job Site Transportation

All contractors’ employees and assigned offenders will comply with WAC 296-155-610, including the following:

• Drivers of motor vehicles shall be instructed to exercise judgment as well as observe posted speed limits. Maximum speed limit is 10 miles per hour. However, much slower speeds are necessary in congested areas




• Personnel on construction equipment; bobcat, forklift, backhoe, man-lift, scaffolding, etc., shall wear hard hats

• Pedestrians have the right-of-way over motorized traffic • Use your horn for safety at blind corners, when passing, etc. • Established hand signals or turn signals are to be used • Personally owned vehicle keys must be removed from the ignition and kept secure on

person or a designated locked area when parked on the construction site • (Employee vehicles may be locked within the designated lay-down area) • Reckless driving or other non-observance of these instructions will be cause for employee

removal from the project • No two wheel motorized vehicles are allowed on the construction job site. Any ATV’s

used on the job site shall be four-wheeled, not three wheeled • Inmates will not use licensed vehicles unless proper authorization has been obtained.

Inmates will not operate equipment or other vehicles on public roads unless properly licensed and proper authorization has been obtained

I have read this entire handout, and I understand and agree to follow the safety requirements of this Safety Manual. _________________________________ ______________ Offender Name DOC # _________________________________ ______________ Offender Signature Date _________________________________ ______________ Supervisor Signature Date


HAZARD ASSESSMENT CERTIFICATION AND PPE SELECTION WORKSHEET

Facility and Workplace Evaluated

LOCATIONS/SOURCE/TASK

HAZARDS TYPE (Impact, penetration, chemical,

heat, harmful dust, compression, light radiation [e.g., welding, laser], electric shock, high intensity noise, multiple exposures, etc.)

ANALYSIS OF RISK (Low/Medium/High)

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT Level

of Risk

Seriousness of Potential

Injury

I certify that I performed a hazard assessment of the above named workplace. This document constitutes my findings and certification of this hazard assessment. I understand that this document facilitates compliance with the hazard assessment requirements of WAC 296-800-160.

Certifying Signature of Evaluator Date

Evaluator’s Name (Please Print)

Reviewing Safety Officer’s Signature Date

Safety Officer (Please Print)

The contents of this document may be eligible for public disclosure. Social Security Numbers are considered confidential information and will be redacted in the event of such a request. This form is governed by Executive Order 00-03, RCW 42.56, and RCW 40.14.

Distribution: ORIGINAL-Work Unit Supervisor COPY-Safety Officer

DOC 03-247 (Rev. 10/22/12) DOC 890.090, DOC 890.130, DOC 890.140





START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS









































Department of Corrections Facility Contract Accident Reporting

Requirements All incidents and accidents resulting in injury or causing illness to workers shall be reported:

• Establish a written record of factors that cause injuries and illnesses as well as property and vehicle damage.

• Maintain a capability to promptly investigate incidents and events in order to initiate and support corrective and/or preventive action.

• Provide statistical information for use in analyzing all phases of incidents and events.

• Provide the means for complying with the reporting requirements for occupational injuries and illnesses.

• The Incident Reporting System requirements apply to all incidences involving workers on-site vendors, contractor employees and visitors, which results in personal injury, illness, and/or property and vehicle damage.

Occupational Injuries and Illnesses

• Injuries and illnesses that require reporting include those injuries and illnesses occurring on the job, which result in any of the following:

o lost work time,

o restrictions in performing job duties,

o requirement for first aid or outside medical attention,

o permanent physical bodily damages,

o or death.

• Examples of "reportable injuries and illnesses include, but are not limited to, heat exhaustion from working in hot environments, strained back muscles from moving equipment, acid burns on fingers, cuts etc.

• Other incidents requiring reporting include those incidents occurring on the job, which result in any of the following:

o injury or illness, o damage to a vehicle, o fire/explosion, o property damage or chemical releases requiring evacuation of at least that

immediate spill area. • Examples of "non-reportable" injuries and illnesses include small cuts that only require

minor first aid, common colds, and small bruises not resulting in work restrictions or requiring first aid or medical attention.

Accident Reporting Page 1 Revised March 2015

Department of Corrections Facility Contract Accident Reporting

Injuries and Illnesses

• Serious injury or illness posing a life-threatening situation shall be reported immediately to your supervisor.

• The injured worker shall report injuries and illnesses to their supervisor in person as soon after any life-threatening situation has been addressed. If the injured employee is unable to report immediately, then the incident should be reported as soon as possible.

• Upon notification of an occupational injury or illness, the supervisor should complete the Accident Report and, if possible, send it with the injured employee to Medical. The Accident Report Form must be completed and forwarded to the Plant Manager and/or Safety Officer even if the worker receives medical treatment at the hospital and/or from a private physician.

Record Keeping

• The Plant Manager/Safety Officer will retain all accident reports on workers for a period not less than (1) one year.

• All injuries will become a permanent part of the workers medical file. Training To ensure that all workers understand the accident reporting requirements and are aware of their own and other's responsibilities, a training session will be held with all workers when first hired to review procedures and responsibilities. New Worker Orientation training will include information on accident reporting and procedures Program Audits The effectiveness of a program can only be accomplished if the program is implemented. Therefore, periodic reviews and audits shall be conducted to confirm that all workers are familiar with the accident reporting requirements.

Accident Reporting Page 2 Revised March 2015

DOC 03-133 (Rev. 04/23/14) DOC 530.100, DOC 700.000, DOC 830.180, DOC 830.200, DOC 890.000, DOC 890.200, DOC 890.600

ACCIDENT/INJURY REPORT

This form is to be used to report workplace accidents, to include: near misses, injuries, illnesses, or exposures. Use ballpoint pen and attach additional sheets to this report if more room is needed. The Individual will complete Part I of this report. The supervisor or instructor will conduct a thorough review and complete Part II. The Safety Officer will investigate the event, identify a primary cause if possible, add any written recommendations, make copies, and distribute the form when completed.

Do not move equipment involved in a work-related accident involving a fatality, hospitalization of 2 or more staff, or serious injury unless moving the equipment 1) allows victims to be removed or 2) prevents further accidents. The equipment must not be moved until a representative of the Department of Labor & Industries investigates the accident and releases the equipment.

PART 1 – TO BE COMPLETED Within 24 hours

1. Employee Use Electronic Form Class II Correctional Industries Offender Number

Contract staff Use Electronic Form Class IV Off Site Work Crew

Volunteer Class III Institutional Support

Visitor Class V Community Restitution Worker

2. Individual Name (Last, First, MI)

3. Sex

M F

4. Date of birth

5. Work telephone #

6. Job Classification/Working Title

7. Normal scheduled shift

Day Afternoon Night

8. Days off

9. Assigned Work Location

10. Address/Mail Stop

11. Location of Incident, Facility, Building – Be General, i.e., (example) West Complex Food Service Back Door.

12. Date of event:

13. Time of event

AM PM

14. What part(s) of body was affected (e.g., right ankle, left index finger, lungs, etc.)?

15. Type of Injury/Illness/Exposure (check all that apply)

Ache/Soreness Burn-Steam Blood/Body fluids

Front Back

Noise Dizziness Fumes/Gas/Vapors

Contact with Toxics/Chemicals Disease/Infection Wound/Abrasion

Sprain/Strain Tingling/Numbness Nausea

Burn-Chemical Contusion/Bruises

Burn-Flame No Injury/Illness Other

Needle Stick(Add type and brand name of needle/syringe in # 16 below)

16. How did you sustain a work injury?

17. What have you done or are going to do to ensure accidents/incidents of this type do not happen in the future?

18. Did this incident occur during training? Yes No 19. Do you believe you were assaulted by an offender? (per DOC 830.180 Assault Benefits for Employees) Yes No

20. Was this a work related injury? Yes No 21. Was this an aggravation of a previous injury? Yes No

22. To whom did you report this event?

23. Name of witness, their title, and work telephone number

Individual Signature Date

DOC 03-133 (Rev. 04/23/14) DOC 530.100, DOC 700.000, DOC 830.180, DOC 830.200, DOC 890.000, DOC 890.200, DOC 890.600

PART II–TO BE COMPLETED BY THE SUPERVISOR (OR INSTRUCTOR IF INJURED DURING TRAINING) WITHIN 7 DAYS Supervisor/Instructor can complete an electronic Accident/Injury Report by completing part I and II and submitting electronically to your local safety officer. Once an electronic form has been completed please forward the paper copy of the Accident/Injury form on to the Safety Officer for retention. Please use the following guide to assist in completing Part II and the review process. Verify the individual’s description of the accident/event in Part I of the form. If necessary, diagram the accident/injury scene and/or take pictures.

Determine: If there were any witnesses, obtain witness statements. If other corrective action has taken place or is required. If training is an issue and, if so, if it has been scheduled or coordinated.

24. Based on your Fact Find Review, how did your employee sustain a work related injury? Identify who, what, when, where, how, and why(be specific)

25. List actions/recommendations you have and/or will be taking to prevent future accident/injuries of this nature:

26. Did this accident/injury occur while performing the duties as an employee or working as a class 2, 4, or 5 offender?

27 If the employee exposed to blood and/or body fluids, have they been provided with Blood and Bodily Fluid packet per, per DOC 890.600, Bloodborne Pathogens Employee Protection.

Yes No Yes No

28. Was First Aid rendered? 29. Individual advised to seek medical care? 30. Individual taken to Doctor?

Yes No Yes No Yes No

31. If an exposure to a toxic substance, list type of chemical, name, and manufacturer name.

32. Was equipment defective? Yes No

33. If equipment was defective, give the time and date it was removed from service.

34. Was equipment being properly used?

Yes No

35. If no, why?

36. Are there records to show that individual was trained on how to use this equipment? Yes No

37. Attach copy of records and/or any other documents related to the incident.

38. Was Personal Protective Equipment utilized?

Yes No

39. If no, why?

40. Were proper procedures followed?

Yes No

41. If no, what procedures should have been followed?

42. Has a work request/requisition been initiated?

Yes No

43. Give the work order/requisition number and date.

QUESTIONS 44 THUR 46 ARE FOR ASSAULTS ONLY (DOC 830.180 Assault Benefits for Employees)

44. Was this injury a result of use of force? Yes No 45. Do you believe s/he was assaulted by an offender?

Yes No

46. Date employee advised of Assaults Benefits. Date advised of policy / /

Supervisor/Instructor Name (Last, First, MI)

Supervisor/Instructor Title

Supervisor/Instructor phone #

Supervisor (or Instructor if injured during training) Signature

Date

PART III – TO BE COMPLETED BY SAFETY OFFICER WITHIN 7 CALENDAR DAYS (IF DELAYED, AN ADVANCE COPY WILL BE SENT TO HR)

1. Will ensure an electronic Accident/Injury form has been initiated. 2. Will review incident, conduct investigation if necessary, and complete Part III on electronic Accident/Injury form. 3. Will ensure the signed copy is scanned and attached to the electronic form or filed in the safety office.


Distribution: ORIGINAL - Safety Officer COPIES - HR-(if offender injury, MS 41120) Individual CI Site Mgr. (if this is a class II worker injury report)





START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS









































Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Asbestos Abatement

Purpose

The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of asbestos containing materials at Washington State Department of Corrections during construction projects to protect all employees, contractors, visitors and vendors and offenders from potential health hazards of asbestos related diseases. This Program applies to all buildings and structures owned by Washington State Department of Corrections, to all employees and sub-contractors of the Department, to occupants of Department of Corrections’ buildings and to external organizations who may come into contact with or disturb asbestos-containing material in Department of Corrections buildings. The Program applies to Facility construction (FC), demolition, repairs, remodeling, maintenance, and renovation projects during which an employee or worker might encounter asbestos as well as work undertaken to repair or remove asbestos-containing material.

Asbestos Hazard

Asbestos is a common, naturally occurring group of fibrous minerals. Asbestos fibers have been used in a variety of building materials; however, the Department of Corrections takes an aggressive effort to use non-asbestos containing materials in new construction and renovation projects. Generally, most asbestos is found in pipe insulation, doors, textured paints and plasters, structural fireproofing, and floor tiles. Friable asbestos (that is material that contains more than 1.0 percent asbestos by weight and can be crumbled by hand) is a potential hazard because it can release fibers into the air if damaged. Long-term exposure to airborne asbestos is necessary for chronic lung disease. Significant and long-term exposure to asbestos from activities that directly disturb asbestos-containing materials (such as asbestos mining) can lead to a variety of respiratory diseases, including asbestosis and mesothelioma (cancer of the lung lining). Asbestosis is a non-malignant, irreversible disease resulting in fibrosis of the lung. Asbestos-related cancers tend also to result from substantial long-term exposure; however, mesothelioma may result from much smaller exposures to asbestos.

Definitions Asbestos: Asbestos is a generic term describing a family of naturally occurring fibrous silicate minerals. As a group, the minerals are non-combustible, do not conduct heat or electricity and are resistant to many chemicals. Although there are several other varieties Capital Programs Asbestos Abatement Page 1 Revised March 2015


that have been used commercially, the most common asbestos mineral types likely to be encountered in Department of Corrections buildings are chrysotile (white asbestos), amosite (brown asbestos), and crocidolite (blue asbestos). Among these, white asbestos is by far the most common asbestos mineral present in Washington State Department of Corrections buildings. Friable Asbestos: Friable asbestos material means finely divided asbestos or asbestos-containing material or any asbestos-containing material that can be crumbled, pulverized or powdered by hand pressure. Individual fibers in friable asbestos-containing material can potentially become airborne and can then present a health hazard. Three types of friable material commonly used in buildings are:

• sprayed fibrous fireproofing; • decorative or acoustic texture coatings; • thermal insulation.

Non-friable Asbestos: Non-friable asbestos includes a range of products in which asbestos fiber is effectively bound in a solid matrix from which asbestos fiber cannot normally escape. Non-friable asbestos includes a variety of products including asbestos cement tiles and boards and asbestos reinforced vinyl floor tiles. Cutting, breaking, sanding, drilling of similar activities can release asbestos fiber from even non-friable asbestos materials. Asbestos Work Categories Class I asbestos work means activities involving the removal of thermal system insulation or surfacing ACM/PACM.

Class II asbestos work means activities involving the removal of ACM which is not thermal system insulation or surfacing material. This includes, but is not limited to, the removal of asbestos-containing wallboard, floor tile and sheeting, roofing and siding shingles, and construction mastics.

Class III asbestos work means repair and maintenance operations where “ACM,” including TSI and surfacing ACM and PACM, may be disturbed.

Class IV asbestos work means maintenance and custodial activities during which employees contact but do not disturb ACM or PACM and activities to clean up dust, waste and debris resulting from Class I, II, and III activities.

Capital Programs Asbestos Abatement Page 2 Revised March 2015


General Rules

• When in doubt, treat all material as containing asbestos and comply with all applicable rules and regulations and protective measures.

• An exposure assessment will be conducted and documented by a certified asbestos inspector prior to the initiation of any work or project which may involve potential asbestos containing materials (PACM).

• Certified and licensed asbestos abatement personnel will handle all Asbestos Containing Material (ACM). The friability of the ACM will dictate the type of removal/maintenance required.

• Employees/workers who are uncertified and unlicensed will not handle any friable ACM with an asbestos content greater than one percent. This will include encapsulation projects, renovation/removal and/or demolition of any type of structure. This will prevent the potential for accidental exposure from the mishandling of any ACM.

• No offender workers will be involved in asbestos repair and/or removal projects. • When uncertified, unlicensed employee/worker questions whether they may be

handling suspect ACM, the employee will immediately contact their supervisor. The employee/worker shall not resume working at the site until the area has been checked to verify the material is not ACM.

• Uncertified, unlicensed employees/workers will not cross over a barrier/containment area where asbestos projects are in progress.

• Any worker who discovers ACM or suspect ACM in damaged or poor condition should report it immediately to their supervisor and/or the facility Asbestos competent person for appropriate containment and assessments..

Asbestos Inventory The Department of Corrections has conducted surveys and prepared a written inventory of the type and locations of asbestos-containing material to:

1. Allow for periodic condition inspections. 2. Allow for maintenance and repair of damaged asbestos.

For each building the inventory contains the following information:

1. Type of asbestos-containing material (sprayed fireproofing, texture coating, or thermal insulation);

2. The location of the material; 3. When it has been sampled, the type and percentage of asbestos present. Also

included in the survey information are sampling results showing the absence of asbestos in material, which might be mistaken for an asbestos-containing material.



Asbestos Identification Asbestos identification system is used to alert people to the presence of asbestos. Tags identify asbestos, stickers, pipe labels, signs and other high visibility means. Where feasible, stickers indicate the presence of asbestos in thermal insulation, in asbestos board and tiles and in other locations. Warnings may also be placed near the entrances of rooms – particularly mechanical rooms where unusually large amounts of asbestos may be present. Inspection Inspection of the condition of friable asbestos is integrated into the Maintenance Department routine inspection program. Periodic inspections and reports on the status of facilities and equipment in Washington State Department of Corrections buildings are produced to note damage to asbestos that might result in release of asbestos. When damaged ACM is discovered a work order will be issued to initiate the assessment and remediation as required. Access Control Access to mechanical and electrical rooms, service shafts, tunnels and other locations is to be restricted where asbestos may be present in unusually large amounts and where other hazards may also be present. Such areas are locked and accessible only to authorized personnel. Where sprayed asbestos-containing fireproofing is present in a building above a false ceiling, access to the space is restricted to Maintenance Department employees, Communications Services or authorized contractors. Repair and Maintenance of ACM Should an employee or a contractor encounter material that is not identified and is not listed in the Asbestos Inventory and which might reasonably be expected to be asbestos, the person will stop any work that could create airborne asbestos and report the discovery to a supervisor. Where it is determined that friable asbestos-containing material is in a condition that could likely lead to inhalation exposure, the supervisor will immediately limit access to the location, and make proper notification to the facility Asbestos Program Competent person to facilitate necessary assessments, repairs, removal or encapsulation. Where there is reasonable doubt about the composition of a friable material, it will be treated as asbestos until testing is completed and further action is determined. Clean up and repair of asbestos-containing material will only be carried out by the appropriate clean up procedure by employees or contractors who have been properly trained. When routine work is to take place in an area where asbestos is present or when the work might disturb friable asbestos, employees will be informed of the potential for exposure through a notation on the work order. If upon reviewing the work situation, the employee Capital Programs Asbestos Abatement Page 4 Revised March 2015


believes that normal work practices do not provide an adequate measure of safety, the employee will report these concerns to the supervisor. The supervisor will review the work situation, consider the need to contact the facility asbestos competent person, and/or authorize any required additional precautions to prevent disturbing any asbestos. All employees, visitors, vendors and contractors will be notified in advance when work involving asbestos is to be carried out in any area of Washington State Department of Corrections buildings which they occupy.

Training

All Washington State Department of Corrections employees, workers, and contractors who remove, repair or work around friable asbestos and those whose work might disturb friable asbestos-containing material will be trained, consistent with the requirements in DOC Asbestos Program Policy 890.095 and WAC 296-65 so that they carry out their work without endangering themselves, their co-workers or other building occupants.

Contracted Work

Asbestos Removal Work Major asbestos removal will be contracted to external firms, who specialize in asbestos removal work. Washington State Department of Corrections requires that all such work be carried out in accord with the requirements established by WAC 296-62-077 regulations. At all such projects the contractor will ensure that clean-up is properly completed and that all asbestos and asbestos contaminated material is collected, and disposed of in accord with the WAC 296-62-077 and other regulatory requirements. The contractor will be required to submit air-testing results to demonstrate that the clean up has been carried out properly and the area can be re-occupied safely.

Other Work The Department of Corrections often employs contractors to service equipment such as elevators, telephones, refrigeration and air conditioning equipment and to carry out other construction and renovation projects. When contractors are required to work in areas where asbestos is present, or there is a possibility of disrupting friable asbestos, the Department will provide:

• Notification of the known locations and types of asbestos present (or suspected to be present) in the area where the contractor will work

• Information on Washington State Department of Corrections local facility asbestos labeling system.







Contractors are required to:

• follow work practices that reduce to the extent practical the creation of airborne asbestos dust and which meet the asbestos safety standards set by WISHA

• Immediately report to the Maintenance Department when damage occurs to asbestos-containing materials

• Employ only workers who have been appropriately trained and/or certified in the specific type asbestos activity in which they may be involved.

Asbestos Discovery

Discovery and/or damage to suspected Asbestos When asbestos is discovered all work will come to an immediate halt until the area is inspected. Removal of asbestos will only be done by certified contactors and comply with the Department of Corrections Asbestos Program Policy DOC 890.095; this document, WAC 296-62-077, and other regulatory requirements. Clean up of Asbestos Containing Material Asbestos only poses a health hazard when it becomes airborne and people inhale the fiber. When asbestos-containing material has been disturbed, effective clean up will ensure that asbestos does not present a health hazard. To ensure that clean up of significant quantities of asbestos will not cause a health hazard, the following procedure will be followed:

1. Clean up of asbestos containing material will be only be done by staff and workers who have been trained or certified, as required, and who are wearing appropriate protective clothing and a fitted, air-purifying respirator.

2. Dry sweeping of asbestos-containing waste or other clean up activities which will create airborne dust is prohibited.

3. Large pieces of asbestos containing material will be collected by hand and properly bagged in accord with the disposal procedure.

4. Whenever possible, asbestos dust will be thoroughly wetted and cleaned up with a wet mop or a wet-vac. Contaminated water will be discharged to a sewer. Containers, mops and other equipment that might be contaminated with asbestos will be rinsed with water and the rinse water discharged to a sewer.

5. If additional clean up is needed, it will be carried out using a vacuum equipped with a HEPA filter.

Non-friable ACM Work Asbestos that is effectively bonded in a non-asbestos matrix cannot easily become airborne. As such, provided the material is not broken or abraded, there is little risk of inhalation





exposure to asbestos. To ensure that minor work involving non-friable asbestos (including vinyl asbestos tile, asbestos asphalt roofing, and asbestos ceiling and wall tile) the following procedure will be followed. Procedure:

1. Before beginning the work a good faith assessment will be completed, documented, and reviewed. The supervisor will review the project and work area, to ensure that the planned work will not create airborne asbestos dust.

2. Where dust that might contain asbestos fiber is present, the worker will clean the material using a wet method or a HEPA filtered vacuum.

3. Following completion of the task the worker will carry out any required cleaning by wet methods or a HEPA filtered vacuum and will then carefully bag for disposal all asbestos containing waste.

Note: Cutting, drilling, sanding or breaking the material are likely to create airborne asbestos dusts and will require additional precautions. Disposal of Asbestos Containing Waste Materials Handling and disposal of asbestos containing waste is regulated by both state and federal regulations. To ensure compliance with these regulations and to ensure that no one is exposed to asbestos the following procedure is to be followed:

1. Only a staff member who is trained and/or certified for the specific asbestos class of work, and who is wearing appropriate air purifying respirator will package asbestos waste.

2. Waste asbestos will be thoroughly wetted and then placed in specially labeled 6 mil plastic bags. The bag will be securely sealed using duct tape. The bagged asbestos will then be placed in a second, labeled 6 mil plastic gab which is again taped closed

3. Asbestos waste may be transported from the location where it was produced to an interim storage location if the bags are free from punctures or tears and if the outside of the bag is free of asbestos. Asbestos waste will be transported in an enclosed vehicle or beneath a secured tarpaulin. No other cargo may be carried while the waste asbestos is being moved. After the waste asbestos is moved to an interim storage site, the driver will, if necessary clean the vehicle to remove asbestos contamination.

4. Asbestos waste must be disposed of at a waste disposal site, which is approved to receive asbestos by the State Dept of Ecology. Shipment of waste asbestos must be coordinated with the waste disposal site, which is to receive the waste. Asbestos disposal will normally be carried out by external contractors



5. Shipments for disposal must be done in accord with Washington State and Federal DOT regulations and must be accompanied by a properly completed shipping document.

FC Safety Plan documents and forms:

• Checklist - Capital Projects Pre-Construction Plan • Project Safety Plan – Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) • DOC 890.095; WAC 296-62-077




Department of Corrections Facility Contract Safety Plan

ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS (ACM) WAC 296-62-077

DOC 890.095

Facility / Site:

Project: A competent person qualified and trained in asbestos procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position

A. Planning:

1. List building materials that will be disturbed during this project or during routine maintenance

Yes No

2. Is there piping behind walls or above ceilings (near bathrooms, etc.), flooring or mastic, ceiling tiles, popcorn ceiling texture, window putty and/or glazing, roofing, siding, or cement asbestos board that may be disturbed?

Yes No

3. If yes, then a “good faith” survey needs to be conducted and/or available to the contractor or DOC personnel doing the work. This document outlines what materials are asbestos or presumed asbestos containing, quantities and locations. It is required by Washington State law to be made available

Yes No

B. Recognition:

1. To recognize asbestos containing materials look for plasters, lagging on piping, 9” x 9” floor tiles, sheet vinyl or linoleum and their mastics, base cove and mastic, sprayed or troweled on insulation, popcorn ceiling texture, skim coat layers on concrete walls, fire rated doors and other building materials, roofing of various types, insulation in plenums.

Yes No

2. Look for materials used to insulate against sound, fire and vibration. Question anything that you are not sure of and check it out

C. Evaluation:

1. To recognize potentially problematic asbestos, look for materials that have been disturbed by construction or are already damaged: broken, ragged, brittle. Non-intact asbestos containing materials can become airborne, be a health hazard, and are highly regulated.

Yes No

2. Determine if there is an HVAC system in operation that could move asbestos fibers. If so, shut it down or at the least block return air and intake ducts with taped plastic.

Yes No

3. Wetting or misting the debris to keep dust down is advisable if it can be done without contaminating personnel or clothing

Yes No

D. Control:

1. If the asbestos is damaged, put signs up indicating -- No Entry…Asbestos Debris…May Be a Health Hazard… (include Your Name and Telephone Number.) Lock the door or otherwise secure the area. If you are working with a contractor, chances are they will want to stop work

Yes No

2. Is this an emergency or have you noticed asbestos that you think might impact future work? What is the quantity of presumed asbestos involved? What is the risk of exposure to DOC staff, offenders and visitors? Is the area secure? For how long?

Yes No

3. Contact Eric Heinitz, Environmental Planner, Capital Programs (360) 725-8397. Yes No

Facility Contract Safety Plan (Rev. 02/10/15) 1 Capital Projects

http://app.leg.wa.gov/WAC/default.aspx?cite=296-62-077


Department of Corrections Facility Contract Offender Sign-Off Sheet

I have read this entire handout, and I understand and agree to follow the safety requirement of this

__________________________________ Safety Manual.

Print Offender Name (Clearly)

DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________

Supervisor Signature Crew Number Date





START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER





Barricades/Signs/Signage WAC 296-155-305, 310, 315 Lockout/Tagout Program – DOC 890.120; WAC 296-803

Compressed Gas Cylinders WAC 296-24-920 Machine Guarding WAC 296-806

Confined Space Entry – DOC 890.020, WAC 296-809 PPE – DOC 890.130 WAC 296-800-160

Crane & Hoist/Rigging/Manlift WAC 296-24-215 Respirator Program – DOC 890.090; WAC 296-842


Stairways WAC 296-155-475

Fall Protection Plan – DOC 890.110; WAC 296-155-246 Tool Control – DOC 420.500 (RESTRICTED POLICY)

First Aid/Emergency Medical Treatment DOC 890.620 Trenching/Excavation WAC 296-155-650

Fire Prevention Plan – DOC 890.380 Vehicle Safety/Job Site Transportation WAC 296-155-600


Welding/Cutting/Brazing WAC 296-24-680

Floor and Wall Openings WAC 296-24-735


COMMENTS








































Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Barricades / Signs / Signage

Purpose The purpose of this program is to provide guidance during construction for the design, selection, and operation of access control systems, including such elements as signs, lights, audible warning devices, barricades, and barriers. The function of access control systems is to control the access of personnel to potentially hazardous areas at Department of Corrections (DOC) construction projects for the protection of all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors and offenders from potential hazards of construction.

This program applies to all buildings and structures owned by the Department of Corrections. It applies to all workers and subcontractors; to occupants of DOC buildings; and to external organizations who may work with barricades, signs, and signage at DOC construction projects.

Definitions Access control system: An assembly of equipment and administrative procedures to control the access of personnel to a hazardous area. Components that may be included in an access control system are signs, lights, barriers or barricades.

Barricade: A temporary structure set up across a route of access to deter passage of persons or vehicles

Barrier: A permanent physical device to protect personnel from a hazard by controlling access to the area where the hazard exists (e.g., fences and machine guards).

Signals: Are moving signs, providing by workers, such as flagmen, by devices, such as flashing to warn of possible or existing hazards.

Signs: Warnings of hazard, temporarily or permanently, affixed or placed at locations where hazards exist.

Tags: Temporary signs, usually attached to a piece of equipment or part of a structure, to warn of existing or immediate hazards.

Safety Signs Any area where a hazard exists must be identified with a safety sign to alert workers and offenders to the hazard and inform them of the required actions. Other access controls may be installed as additional safeguards. To ensure uniform response by personnel, all safety signs must be of the same type for similar hazards. The format for traffic signs must follow the requirements of the Uniform Traffic Control Devices Code. Signs on poles should be mounted a minimum of 7-ft. above ground level.

Capital Programs Barricades / Signs / Signage Page 1 Revised March 2015


Types of Signs Caution Signs: Use these signs in areas where injury is possible and personnel must be on their guard. The heading “Caution” in printed in yellow letters on a black rectangle. The body of the sign is yellow, and the message is in black. Danger Signs: Use these signs only in areas where a significant, immediate hazard exists that could produce serious injury or death. The heading “Danger” is printed in white letters on a red oval edged with a rectangular black border. The body of the sign is white, and the message is in black.

Direction Signs: Use these signs to indicate exists, fire escapes, evacuation routes, stairways, first aid, etc. The direction symbol appears near the top in white or on a green rectangle. The body of the sign must have a color that contrasts with the general background.

Notice Signs: Use these signs for providing information. The heading “Notice” is in white letters on a green rectangle when the message relates to safety and on a blue rectangle for other messages. The body of the sign is white, and the message is in black. Obtaining Signs Consult Hazards Control regarding the type of sign needed and its source of supply. Special signs may be custom made in the shops, printed by Hazards Control, or purchased outside with the requestor’s funds. It is important that any custom-made sign conforms to the criteria previously stated for each category and that all signs have rounded corners. Accident Prevention Signs and Tags General Required signs and symbols shall be visible at all times when work is being performed, and shall be removed or covered promptly when the hazards no longer exist. Accident Prevention Tags Accident Prevention Tags shall be used as a temporary means of warning workers of an existing hazard, such as defective tools, equipment, etc. They shall not be used in place of, or as a substitute for, accident prevention tags similar to those shown below this section shall apply.

Caution Signs • Cautions signs shall be used only to warn against potential hazards or to caution against

unsafe practices.

Danger Signs • Danger signs shall be used only where an immediate hazard exists. • Danger signs shall have red as the predominate color for the upper panel; black outline on

the borders; and a white lower panel for additional sign wording. (See illustration.)



• Caution signs shall have yellow as the predominate color; black upper panel and borders; yellow lettering of “Caution” on the black panel; and the lower yellow panel for additional sign wording. Black lettering shall be used for additional wording.

• Standard color of the background shall be yellow; and the panel, black with yellow letters. Any letters used against the yellow background shall be black. The colors shall be those of opaque glossy samples as specified in Table 1 of the American National Standard ANSI Z53.1-1967 (See illustration.)

Directional Signs Directional Signs, other than automotive traffic signs, shall be white with a black panel and a white directions symbol. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background.

Exit Signs Exit signs shall be lettered in legible red letters, not less than 6 inches high, on a white field and the principal strokes of the letters shall be at least ¾-inch wide.

Safety Instruction Signs Safety Instruction Signs, when used, shall be white with green upper panel with white letters to convey the principal message. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. (See illustration.)

Traffic Signs Construction areas shall be posted with legible traffic signs at points of hazard. All traffic control signs or devices used for protection of construction workers shall conform to the American National Standards Institute ANSI D6.1-1971, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways.

See illustrated examples on following page.



Additional Rules American National Standards Institute ANSI Z35.1-1968, Specifications for Accident Prevent Signs, and ANXI Z35.2-1968, Specifications for Accident Prevention Tags, contain rules that are additional to the rules prescribed in this section. The employer shall comply with these ANSI standards with respect to rules not specifically prescribed in this manual. Capital Programs Barricades / Signs / Signage Page 4 Revised March 2015


Flagger Signaling When operations are such that signs, signals, and barricades do not provide the necessary protection on or adjacent to a highway or street, a flagger or other appropriate traffic controls shall be provided. Hand signaling by flaggers shall be by the use of red flags at least 18 inches square or sign paddles, and in periods of darkness, red lights. Flaggers shall be provided with, and shall wear, a red or orange warning garment while flagging. Warning garments worn at night shall be of reflective material.

Barricades To protect personnel, engineering controls shall be used in hazardous areas to the extent feasible. Where required because of the severity of the hazard, permanent barricades shall be used to prevent access to an area. In such a case, use the standardized color code system for barricades and beacons/warning lights:

• Red (or red and white) means DANGER -- KEEP OUT • Yellow means CAUTION (follow instructions on posted signs) • White represents all other meanings/instructions (traffic awareness)

In keeping with this code, use ropes or chains with red and white flags as safety barricades to designate hazardous areas. For personal safety, these barricades must not be crossed. These ropes/chains with red and white flags are erected to protect you. If you need to access an area that is barricaded, you must first obtain permission from the building manager or area supervisor. Chains with red and white flags denoting danger shall be used solely to designate hazardous areas. They can be obtained and used only if they are specified in a barricade plan that is part of the Safety Permit. The barricade plan shall include the locations of and use of all barricades, chains/flags, warning beacons/lights, warning sirens, and appropriate signs. The approved barricade plan must be submitted with a work request to the safety officer, who will review and approve the work request based on the barricade plan. Signs must be posted with all warning beacons, warning lights, and barricades. The safety officer has standardized the design of and will assist in developing the proper wording for these signs. The sign must display the appropriate warning word ("DANGER" or "CAUTION") and the specific hazard, the means of protecting oneself from the hazard, and the consequences of not following the instructions on the sign. If someone is observed crossing a barricade, please take the following actions: Capital Programs Barricades / Signs / Signage Page 5 Revised March 2015


• Inform the person of the reason for the barricade, and ask that the person not cross the barricade.

• Report the incident to the safety officer, along with the person's name, so that the person can be reminded of the safety barricade guidelines.

• If immediate action appears necessary to avoid imminent danger, contact the Security Management Office (by calling 911).

Barricade to Lift Openings, Voids and the Open Sides of Buildings The Contractor shall barricade all lift openings, internal voids and the open buildings where a worker is liable to fall a distance of more than 10 feet. The barricade shall be at least 36-in. high and shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to withstand a 100-lb. load. The effectiveness of audible and visual warning devices is strongly influenced by many human factors (e.g., fatigue and distraction). To compensate for this, the use of physical barriers in conjunction with the signs and warning devices must be considered. If the hazard is great enough, additional audible and visual warning devices, such as lights and alarms, may also be required. Their function is to warn personnel of their approach to a final barrier, behind which a hazard exists. When choosing the type of barrier for your needs, consider the following:

• The nature of the hazard. • The need for the barrier to be well constructed and durable and not interfere with the

operation of your equipment or experiment. • The circumstances under which it can be opened or removed. • The need for the barrier not to create new hazards. • The need for the barrier to prevent missile or fragment penetration and eliminate harmful

overpressures associated with some hazards. • The need for the barrier to serve as a shield to reduce radiation in occupied areas to

acceptable levels. In some cases, design engineers or experimenters must prepare a Safety Note to ensure proper design, fabrication, assembly, installation, and testing of these barriers. Open-Trench Barricades Groups engaged in construction and maintenance work requiring open trenches or excavations must provide protection for pedestrians, bicyclists, and vehicular traffic. Where possible, backfill immediately or provide a continuous covering. If this is not possible, provide barricades to warn personnel of the presence of the trench and its danger.



Construction personnel must be aware of normal traffic patterns and emergency evacuation routes, and must provide walkways adjacent to occupied buildings, main thoroughfares, intersections, and at recognized pedestrian traffic locations. A construction barricade must meet the following criteria:

• Type II barricades, as defined in ANSI Standard D-6.1, must be positioned at 10-ft (3-m) intervals on each side of the trench. When viewed from the side, barriers on opposite sides of the trench should not appear to be adjacent to each other but offset at 5-ft (1.5-m) intervals.

• Each barricade should be placed at least 2-ft (0.6 m) away from the opening. • Each barricade that will remain in place during periods of darkness must be equipped

with a 20-cm-diameter yellow flasher visible to oncoming vehicular and pedestrian traffic.

• When continuous solid barriers, such as fences, are not provided, tie interconnecting ropes or special yellow plastic strips (available from Stores, stock no. 4280-65028) between the barricades. If ropes are used, attach streamers between the barricades.

• Crossing points must be identified in construction drawings and sketches so that walkways and bridges with standard guardrails (or equivalent) can be provided. Furnish adequate lighting at the crossing points.

• Wherever vehicular traffic crosses a trench, install metal-plate coverings for weight support.

Fences A fence that is at least 4-ft (1.25 m) high can be used as a barrier. A barbed-wire top extension should be added to a chain link fence if warranted by the hazard. Provide at least one vehicle gate at least 12-ft (3.7 m) wide for each enclosure to permit entry of emergency apparatus. Locks All doors, gates, or removable panels that permit entry through a barrier into an enclosure must be locked, or equipped with interlocks, or both depending on the hazard. A variety of locks and padlocks are available from Central Supply. The lock specialist can be contacted for assistance.


Department of Corrections Facility Contract Safety Plan BARRICADES / SIGNS / SINAGE

WAC 296-155-305, 310, 315

Facility / Site:

Project: A competent person qualified by knowledge or experience of proper barricade, sign, and signage procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position

A. Definitions:

1. Protective barricades

An obstruction that alerts personnel to a hazard as well as protect them from it, and shall be able to withstand 200 pounds of force in any direction with minimal deflection.

Examples: Wooden post and rail, cable or wooden post and chain, etc.

2. Signs and signage

Any area where a hazard exists must be identified with a safety sign to alert employees and offenders to the hazard and inform them of the required actions. Other access controls may be installed as additional safeguards. To ensure uniform response by personnel, all safety signs must be of the same type for similar hazards

B. Guidelines:

1. Barricades are required around work areas, including areas beneath concrete slab floors that are being drilled or hammered, grating floors, excavations, holes and openings in floors, roofs and elevated platforms around overhead work, or whenever necessary to warn people of falling or tripping hazards.

Yes No

2. Traffic signs must follow -the requirements of the Uniform Traffic Control Devices Code. Signs on poles should be mounted a minimum of 7 ft. above ground level.

Yes No

3. Safety signs must have the appropriate color and include an approved heading that indicates the degree of hazard, a statement of the type of hazard and a statement of what action to take.

Yes No

4. Warning barricades shall be placed to prevent anyone from falling into the hazard (generally 5 to 6 feet or more away from the hazard).

Yes No

5. Barricades must be in place before cutting or extending a hole. Yes No

6. Erecting a barricade around the general area may protect numerous excavations and work areas. However, the barricade must not encompass more area than is needed to perform the task.

Yes No

7. Barricade signs shall be informative, legible and •visibly displayed (in Spanish and English). Where practical, provide an access opening or gate

Yes No

Facility Contract Safety Plan (Rev. 02/10/15) 1 Capital Projects








START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS







































COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS WAC 296-24-920

Facility / Site:

Project: A person qualified by knowledge or experience of compressed gas cylinder procedures must implement this plan. All compressed gas cylinders shall be managed in accordance with Chapter 296-24 Part I and K. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position

A. Cylinders visually inspected to ensure compressed gas cylinders are in a safe

condition:

1. Whenever there is a doubt as to •the serviceability of a cylinder or if a cylinder valve cannot be opened by hand, it is to be returned to the vendor/manufacturer Yes No

B. Cylinders identified with a non-removable label, stencil or stamp of its contents Yes No

C. Cylinders stored:

1. Away from radiators and other heat sources Yes No

2. In a well-protected, well ventilated, dry location, at least 20’ from highly combustible materials Yes No

3. Away from elevators, stairs or gangways Yes No

4. Where not easily knocked over or damaged by passing or falling objects, or subject to tampering by unauthorized persons Yes No

5. With valves closed when empty Yes No

6. With valve caps in place, hand tight, except when in use or connected for use Yes No

7. With the valve end up on fuel liquefied gas Yes No

8. With signs conspicuously posted reading: “Danger – No Smoking, Matches or Open Light” or other equivalent wording. Yes No

D. Oxygen cylinders shall:

1. Not be stored near highly combustible material, i.e., oil and grease; or near reserve stocks of carbide and acetylene or other fuel-gas cylinder or near any other substance likely to cause or accelerate fire; or in an acetylene generator compartment

Yes No

2. Be separated from. fuel-gas cylinders or combustible materials, a minimum of distance of 20 feet or by a non-combustible barrier of at least five feet high with a fire resistance rating of ½ hour.

Yes No

a.

Cylinders “in use” secured to a hand truck or structural member, with regulators, hoses, and torch temporarily removed for security purposes overnight or weekends, are not considered “in storage”.

Yes No

3. Be separated from the carbide or generator storage room by a gas tight, noncombustible partition without openings, having a fire resistance rating of at least one hour when stored in an outside generator house.

Yes No

E. Operating procedures: Cylinders and valves, couplings, regulators, hose and apparatus:

1. Shall be kept free from oily and greasy substances Yes No

Facility Contract Safety Plan (Rev. 02/10/15) Page 1 of 2 Capital Projects


2. Cylinders shall have valve protection caps in place whenever being transported Yes No

3. Cylinders shall not be dropped or struck or permitted to strike each other violently Yes No

4. Cylinder regulators, hoses and apparatus shall be removed and valve protection caps used prior to the cylinder being moved unless secured on a special truck Yes No

5. Cylinders shall never be used as rollers or support, whether full or empty Yes No

6. Valve keys, handles, or nonadjustable wrenches are to remain on valve stem while in service Yes No

7. Cylinders shall be transported in a vertical position Yes No

8. A suitable truck, chain, or other steadying device shall be used to prevent cylinders from being knocked over while in use or while being stored. Yes No


Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Compressed Gas Cylinders

Purpose The purpose of this program is to protect all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors and offenders from potential hazards of compressed gas cylinders. The program establishes guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of Compressed gas cylinders at Washington State Department of Corrections facilities during construction projects This Program applies to all buildings and structures owned by the Department of Corrections. It applies to all workers and subcontractors of the Department of Corrections; to occupants of Department of Corrections buildings; and to external organizations who may work with compressed gas cylinders in Department of Corrections construction projects.

General Safety Precautions

1. Read the MSDSs and labels for all of the materials with which you work. 2. Know all of the hazards (fire, health, chemical reactivity) of the materials with which you

work. 3. Know which of the materials you work with are compressed gases and check the label,

not the cylinder color, to identify the gas. 4. Store compressed gas cylinders in cool, dry, well-ventilated areas, away from

incompatible materials and ignition sources. Ensure that the temperature does not exceed 52°C (125°F).

5. Store, handle and use compressed gas cylinders securely fastened in place in the upright position. Never roll, drag, or drop cylinders or permit them to strike each other.

6. Move cylinders in handcarts or other devices designed for moving cylinders. 7. Leave the cylinder valve protection cap in place until the cylinder is secured, ready for

use. 8. Discharge compressed gases safely using devices, such as pressure regulators, approved

for the particular gas. 9. Never force connections or use homemade adapters. 10. Ensure that equipment is compatible with cylinder pressure and contents. 11. Carefully check all cylinder-to-equipment connections before use and periodically during

use, to be sure they are tight, clean, in good condition and not leaking. 12. Carefully open all valves, slowly, pointed away from you and others, using the proper

tools. 13. Close all valves when cylinders are not in use. 14. Do not allow flames to contact cylinders and do not strike an electric arc on cylinders 15. Always use cylinders in cool well-ventilated areas. 16. Handle "empty" cylinders safely: leave a slight positive pressure in them, close cylinder

valves, disassemble equipment properly, replace cylinder valve protection caps, mark cylinders "empty" or "MT," and store them separate from full cylinders.

17. Wear the proper PPE for each of the jobs you do. 18. Know how to handle emergencies such as fires, leaks, or personal injury.

Capital Projects Compressed Gas Cylinders Page 1 Revised March 2015


Cylinder Valves and Connections

Compressed gas cylinders must be connected only to regulators and equipment designed for the gas in the cylinder. Since connecting the wrong equipment can be dangerous, a number of different standard cylinder-valve outlets are available for different classes of gas. For example, these standard connections prevent the valve connection for a flammable gas from fitting the connections for an incompatible gas, such as an oxidizing gas. Most compressed gas cylinders have valve caps or some other method of protecting the valve from damage during handling and transportation. A dust cap may be placed over the valve outlet itself to help keep it clean. What Are Cylinder Safety Devices? Most cylinders have one or more safety-relief devices. These devices can prevent rupture of the cylinder if internal pressure builds up to levels exceeding design limits. Pressure can become dangerously high if a cylinder is exposed to fire or heat, including high storage temperatures. There are three types of safety-relief devices. Each relieves excessive gas pressures in a different way: Safety or Pressure-Relief Valves: These valves are usually a part of the cylinder. They are normally held closed by a spring. The force holding the valve closed is set according to the type of gas in the cylinder. The valve opens if the cylinder pressure exceeds the set safety limit. Gas is released until the cylinder pressure drops back to the safety limit. The valve then closes and retains the remaining gas in the cylinder. Rupture Discs: (also known as frangible or bursting discs): These discs are usually made from metal. They burst or rupture at a certain pressure, releasing the gas in the cylinder. The bursting pressure is designed so that the disc ruptures before the cylinder test pressure is reached. These devices cannot be re-closed, so the entire contents of the cylinder are released. Fusible Plugs: (also called fuse or melt plugs): Temperature, not pressure, activates fusible plugs. These safety devices are used where heat could initiate an explosive chemical reaction. A pressure-relief valve or rupture disc acts too slowly and too late to prevent rupture of the cylinder if an explosive reaction has already begun. The fusible plug releases the gas before the hazardous reaction can begin. Fusible plugs are made of metals that melt at low temperatures. For example, acetylene cylinders have a fusible plug, which melts at about 100°C (212°F). This temperature is safely below the temperature at which hazardous polymerization may occur. Not all compressed gas cylinders have safety devices. Some gases are so toxic that their release through a safety device would be more hazardous than cylinder rupture or explosion. Cylinders



for these gases are built to withstand higher pressures than normal cylinders. When these "toxic gas" cylinders are involved in a fire, the area must be evacuated. Why is Proper Ventilation Important? Well-designed and well-maintained ventilation systems remove gases from the workplace and reduce their hazards. The amount and type of ventilation needed depends on such things as the type of job, the kind and amount of materials used, and the size and layout of the work area. Assess the specific ways your workplace stores, handles, uses and disposes of its compressed gases. An assessment can reveal if existing ventilation controls and other hazard control methods are adequate. Some workplaces may need a complete system of hoods and ducts to provide acceptable ventilation. Others may require a single, well-placed exhaust fan. Storage facilities for particularly hazardous materials such as Chlorine may require an additional emergency ventilation system, or continuous monitoring with appropriate alarms. Other workplaces using small amounts of inert gases may require no special ventilation system. How Do I Store Compressed Gas Cylinders? Store compressed gas cylinders in compliance with WISHA and fire and building codes applying to your workplace. These laws may specify the permissible kinds of storage areas and the construction of these storage areas. They may also specify the kinds and amounts of different gases that can be stored in each safe storage area. What Should I Do When I Receive Cylinders? Inspect all incoming cylinders before storing to ensure they are undamaged and properly labeled. Do not accept delivery of defective cylinders. Be sure they are not giving off odors, visible fumes, or hissing sounds. Check that the cylinder was last tested within the required time (usually five years). Also, check that the cylinder labels are intact and that they match other identifying markings on the cylinder. Do not rely on cylinder color to identify the gas. Different suppliers may use different colors for Cylinders of the same type of gas. In addition, colors appear different under artificial lights and some people are colorblind. Call compressed gases by the name on the supplier label. This reduces confusion, promotes recognition of the hazards involved and precautions to take, and can prevent accidental use of the wrong gas. If oxygen is called "air," someone who wants air to run a tool may use oxygen with possible serious results. Leave the valve-cap securely in place until the cylinder is to be used. Inspect the cylinder valve by looking through the ports in the valve cap. Do not accept dirty, rusted, or otherwise damaged valves and fixtures.



How Do I Transport or Move Cylinders? Always transport cylinders with valve caps or other valve protection in place. Pulling cylinders by their valve caps, rolling them on their sides, dragging, or sliding them can cause damage. Rolling cylinders on their bottom edge ("milk churning") may be acceptable for short distances. Never lift cylinders with magnets or chain or wire rope slings. Transport cylinders on specially built handcarts or other devices designed for this purpose. All transport devices should have some way of securing cylinders to prevent from them from falling off the transport device. What Should I know About the Compressed Gas Storage Area? Store compressed gas cylinders separately, away from processing and handling areas, and from incompatible materials. Separate storage can minimize personal injury and damage in case of fires, spills or leaks. Many compressed gases can undergo dangerous reactions if they come into contact with incompatible materials (gases, liquids or solids), so store them apart from each other. For example, store oxidizing gases at least 6 meters (20 feet) away from fuel gases or other combustible materials, or separate them with an approved firewall. Check the reactivity information and storage requirements sections of the MSDS for details about which materials are incompatible with a particular compressed gas. The National Fire Code addresses requirements for segregation of different gases in storage. Always chain or securely restrain cylinders in an upright position to a wall, rack or other solid structure wherever they are stored, handled or used. Securing each cylinder individually is best. Store compressed gas cylinders in areas that are well ventilated, dry, and labeled with suitable warning signs, fire-resistant, and supplied with suitable firefighting equipment including sprinklers. Store cylinder where appropriate – away from electrical circuits and ignition sources such as sparks, flames or hot surfaces accessible at all times – and away from elevators, staircases or main traffic routes where cylinders may be dangerous obstacles. Always store full cylinders separately from empty cylinders. What About Compressed Gas Storage Temperatures? Store compressed gas cylinders in dry, cool areas, out of direct sunlight. Follow the gas supplier's recommendations for storage and use temperatures. To prevent excessive pressure buildup, never expose cylinders to temperatures above 52°C (125°F). Do not subject them to temperatures below -29°C (-20°F), unless they are designed for this. Cylinders that become frozen to a surface can be freed by using warm water. Never apply direct heat to a cylinder. Some General Precautions about Compressed Gas Storage At all times:

• Allow only trained, authorized people into storage areas; • Keep the amount of compressed gases in storage as small as possible;



• Inspect storage areas regularly for any deficiencies such as damaged or leaking cylinders and/or poor housekeeping;

• Correct all deficiencies as soon as possible. Using and Discharging Compressed Gas Cylinders There are four standard types of cylinder valve outlets to prevent interchanges of gas handling equipment between incompatible gases. Use only the proper equipment for discharging a particular gas from its cylinder. Never use homemade adapters or force connections between the cylinder-valve outlet and gas handling equipment. Whether a compressed gas is a liquefied, non-liquefied, or dissolved gas, the gas supplier can give the best advice on the most suitable gas discharge equipment and the safest way to use it for a specific job. In general, do not lubricate any cylinder valves, fittings, or regulator threads, or apply jointing compounds and/or tape. Use only lubricants and sealants recommended by the gas supplier. Cylinders stored in cold areas may have frozen valves. Use only warm water to thaw the valve or bring the cylinder into a warm area and allow it to thaw at room temperature. Use only recommended keys or hand-wheels to open valves. Never use longer keys or modify keys to increase their leverage. Avoid using even the correct key if it is badly worn. Do not use pipe wrenches or similar tools on hand-wheels. Any of these practices could easily damage the valve seat or spindle. Always open valves on all gas discharge equipment slowly. Rapid opening of valves results in rapid compression of the gas in the high-pressure passages leading to the seats. The rapid compression can lead to temperatures high enough to bum out the regulator and valve seats. Many accidents involving oxidizing gases result from burned out regulator and valve seats, usually caused by opening valves too quickly. Do not use excessive force when opening cylinder valves – use no more than three-quarters of a turn – if possible. If a problem develops, the valve can then be closed quickly. Leave keys on cylinders when valves are open so the valve can be closed quickly in an emergency. Some cylinder valves, such as oxygen valves, have double seating. These valves should be fully opened; otherwise, they may leak. Do not use excessive force when opening or closing a cylinder valve. When closing, turn it just enough to stop the gas flow completely. Never force a valve shut. Close cylinder valves when the cylinder is not actually in use. Do not stop the gas flow from a cylinder by just backing off on the regulator. Regulators can develop seat leaks, allowing pressure to build up in equipment attached to the regulator. Also, if the cylinder valve is left open, foreign matter can enter the cylinder if the cylinder pressure drops lower than the pressure in attached equipment. Close the cylinder valve first and then close the regulator.



Non-Liquefied and Dissolved Gases Use automatic pressure regulators to reduce gas pressure from the high levels in the cylinder to safe levels for a particular job. There are two basic types of automatic pressure regulators: single-stage, and double- or two-stage. Generally, two-stage regulators deliver a more constant pressure under more precise conditions than single-stage regulators.

What are some guidelines for safe handling and use? Use the smallest practical cylinder size for a particular job. Do not keep cylinders longer than the supplier recommends. Compressed gas cylinders are mainly shipping containers. They are built to be as light as possible while remaining safe and durable. Do not drop cylinders or otherwise allow them to strike each other. Rough handling, including using cylinders as hammers or as rollers to move equipment, can seriously damage them.

• Do not strike an electric arc on a cylinder. Arc burns can make the metal brittle and weaken the cylinder.

• Never tamper with cylinders in any way. Do not repaint them, change markings or identification, or interfere with valve threads or safety devices.

Equipment Associated with Compressed Gases Acetylene under pressure can explode. Never use acetylene outside of the cylinder at pressures over 103 kPa (15 psig) unless you take special precautions. If an acetylene cylinder has been accidentally left on its side, set it upright for at least one hour before use. Otherwise, it will emit a burst of solvent instead of gas when the valve is opened. Are There Special Precautions for Oxidizing Gases? Do not oil or grease any equipment that may contact oxidizing gases. Keep greasy hands, rags and gloves away from any part of the cylinder and fittings. Normal body oils are usually not hazardous; although it is a good practice to never touch any surface that may contact an oxidizing gas. Use the lubricants and connection, or joint sealants, recommended by the gas supplier. Only use oxygen for its intended purpose. Never use it to purge pipelines or to provide ventilation. Using oxygen to freshen the air may make people more comfortable, but it also enriches the oxygen content in the area, which can quickly create a major fire hazard. Serious accidents have occurred when oxygen was used to run tools designed for compressed air. High oxygen pressure can cause the lubricant in the tool to explode.



Can I Use Compressed Gases in Confined Spaces? Always comply with applicable occupational health and safety laws when working in a confined space. When using compressed gases, including inert gases, in a confined space, be sure to check that all equipment connections are leak-tight. Remove cylinders or connected equipment that are not in use from confined spaces, even during short breaks. Check the air for oxygen levels (high and low). Also check for any possible toxic, corrosive or flammable gases before entering confined spaces and during prolonged work periods. Never work alone. How Do I Handle and Store “Empty” Cylinders? Non-Liquefied and Dissolved Gases: The amount of material remaining in a non-liquefied or dissolved gas (acetylene) cylinder is directly proportional to the cylinder pressure gauge reading. As the gas is used, the reading on the cylinder pressure gauge drops. When the cylinder pressure gauge reads zero, the cylinder is not empty. The cylinder still contains gas at atmospheric pressure. Keep a slight positive pressure in the cylinder. Consider it "empty" when the cylinder pressure gauge reads about 172 kPa (25 psig), or when the cylinder will not deliver at least 172 kPa to the outlet pressure gauge. What are General Precautions for “Empty” Cylinders? Keeping a positive pressure in an “empty” compressed gas cylinder helps to prevent back-flow or suck back. This back-flow is the drawing back into the cylinder of contaminants or moist air from a higher-pressure system or the atmosphere. Keep the valves on all “empty” cylinders closed. This practice maintains a positive pressure in them. “Empty” cylinders with open valves can “breathe.” Temperature increases, or drops in atmospheric pressure, can force gas out of the open valve of an “empty” cylinder. Temperature drops or increases in atmospheric pressure can cause air to be drawn in through the open valve. When a compressed gas cylinder is “empty,” handle it as though it is full since it still contains gas. Always:

• Close the cylinder-valve before removing the gas-discharge equipment. • Clearly mark or label the cylinder “empty” or “MT.” • Place the cylinder in a storage area separate from that used for full cylinders. • Keep incompatible materials away from the cylinder. • Notify the gas supplier if the cylinder or any part of it is damaged or defective,

contaminated, or may have been exposed to a possibly hazardous condition (i.e., a fire or electric arc).



What are Some Good Housekeeping Rules for Working with Compressed Gas Cylinders? Maintain good housekeeping at all times in the workplace:

• Never hang clothes or equipment over a compressed gas cylinder • Never use oxygen or even compressed air to remove dust from clothing or equipment

Promptly remove combustible wastes including wood, paper or rags, from the work area Properly and promptly dispose of “empty” or unlabeled cylinders

Why is Equipment Maintenance Important? Regular inspection of equipment can provide a warning of potential hazards: Examine regulators, pressure relief valves and cylinder connections. Ensure that cylinders are free of corrosion, leakage, pitting, dents, or gouges. Regular equipment maintenance can prevent hazardous conditions in the workplace.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) If other methods, such as engineering controls, are not available or effective in controlling exposure to compressed gases, wear suitable PPE. Choosing the right PPE for a particular job is essential. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS’s) should provide general guidance. Also, obtain help from someone who knows how to evaluate the hazards of the job and how to select the proper PPE. Wear the PPE specifically needed for doing a particular job. It cannot provide protection if it is not worn. Protect Your Eyes and Face Always wear eye protection when working with compressed gases. Avoid ordinary safety glasses; use chemical safety goggles instead. In some cases, you should also wear a face shield to protect your face. Know the location of the emergency eyewash stations for use wherever accidental exposure to gases occurs that could cause eye damage. What Should I do in an Emergency? Act fast in emergencies such as chemical fires or gas cylinder leaks:

• Evacuate the area at once if you are not trained to handle the problem or if it is clearly beyond your control, and alert other people in the area to the emergency.

• Report the problem to the people responsible for handling emergencies where you work. • Obtain first aid and remove all contaminated clothes if exposed to harmful chemicals • Only specially trained and properly equipped people should handle emergencies. • Nobody else should go near the area until it is safe.



I have read this entire handout, and I understand and agree to follow the safety requirement of this

__________________________________ Safety Manual.


DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS









































CONFINED SPACE ENTRY WAC 296-809

Facility / Site:

Project: A person qualified by knowledge or experience of confined space entry procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position

A. Definitions:

1. Attendant a. A trained individual stationed outside one or more confined spaces who monitors the authorized entrants and

performs only attendant duties.

2.

Confined space a. Is large enough and so configured that an employee can bodily enter and perform assigned work b. Has limited or restricted means for entry or exit (example: tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins, hoppers, vaults

and pits).

3.

Entrant; Entry; Entry Supervisor a. Entrant: An employee authorized to enter a confined space. Entry: When a person passes through an opening

into a confined space. Entry includes work activities in that space and is considered to have occurred as soon as any part of the entrant’s body breaks the plane of an opening into the space. Entry supervisor: The trained person responsible for determining if acceptable entry conditions are present, authorizing entry, overseeing the operations, and stopping the entry.

4. Hazardous atmosphere a. An atmosphere that may expose employees to the risk of death, incapacitation, impairment of ability to self-

rescue, injury, or acute illness such as: 1. Flammable gas, vapor, mist in excess of 10% of the lower flammable limit (LFL) Yes No

2. Airborne combustible dust at a concentration that meets or exceeds its LFL Yes No

3. Atmospheric oxygen concentration below 19.5% or above 23.5% Yes No

4. Atmospheric concentration of any substance for which a dose or a permissible exposure in excess of its dose or permissible exposure limit Yes No

5. Any other atmospheric condition that is immediately dangerous to life or health Yes No

5. Permit a. Permit-required confined space: Means written authorization to enter a confined space that has one or more of

the following characteristics: 1. Contains or has the potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere Yes No

2. Contains material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant Yes No

3. Has an internal configuration so one could be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls or a floor which slopes and tapers to a smaller cross-section. Yes No

4. Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard Yes No

b. Hot Work permit: Means written authorization to perform confined space operations (riveting, welding, cutting, burning and heating) capable of providing a source of ignition.

B. Guidelines:

1. The employer shall evaluate the workplace to determine if any confined spaces exist Yes No

2. If confined spaces are present, the employer shall inform exposed employees by posting danger signs or by any other equally effective means, of the existence and location of and the danger posed by the confined spaces

Yes No

3. If employees must enter confined spaces, then the requirements of Washington Administrative Code 296-809 are mandatory Yes No

Facility Contract Safety Plan (Rev. March 2015) Page 1 of 1 Capital Projects

http://app.leg.wa.gov/WAC/default.aspx?cite=296-809


Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Confined Space Entry

Purpose The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of Confined Space Entry at Washington State Department of Corrections during construction projects to protect all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors and offenders from potential hazards of Confined Space Entry. The Permit Required Space Program (PRCS) is provided to protect authorized workers that will enter confined spaces and may be exposed to hazardous atmospheres, engulfment in materials, conditions which may trap or asphyxiate due to converging or sloping walls, or contains any other safety or health hazards. Many workplaces contain confined spaces not designed for human occupancy which due to their configuration hinder worker activities including entry, work and exit. Asphyxiation is the leading cause of death in confirmed spaces. The hazards encountered and associated with entering and working in confined spaces are capable of causing bodily injury, illness, and death to the worker. Accidents occur among workers because of failure to recognize that a confined space is a potential hazard. It should therefore be considered that the most unfavorable situation exists in every case and that the danger of explosion, poisoning, and asphyxiation will be present at the onset of entry. References: WISHA-Permit-Required Confined Spaces Responsibilities Management

• Ensure proper training for entry and rescue teams; • Provide proper equipment for entry and rescue teams; • Ensure confined space assessments have been conducted! • Ensure all permit required confined spaces are posted; • Annually review this program and all Entry Permits; • Evaluate Rescue Teams/Service to ensure they are adequately trained and prepared; • Ensure rescue team at access during entry into spaces with IDLH atmospheres.

Workers

• Follow program requirements • Report any previously unidentified hazards associated with confined spaces

Entry Supervisor Entry supervisors are responsible for the overall permit space entry and must coordinate all entry procedures, permits, equipment, and other relevant activities. The entry supervisor’s required duties are as follows:

Capital Projects Confined Space Entry Page 1 Revised March 2015


• Know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure.

• Verify, by checking that the appropriate entries have been made on the permit. Ensure that all tests specified by the permit have been conducted; and that all procedures and equipment specified by the permit are in-place before endorsing the permit and allowing entry to begin.

• Terminate the entry and cancel the permit when the entry is complete and there is a need for terminating the permit

• Verify that rescue services are available and that the means for summoning them are operable. Remove unauthorized persons who enter or attempt to enter the space during entry operations.

• Determine whenever responsibility for a permit space entry operation is transferred and at intervals dictated by the hazards and operations performed within the space that entry operations remain consistent with the permit terms and that acceptable entry conditions are maintained.

Entry Attendants At least one attendant is required outside the permit space into which entry is authorized for the duration of the entry operation. Responsibilities include:

• To know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the mode, signs, or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure.

• To be aware of possible behavioral effects' of hazard exposure on entrants. • To continuously maintain an accurate count of entrants in the permit space and ensure a

means to accurately identify authorized entrants. • To remain outside the permit space during entry operations until relieved by another

attendant (once properly relieved, they may participate in other permit space activities, including rescue if they are properly trained and equipped).

• To communicate with entrants as necessary to monitor entrant status and alert entrants of the need to evacuate.

• To monitor activities inside and outside the space to determine if it is safe for entrants to remain in the space and to order the entrants to immediately evacuate if: • The attendant detects a prohibited condition; • Detects entrant behavioral effects of hazard exposure; • Detects a situation outside the space that could endanger the entrants; or if the

attendant cannot effectively and safely perform all the attendant duties; • To summon rescue and other emergency services as soon as the attendant determines

the entrants need assistance to escape the permit space hazards; • To perform non-entry rescues as specified by that rescue procedure and entry

supervisor;



• Not to perform duties that might interfere with the attendants' primary duty to monitor and protect the entrants.

• To take the following action when unauthorized persons approach or enter a permit space while entry is under way: • Warn the unauthorized persons that they must stay away from the permit space. • Advise unauthorized persons that they must exit immediately if they have entered the

space • Inform the authorized entrants and the entry supervisor if unauthorized persons have

entered the permit space Entrants All entrants must be authorized by the entry supervisor to enter permit spaces, have received the required training, use the proper equipment and observe the entry procedures and permit. The following entrant duties are required:

• Know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the mode, signs or symptoms and consequences of the exposure

• Properly use the equipment required for safe entry • Communicate with the attendant as necessary to enable the attendant to monitor the status

of the entrants and to enable the attendant to alert the entrants of the need to evacuate the space if necessary

• Alert the attendant whenever the entrant recognizes any warning signs or symptoms of exposure to a dangerous situation or any prohibited condition is detected

• Exit the permit space as quickly as possible whenever the attendant or entry supervisor gives an order to evacuate; the entrant recognizes any warning signs or symptoms of exposure to a dangerous situation; the entrant detects a prohibited condition; or an evacuation alarm activates.

Definition of Confined Spaces Requiring an Entry Permit

A Confined Space:

1. Is large enough or so configured that a worker can bodily enter and perform work. 2. Has limited or restricted means for entry or exit (i.e. tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins,

hoppers, vaults and pits are spaces that may have limited means of entry). 3. Is not designed for continuous worker occupancy.

Permit Required Confined Space (Permit Space) A Permit Space is a confined space that has one or more of the following characteristics:

1. Contains or has a potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere; 2. Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant;



3. Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly covering wall or by a floor, which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross-section;

4. Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard; Mark every Permit Required Confined Space: "Confined Space: Entry Permit Required"

Entry Standard Operating Procedures A Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) has been developed for each space to standardize the entry procedure. This SOP outlines:

• Hazards • Hazard control and abatement • Acceptable entry conditions • Means of entry • Entry equipment required • Emergency procedures

Permit Required Confined Space Entry General Rules During all Confined Space Entries, the following safety rules must be strictly enforced:

• Only authorized / trained workers may enter a confined space or act as safety watchmen. • No smoking is permitted in a confined space or near the entry / exit areas. • During confined space entries, a watchman must be present at all times. • Constant visual or voice communication will be maintained between the safety watchmen

and workers entering a confined space. • No bottom or side entry will be made or work conducted below the level of any hanging

material or material which could cause engulfment. • Air and oxygen monitoring is required before entering any Permit Required Confined

Space. Oxygen levels in a confined space must be between 19.5 percent and 23.5 percent. Levels above or below will require the use of an SCBA or other approved air supplied respirator. Additional ventilation and oxygen level monitoring is required when welding is performed. The monitoring will check oxygen levels, explosive gas levels, and Carbon Monoxide levels. Entry will not be permitted if explosive gas is detected above one-half the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL).

• To prevent injuries to others, all openings to confined spaces will be protected by a barricade when covers are removed.



Confined Space Entry Procedures Each worker who enters or is involved in the entry must:

• Understand the procedures for confined space entry 2. Know the hazards of the specific entry

• Review the specific procedures for each entry • Understand how to use entry and rescue equipment

Confined Space Entry Permits Confined Space Entry Permits must be completed before any worker enters a permit required confined space. The permit must be completed and signed by an authorized member of management before entry.

• Permits will expire before the completion of the shift or if any pre-entry conditions change;

• Permits will be maintained on file for 12 months. Contractor Entry All work by non-DOC workers that involves an entry into confined spaces will follow the procedures of this program. The information from this program and the specific hazards of the confined spaces will be provided to contractor management prior to commencing entry or work. Training

• Training for confined space entry includes: • Duties of the entry supervisor, entrant, and attendants; • Confined Space Entry Permits; • Hazards of confined spaces; • Use of air monitoring equipment; • First Aid and CPR training; • Emergency action and rescue equipment; • Confined space entry and rescue equipment; and • Rescue training including entry and removal from representative spaces.

Confined Space Hazards

Flammable Atmospheres A flammable atmosphere generally arises from enriched oxygen atmospheres, vaporization of flammable liquids, by-products of work, chemical reactions, concentrations of combustible dusts, and desorption of chemical from inner surfaces of the confined space. An atmosphere becomes flammable when the ratio of oxygen to combustible material in the air is neither too rich nor too lean for combustion to occur. Combustible gases or vapors will accumulate when there is inadequate ventilation in areas such as a confined space.



Flammable gases such as acetylene, butane, propane, hydrogen, methane, natural or manufactured gases or vapors from liquid hydrocarbons can be trapped in confined spaces. Since many gases are heavier than air, they will seek lower levels as in pits, sewers, and various types of storage tanks and vessels. In a closed top tank, it should also be noted that lighter than air gases may rise and develop a flammable concentration if trapped above the opening. The by-products of work procedures can generate flammable or explosive conditions within a confined space. Specific kinds of work such as spray painting can result in the release of explosive gases or vapors. Welding in a confined space is a major cause of explosions in areas that contain combustible gas. Chemical reactions forming flammable atmospheres occur when surfaces are initially exposed to the atmosphere, or when chemicals combine to form flammable gases. This condition arises when dilute sulfuric acid reacts with iron to form hydrogen or when calcium carbide makes contact with water to form acetylene. Other examples of spontaneous chemical reactions that may produce explosions from small amounts of unstable compounds are acetylene-metal compounds, peroxides, and nitrates. In a dry state, these compounds have the potential to explode upon percussion or exposure to increased temperature. Another class of chemical reactions that form flammable atmospheres arise from deposits of pyrophoric substances (carbon, ferrous oxide, ferrous sulfate, iron, etc.) that can be found in tanks used by the chemical and petroleum industry. These tanks containing flammable deposits will spontaneously ignite upon exposure to air. Combustible dust concentrations are usually found during the process of loading, unloading and conveying grain products, nitrated fertilizers, finely ground chemical products and any other combustible material. High charges of static electricity, which rapidly accumulate during periods of relatively low humidity (below 50 percent), can cause certain substances to accumulate electrostatic charges of sufficient energy to produce sparks and ignite a flammable atmosphere. These sparks may also cause explosions when the right air of oxygen to dust or gas mixture is present. Toxic Atmospheres The substances to be regarded as toxic in a confined space can cover the entire spectrum of gases, vapors, and finely divided airborne dust in industry. The sources of toxic atmospheres encountered may arise from the following:

• The manufacturing process (for example, in producing polyvinyl chloride, hydrogen chloride is used as well as vinyl chloride monomer, which is carcinogenic)

• The product stored (removing decomposed organic material from a tank can liberate toxic substances, such as hydrogen sulfide H2S)



• The operation performed in the confined space (for example, welding or brazing with metals capable of producing toxic fumes)

During loading, unloading, formulation and production, mechanical and/or human error may also produce toxic gases, which are not part of the planned operation. Carbon Monoxide (CO) is a hazardous gas that may build up in a confined space. An odorless, colorless gas that has approximately the same density as air is formed from incomplete combustion of organic materials such as wood, coal, gas, oil and gasoline. It can be formed from microbial decomposition of organic matter in sewers, silos and fermentation tanks. Carbon Monoxide is an insidious toxic gas because of its poor warning properties. Early stages of CO intoxication are nausea and headache. Carbon Monoxide may be fatal at 1000 ppm in air, and is considered dangerous at 200 ppm, because it forms carboxyhemoglobin in the blood, which prevents the distribution of oxygen in the body. Carbon Monoxide is a relatively abundant colorless, odorless gas, therefore, any untested atmosphere must be suspect. It must also be noted that a safe reading on a combustible gas indicator does not ensure that CO is not present. Carbon Monoxide must be tested for specifically. The formation of CO may result from chemical reactions or work activities; therefore, fatalities due to CO poisoning are not confined to any particular industry. There have been fatal accidents in sewage treatment plants due to decomposition products and lack of ventilation in confined spaces. Carbon Monoxide can also be a product of decomposition is in the formation of silo gas in grain storage elevators. In another area, the pain industry, varnish is manufactured by introducing the various ingredients into a kettle and heating them in an inert atmosphere, usually town gas, which is a mixture of carbon dioxide and nitrogen. Oxides of nitrogen and ozone are gases of major toxicologic importance in welding operations, and incomplete oxidation may occur, possibly causing Carbon Monoxide as a by-product. Another poor work practice, which has led to fatalities, is the recirculation of diesel exhaust emissions. Increased CO levels can be prevented by strict control of the ventilation and the use of catalytic converters. Irritant (Corrosive) Atmospheres Irritant or corrosive atmospheres can be divided into primary and secondary groups. The primary irritants exert no systemic toxic effects (effects on the entire body). Examples of primary irritants are chlorine, ozone, hydrochloric acid, hydrofluoric acid, sulfuric acid, nitrogen dioxide, ammonia and sulfur dioxide. A secondary irritant is one that may produce systemic toxic effects in addition to surface irritation. Examples of secondary irritants include benzene, carbon tetrachloride, ethyl chloride, trichloroethane, trichloroethylene and chloropropene.



Irritant gases vary widely among all areas of industrial activity. They can be found in plastic plants, chemical plants, the petroleum industry, tanneries, refrigeration industries, paint manufacturing and mining operations. Prolonged exposure at irritant or corrosive concentrations in a confined space may produce little or no evidence of irritation. This may result in a general weakening of the defense reflexes from changes in sensitivity. The danger in this situation is that the worker is usually not aware of any increase in their exposure to toxic substances. Asphyxiating Atmospheres The normal atmosphere is composed approx. of 20.9 percent oxygen, 78.1 percent nitrogen and 1 percent argon with small amounts of various other gases. Reduction of oxygen in a confined space may be the result of either consumption or displacement.

• Consumption: The consumption of oxygen takes place during combustion of flammable substances, as in welding, heating, cutting and brazing. A more subtle consumption of oxygen occurs during bacterial action, as in the fermentation process. Oxygen may also be consumed during chemical reactions as in the formation of rust on the exposed surface of the confined space (iron oxide). The number of people working in a confined space and the amount of their physical activity will also influence the oxygen consumption rate.

• Displacement: A second factor in oxygen deficiency is displacement by another gas. Examples of gases that are used to displace air, and therefore reduce the oxygen level are helium, argon, and nitrogen. Carbon dioxide may also be used to displace air and can occur naturally in sewers, storage bins, wells, tunnels, wine vats and grain elevators.

Aside from the natural development of these gases or their use in the chemical process, certain gases are also used as inerting agents to displace flammable substances and retard pyrophoric reactions. Gases such as nitrogen, argon, helium and carbon dioxide are frequently referred to as non-toxic inert gases but have claimed many lives. The use of nitrogen to inert a confined space has claimed more lives than carbon dioxide. The total displacement of oxygen by nitrogen will cause immediate collapse and death. Carbon dioxide and argon, with specific gravities greater than air, may lie in a tank or a manhole for hours or days after opening. Since these gases are colorless and odorless, they pose an immediate hazard to health unless appropriate oxygen measurements and ventilation are adequately carried out. Oxygen deprivation is one form of asphyxiation. While it is desirable to maintain the atmospheric oxygen level at 21 percent by volume, the body can tolerate deviation from this ideal. When the oxygen level falls to 17 percent, the first sign of hypoxia is a deterioration of night vision, which is not noticeable until a normal oxygen concentration is restored. Physiologic effects are increased breathing volume and accelerated heartbeat:

• Between 14- 16 percent of physiologic effects are increased breathing volume, accelerated heartbeat, very poor muscular coordination, rapid fatigue, and intermittent respiration.



• Between 6- 10 percent of the effects are nausea, vomiting, inability to perform and unconsciousness.

• Less than 6 percent of the effects are spasmatic breathing, convulsive movements and death in minutes.

Mechanical Hazards If activation of electrical or mechanical equipment would cause injury, each piece of equipment should' be manually isolated to prevent inadvertent activation before workers enter or while they work in a confined space. The interplay of hazards associated with a confined space, such as the potential of flammable vapors or gases being present, and the build-up of static charge due to mechanical cleaning, such as abrasive blasting, all influence the precautions which must be taken. To prevent vapor leaks, flashbacks and other hazards, workers should completely isolate the space. To completely isolate a confined space, the closing of valves is not sufficient. All pipes must be physically disconnected or isolation blanks bolted in place. Other special precautions must be taken in cases where flammable liquids or vapors may re-contaminate the confined space. The pipes blanked or disconnected should be inspected and tested for leakage to check the effectiveness of the procedure. Other areas of concern are steam valves, pressure lines and chemical transfer pipes. A less apparent hazard is the space referred to as a void, such as double walled vessels, which must be given special consideration in blanking off and inerting. Thermal Effects Pour factors influence the interchange of heat between people and their environment. They are:

1. Air temperature 2. Air velocity 3. Moisture contained in the air 4. Radiant heat

Because of the nature and design of most confined spaces, both moisture content and radiant heat are difficult to control. As the body temperature rises progressively, workers will continue to function until the body temperature reaches approximately 102°F. When this body temperature is exceeded, the workers are less efficient and prone to heat exhaustion, heat cramps or heat stroke. In a cold environment, certain physiologic mechanisms come into play, which tend to limit heat loss and increase heat production. The most severe strain in cold conditions is chilling of the extremities so that activity is restricted. Special precautions must be taken in cold environments to prevent frostbite, trench foot and general hypothermia. Protective insulated clothing for both hot and cold environments will add additional bulk to the worker and must be considered in allowing for movement in the confined space and the impact



to exit time. Therefore, air temperature of the environment becomes an important consideration when evaluating working conditions in confined spaces. Noise Noise problems are usually intensified in confined spaces because the interior tends to cause sound to reverberate and thus expose the worker to higher sound levels than those found in an open environment. This intensified noise increases the risk of hearing damage to workers, which could result in temporary or permanent loss of hearing. Noise in a confined space, which may not be intense enough to cause hearing damage may still disrupt verbal communication with the emergency standby person on the exterior of the confined space. If the workers inside are not able to hear commands or danger signals due to excessive noise, the probability of severe accidents increases. Vibration Whole body vibration may affect multiple body parts and organs depending upon the vibration characteristics. Segmental vibration, unlike whole body vibration, appears to be more localized in creating injury to the fingers and hands of workers using tools, such as pneumatic hammers, rotary grinders or other hand tools which cause vibration. Other Hazards Some physical hazards cannot be eliminated because of the nature of the confined space or the work to be performed. These hazards include such items as scaffolding, surface residues and structural hazards. The use of scaffolding in confined spaces has contributed too many accidents caused by workers or materials falling, improper use of guardrails and lack of maintenance to insure worker safety. The choice of material used for scaffolding depends upon the type of work to be performed, the calculated weight to be supported, and the surface on which the scaffolding is placed and the substance previously stored in the confined space. Surface residues in confined spaces can increase the already hazardous conditions of electrical shock, reaction of incompatible materials, liberation of toxic substances, and bodily injury due to slips and falls. Without protective clothing, additional hazards to health may arise due to surface residues. Structural hazards within a confined space such as baffles in horizontal tanks, trays in vertical towers, bends in tunnels, overhead structural members or scaffolding installed for maintenance constitute physical hazards, which are exacerbated by the physical surroundings. In dealing with structural hazards, workers must review and enforce safety precautions to assure safety.


CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT Permit Number

Confined space to be entered

Purpose of entry

Location

Date and Time of Issue

Permit Duration

Qualified entrant(s) assigned to this entry

Qualified attendant assigned to this entry

HAVE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS BEEN TAKEN? Discussion of oxygen deficiency detection and elimination Discussion of probable gases to be encountered and elimination Discussion of proper ventilation procedures Discussion of need, use, and availability of respirators Discussion and review of testing equipment and calibration Discussion, use, and testing of serviceability of rescue gear and procedures Discussion of noise problems, temperatures, and weather conditions Discussion of communication procedures and proper use of equipment Burning (hot work) permits. Exhaust ventilation and fire-fighting equipment

Entry cannot be approved unless all appropriate items are completed. SAMPLING EQUIPMENT TO BE USED

Type Serial Number Date of Calibration Qualified Person

TESTS CONDUCTED Test Time Results Time Results Time Results Time Results

Oxygen Deficiency

Flammability

Toxicity

List Identified hazards associated with this entry

List acceptable entry conditions or hazard elimination/control strategies for safe entry

List equipment required for safe entry

List emergency rescue procedure

List communication procedures for entrants and attendants to maintain contact during entry

DOC 03-201 (Rev. 07/01/14) 1 DOC 890.020

Requirements Completed N/A Date Time Requirements Completed N/A Date Time

Lockout/De-energize/Try-out Supplied Air Respirator (N/A if alternate entry)

Line(s) Broken-Capped-Blank Air Purifying Respirator(s)

Purge-Flush and Vent Protective Clothing

Ventilation Full Body Harness w/ “D” ring

Secure Area (Post and Flag) Emergency Escape Retrieval Equip

Lighting (Explosive Proof) Lifelines

Hotwork Permit Standby safety personnel (N/A if alternate entry)

Fire Extinguishers Fall protection

Other: Other:

Prior to being permitted into areas where confined spaces exist, workers will be trained and instructed on this Confined Space Entry Permit, including the items described below:

1. Identify the hazards associated with this confined space entry.

2. Describe the correct procedures for allowing entry into the confined space.

3. Describe the correct procedures for the handling and securing of tools and materials.

4. Describe the responsibilities of the entry Supervisor.

5. Describe the responsibilities of the entry Attendant.

6. Describe the responsibilities of the entrant. 7. Describe the procedures to be activated in the event of an emergency.

The following workers have been trained and instructed on the elements of this Confined Space Entry Permit.

Name of Worker Signature Date

DOC 03-201 (Rev. 07/01/14) 2 DOC 890.020

Notes

Entry Terminated and Permit Canceled

Reason/Justification Date Time Entry Supervisor

The assigned task or job was completed A condition in the space that isn’t covered by this permit was discovered Description of Conditions:

Emergency Contact Information

Contact Name/Organization Phone Alternate (Radio, cell, etc.)

Confined Space Manager

Base/Master Control Rescue Team

Emergency Medical Services/Fire/Ambulance

The confined space Entry Supervisor’s signature verifies that all hazards have been identified, eliminated, or controlled and procedures are in place for safe entry per DOC 890.020 Confined Space Program and WAC 296.809 and authorizes this confined space entry.

Entry Supervisor Signature Date

This Confined Space Entry Permit has been reviewed by:

Confined Space Program Manager Signature Date

The contents of this document may be eligible for public disclosure. Social Security Numbers are considered confidential information and will be redacted in the event of such a request. This form is governed by Executive Order 00-03, RCW 42.56, and RCE 40.14. Distribution: ORIGINAL- Confined Space Program Manager COPY- Safety Office

DOC 03-201 (Rev. 07/01/14) 3 DOC 890.020

Wo

rkin

g To

gether for Safe Comm

unities

Washington StateDEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS

State of WashingtonDepartment of Corrections

Confined Space Entry

INTRODUCTION

The Department recognizes the inherent dangers associated with entering confined spaces. This handbook is designed to serve as a guide for those Department facilities having confined spaces in conjunction with WAC 296-809 and DOC 890.020 Confined Space Entry. The designated Entry Supervisor will find this handbook helpful in establishing and maintaining a viable Confined Space Program.

Rev. (9/07) 1

DEFINITIONS Acceptable Entry ConditionsThe conditions that must exist in a permit-required confined space to allow safe entry and work. AttendantAn individual stationed outside one or more permit-required confined spaces to monitor the entrants. Blanking or Blinding The absolute closure of a pipe, line, or duct by fastening a solid plate (e.g., a spectacle blind or a skillet blind) that completely covers the bore. It is capable of withstanding the maximum pressure of the pipe, line, or duct with no leakage beyond the plate. Confined Space A space that meets all of the following criteria:

• Large enough and arranged so an employee may fully enter the space and work. • Has limited or restricted entry or exit (e.g., tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins, hoppers,

vaults, excavations, and pits). • Not primarily designed for human occupancy.

Double Block and Bleed The closure of a line, duct, or pipe by closing and locking/tagging 2 in line valves and by opening and locking/tagging a drain or vent valve in the line between the 2 closed valves. Emergency Any occurrence, including any failure of hazard control or monitoring equipment, or event internal or external to the permit-required confined space that could endanger authorized entrants. Engulfment The surrounding capture of a person by a liquid or finely divided, flowable solid substance that can be inhaled to cause death by filling or plugging the respiratory system, or that can exert enough force on the body to cause death by strangulation, constriction, or crushing. Enter/Entry The action by which a person passes through an opening into a permit-required confined space, and includes work activities in that space. Entry has occurred once any part of the entrant’s body breaks the plane of an opening into the space.

Note: If the opening is large enough for the worker to fully enter the space, a permit is required even for partial body entry. Permits aren't required for partial body entry where the opening isn't large enough for full entry, although other rules, such as Lockout/Tagout or Respiratory Hazards, may apply.

Rev. (9/07) 2

Entry Supervisor The person (e.g., the employer, crew leader, or crew chief) responsible for:

• Determining if acceptable entry conditions are present at a permit-required confined space where entry is planned,

• Authorizing entry and overseeing entry operations, and • Terminating an entry, as required.

Entrant An employee who is authorized by the employer to enter a permit-required confined space. Entry Permit/Permit The written or printed document which allows and controls entry into a permit-required confined space in compliance with WAC 296-809-500. Hazardous Atmosphere An atmosphere that may expose employees to the risk of death, incapacitation, impairment of ability to self rescue (i.e., escape unaided from a permit-required confined space), injury, or acute illness caused by one or more of the following:

• Flammable gas, vapor, or mist in excess of 10% of its lower flammable limit (LFL). • Airborne combustible dust at a concentration that meets or exceeds its lower flammable

limit.

Notes: 1. This concentration may be approximated as a condition in which the dust obscures vision at a distance of 5 feet (i.e., 1.52 m) or less:

- Atmospheric oxygen concentration below 19.5% or above 23.5%. - Atmospheric concentration of any substance which may exceed a permissible exposure limit.

For additional information about atmospheric concentration, see WAC 296-62, Parts F, G, and I, and WAC 296-841. 2. An airborne concentration of a substance that is not capable of causing death, incapacitation, impairment of ability to self rescue, injury, or acute illness due to its health effects is not covered by this definition. 3. Any other atmospheric condition that is immediately dangerous to life or health is not covered by this definition. 4. For guidance on establishing acceptable atmospheric conditions for air contaminants which have no WISHA determined doses or permissible exposure limits using other sources of information, refer to:

- Material safety data sheets required by WAC 296-800-170. - Published information. - Internal documents.

Hot Work Permit A written authorization to perform operations (e.g., riveting, welding, cutting, burning, and heating) which may provide a source of ignition. “Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health” (IDLH) Any condition that:

• Poses an immediate or delayed threat to life, • Would cause irreversible adverse health effects, or • Would interfere with an individual's ability to escape unaided from a permit space.

Rev. (9/07) 3

If entry is to be made into an IDLH atmosphere, or into a space that can quickly develop an IDLH atmosphere if ventilation fails or for other reasons, a rescue team or service will need to be standing by at the permit space. If the danger to entrants is restricted to mechanical hazards that would cause injuries (e.g., broken bones, abrasions), a response time of 10-15 minutes may be adequate. Inerting The displacement of the atmosphere in a permit-required confined space by a noncombustible gas (e.g., nitrogen) to such an extent that the resulting atmosphere is noncombustible.

Note:

This procedure produces an IDLH oxygen deficient atmosphere. Isolation The process by which a permit-required confined space is removed from service and completely protected against the release of energy and material into the space by such means as:

• Blanking or blinding, • Misaligning or removing sections of lines, pipes, or ducts, • A double block and bleed system, • Lockout/Tagout of all sources of energy, or • Blocking or disconnecting all mechanical linkages.

Line Breaking The intentional opening of a pipe, line, or duct that is or has been carrying flammable, corrosive, or toxic material, an inert gas, or any fluid at a volume, pressure, or temperature capable of causing injury. “Non-Permit Confined Space” A confined space that does not contain any physical hazards or any actual or potential atmospheric hazards capable of causing death or serious physical harm. Oxygen Deficient Atmosphere An atmosphere containing less than 19.5% oxygen by volume. Oxygen Enriched Atmosphere An atmosphere containing more than 23.5% oxygen by volume. Permit-Required Confined Space Program An overall program for:

• Controlling and appropriately protecting employees from permit-required confined space hazards, and

• Regulating employee entry into permit-required confined spaces. “Permit-Required Confined Space” or “Permit Space” A confined space that has one or more of the following characteristics:

• Contains or has a potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere; • Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant;

Rev. (9/07) 4

• Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls or by a floor which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross section; or

• Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard that could either: • Impair the ability to self rescue, or • Result in a situation that presents an immediate danger to life or health.

Prohibited Condition Any condition in a permit-required confined space that is not allowed by the permit during the authorized entry period. Rescue Service The personnel designated to rescue employees from permit-required confined spaces. Retrieval System The equipment used for non-entry rescue of persons from permit-required confined spaces, such as a retrieval line, full body harness or wristlets, and a lifting device or anchor. Testing The process of identifying and evaluating the hazards that entrants may be exposed to in a permit-required confined space. Testing includes specifying the tests that are to be performed in the permit-required confined space.

Note: Testing allows employers to devise and implement adequate controls to protect entrants during entry, and to determine if acceptable entry conditions are present.

Rev. (9/07) 5

PROCEDURES

Atmospheric Testing of Permit-Required Confined Spaces

Atmospheric testing of permit-required confined spaces is performed to:

1. Evaluate potential atmospheric hazards. 2. Verify that acceptable atmospheric entry conditions exist.

Evaluate Hazards 1. Collect and analyze data on the atmosphere of the space using equipment sensitive

and specific enough for any hazardous atmosphere that may arise to: • Develop appropriate entry procedures, and • Maintain acceptable entry conditions.

2. Have a technically qualified individual perform, or at least review, the following: • Evaluation and interpretation of the data • Identification of all serious hazards • Development of appropriate entry procedures

Verify that Acceptable Entry Conditions Exist 1. If the space may contain a hazardous atmosphere, test for all potential contaminants.

• Use the equipment specified on the permit, as directed by the manufacturer, to determine whether contaminants are within the range of acceptable entry conditions.

• Measure for the time recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Perform tests in this order:

• First, perform a test for oxygen. Most combustible gas meters are oxygen dependent and will not provide reliable readings in an oxygen deficient atmosphere.

• Next, test for combustible gases. They present an immediate threat to life through inhalation, fire, or explosion.

• Last, if necessary, test for toxic gases and vapors. 3. Record test results, such as the actual concentration, in the appropriate space on the

permit. • When monitoring atmospheres that may be stratified, also test the atmospheric

envelope at a distance of approximately 4 feet (i.e., 1.22 m) in the direction of travel, and to each side.

Rev. (9/07) 6

• If using a sampling probe, adapt the entrant's rate of progress to the sampling speed and detector response.

Alternate Entry Procedures - WAC 296-809-600

Choose alternate entry procedures for spaces where the only hazard is a hazardous atmosphere, and ensure the following conditions are met if using alternate entry procedures:

1. The only hazard of the permit-required confined space is an actual or potential hazardous atmosphere.

2. Continuous forced air ventilation alone is all that is needed to maintain the permit-required confined space for safe entry. • Ensure an entry to obtain monitoring and inspection data or to eliminate hazards is

performed according to WAC 296-809-500. • Ensure all documentation produced is available to each affected employee and their

authorized representative. Alternate Entry Procedures for Permit-Required Confined Spaces 1. Eliminate any unsafe conditions before removing an entrance cover.

• When entrance covers are removed, promptly guard the opening with a railing, temporary cover, or other temporary barrier to prevent accidental falls through the opening and protect entrants from objects falling into the space.

• Certify that pre-entry measures have been taken (e.g., safe removal of the cover, adequate protection used when gathering pre-entry data), with the date, location of the space, and signature of the person certifying.

• Make the pre-entry certification available to each entrant before entry. 2. Before an employee enters the confined space, test the internal atmosphere with a calibrated,

direct reading instrument for all of the following, in order: • Oxygen content. • Flammable gases and vapors. • Potential toxic air contaminants.

3. Provide entrants, or their authorized representatives, with an opportunity to observe the pre-

entry and periodic testing. 4. Ensure the atmosphere within the space is not hazardous when entrants are present. 5. Use continuous forced air ventilation as follows:

• Wait until the forced air ventilation has removed any hazardous atmosphere before allowing entrants into the space.

• Direct forced air ventilation toward the immediate areas where employees are, or will be, and continue ventilation until all employees have left the space.

Rev. (9/07) 7

• Provide the air supply from a clean source and ensure it does not increase hazards in the space.

6. Test the atmosphere within the space as needed to ensure hazards do not accumulate. 7. If a hazardous atmosphere is detected during entry:

• Evacuate employees from the space immediately. • Evaluate the space to determine how the hazardous atmosphere developed. • Implement measures to protect employees from the hazardous atmosphere before

continuing the entry operation. • Verify the space is safe before continuing the entry operation.

Identifying and Controlling Permit-Required Confined Spaces - WAC 296-809-200

IMPORTANT

If the workplace contains only non-permit confined spaces and employees do not enter another employer’s confined space, only the requirements of WAC 296-809-200 and

WAC 296-809-700 must be followed.

Identify permit-required confined spaces and control employee entry 1. Identify all permit-required confined spaces in the workplace. 2. Assume any confined space is a permit-required confined space, unless determined

otherwise. • If the space is entered to determine the hazards, follow the requirements in WAC 296-

809-500. • Upon evaluating the confined space and concluding there are no potential or actual

hazards, the space may be considered a non-permit confined space. 3. Document the determination that the space is non-permit per WAC 296-809-700. 4. Inform employees and control entry to permit-required confined spaces per WAC 296-809-

20004. 5. Provide information about confined spaces as follows:

• Make all information and documents required by this chapter available to affected employees and their authorized representatives.

• Inform affected employees about the existence, location, and danger of any permit-required confined spaces in the workplace by: - Posting danger signs, or - Using any other equally effective means to inform employees.

Rev. (9/07) 8

Note A sign reading “DANGER – PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE, DO NOT ENTER” or using

pictures or other similar, easily understood wording, would satisfy the requirement for a sign. 6. Take effective measures to prevent unauthorized employees from entering permit-required

confined spaces (e.g., padlocks, bolted covers, special tools to remove covers, and employee training).

Permit-Required Confined Space Program - WAC 296-809-300 This section applies if employees will enter a permit-required confined space.

IMPORTANT

Identify and evaluate the hazards of permit-required confined spaces and the work performed to assist in developing the required written permit-required entry space program.

Develop a permit-required confined space program and practices 1. Before employees enter permit-required spaces, develop a written program that describes the

means, procedures, and practices for safe entry. Include the following, when applicable to the confined space entry program: • Documentation of permit entry procedures • Documentation used for alternate entry procedures • How to reclassify permit-required confined spaces to non-permit spaces • Designation of employee roles, such as entrants, attendants, entry supervisors, rescuers,

or those who test or monitor the atmosphere in a permit-required space • Identification of designated employee duties • Training employees on their designated roles • How to identify and evaluate hazards • Use and maintenance of equipment • How to prevent unauthorized entry • How to coordinate entry with another employer • How to rescue entrants

Note: For alternate entry, the written program need only meet the requirements of WAC 296-809-400 and

WAC 296-809-600. 2. Consult with affected employees and their authorized representatives when developing and

implementing all aspects of the permit-required confined space program. 3. Make the written program available to employees and their authorized representatives. 4. Update the written program as necessary.

Rev. (9/07) 9

Permit Entry Procedures - WAC 296-809-500 Establish procedures for the safe permit-required entry of confined spaces

Implement procedures for entry permits WAC 296-809-50002

Use an entry permit that contains all required information WAC 296-809-50004

Keep and review entry permits WAC 296-809-50006

Prevent unauthorized entry WAC 296-809-50008

Provide, maintain, and use proper equipment WAC 296-809-50010

Evaluate and control hazards for safe entry WAC 296-809-50012

Ensure adequate rescue and emergency services are available WAC 296-809-50014

Use non-entry rescue systems or methods whenever possible WAC 296-809-50016

Ensure Entry Supervisors perform their responsibilities and duties

WAC 296-800-50018

Provide an attendant outside the permit-required confined space WAC 296-809-50020

Ensure entrants know the hazardous conditions and their duties WAC 296-809-50022

Implement procedures for ending entry WAC 296-809-50024

Non-Permit Confined Space Requirements - WAC 296-809-700

IMPORTANT

A confined space may be classified as a non-permit confined space for as long as the hazards remain eliminated. Once a hazard is present, follow all requirements that apply.

Ensure any non-permit spaces do not have the potential to contain serious health or safety hazards 1. Ensure the confined space meets these conditions to be classified as non-permit confined

spaces: • The confined space does not contain an actual or potential hazardous atmosphere. • The confined space does not contain hazards capable of causing death or serious physical

harm. This includes any recognized health or safety hazards (e.g., engulfment in solid or liquid material, electrical shock, or moving parts).

Rev. (9/07) 10

• If the space must be entered to remove hazards, it must be treated as a permit-required confined space until hazards have been eliminated.

Note:

Controlling atmospheric hazards through forced air ventilation does not eliminate the hazards. - Evaluate the use of lockout/tagout, as covered in WAC 296-24-110, to determine if its use fully eliminates the

hazard. - Alternate entry procedures covered in WAC 296-809-600 may be used if forced air ventilation alone will

control all hazards in the space.

2. Document how it was determined that the confined space contained no permit-required confined space hazards. Certify this documentation with the following: • Date • Location of the space • Signature of the person making the determination

3. Make the certification available to each entrant, or their authorized representative.

Note: This certification must be completed every time a permit-required confined space is reclassified as a

non-permit space. 4. Re-evaluate non-permit confined spaces if hazards develop.

• Reclassify a non-permit confined space to a permit-required confined space, if necessary, when changes in the use or configuration of the space increase the hazards to entrants.

• Ensure all employees exit the space if hazards develop. Then, re-evaluate the space and determine whether it must be reclassified as a permit-required confined space.

Employee Training - WAC 296-809-400 Ensure employees are trained to perform their designated roles safely

Provide employee training WAC 296-809-40002

Certify employee proficiency WAC 296-809-40004 1. Provide training so each employee involved in permit-required confined space activities may

acquire the understanding, knowledge, and skill necessary to safely perform assigned duties. • Establish employee proficiency in their confined space duties. • Introduce new or revised procedures, as necessary.

Note: Employers can determine employee proficiency by: - Observing employee performance during training exercises that simulate actual confined space

conditions, - A comprehensive written examination, or - Any other method that is effective for the employer.

Rev. (9/07) 11

2. Provide training at the following times: • Before an employee is first assigned to duties covered by this chapter. • Before there is a change in an employee’s assigned duties. • When there is a permit-required confined space hazard for which the employee has not

already been trained. • If it is believed that either:

• There are deviations from the procedures for permit-required confined space entry, or • Employee knowledge or use of the procedures is inadequate.

3. Certify employee proficiency in their assigned duties. 4. Ensure the certification:

• Contains each employee’s name, the trainer’s written or electronic signature/initials, and the dates of training.

• Is available for inspection by employees and their authorized representatives.

Sewer System Entry Sewer system entries differ from other confined space entries in the following ways:

1. The space usually cannot be isolated. 2. The atmosphere may suddenly become lethally hazardous (e.g., toxic, flammable, or

explosive atmospheres may enter the work area from another portion of the system). 3. Unlike other types of work where entry is rare, a sewer worker’s usual work

environment is a permit-required confined space. Entrants Designated entrants should be employees who:

• Are thoroughly trained in the sewer entry procedures, and • Can demonstrate that they follow entry procedures when entering sewers.

Monitoring the Atmosphere Consider the unique circumstances of the sewer system when preparing for entry, including the unpredictability of the atmosphere. Based upon knowledge and experience, decide the best types of testing instruments for any specific entry operation. 1. Ensure entrants are equipped with, and trained to use, atmospheric testing equipment that is

capable of identifying at least the following: • Oxygen concentrations of less than 19.5%. • Flammable gas or vapor of 10% or more of the lower flammable limit (LFL). • Hydrogen sulfide of 10 parts per million (ppm) or more. • Carbon monoxide of 35 ppm or more.

Rev. (9/07) 12

2. The selected testing instruments should be carried and used by the entrants to: • Continuously monitor the atmosphere, and • Warn of any potential atmospheric hazards, in the direction of travel.

3. If several entrants are working together in the same immediate location, decide how many

test instruments are required. 4. Calibrate atmospheric testing equipment according to the manufacturer’s instructions. 5. Oxygen or broad range tests are best suited when actual or potential contaminants have not

yet been identified. • Unlike substance specific tests, these enable overall reading of the hydrocarbons/

flammables present in the space. • They do not measure the levels of specific substance contamination.

6. Substance specific tests, which measure levels of specific substances, are important when

actual and potential contaminants have been identified. These tests: • Aid in deciding on appropriate entry conditions and proper protection for entrants

(e.g., with ventilation and personal protective equipment). • May not detect other potentially lethal atmospheric hazards when the sewer

environment suddenly and unpredictably changes. Protecting Against Surge Flow and Flooding To the extent possible, sewer crews should develop and maintain a relationship with the local weather bureau, and fire and emergency services so that sewer work may be delayed or interrupted whenever:

1. Sewer lines are suddenly flooded by rain or fire suppression activities. 2. Flammable or other hazardous materials are released into sewers due to industrial

emergencies or transportation accidents. Large Bore Sewers Special equipment may be used when entering large bore sewers. This equipment may include:

• Self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) for escape purposes • Waterproof flashlights • Boats, rafts, and personal flotation devices (PFDs) • Radios • Rope stand offs for pulling around bends and corners

Evaluating Rescue Teams or Services

1. Use this handbook and WAC 296-809 to:

Rev. (9/07) 13

2. Select and use either on site rescue teams or off site rescue services that will minimize the potential for harm to both entrants and rescuers. • Evaluate the type of rescue services needed for permit-required confined spaces in the

workplace, and • Determine how well rescue services perform

3. For any rescue team or service, the evaluation should consist of the following two elements:

Table HT-1 Initial Evaluation Worksheet

• An initial evaluation to determine whether a rescue team or service is adequately trained and equipped to perform the kind of rescues needed at the workplace in a timely manner.

Table HT-2

Performance Evaluation Worksheet • A performance evaluation of the prospective or existing rescue team or service during

an actual or practice rescue.

Rev. (9/07) 14


I have read this entire handout, and I understand and agree to follow the safety requirement of this __________________________________ Safety Manual.


DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS









































CRANES & HOIST OPERATIONS WAC 296-155 PART L

Facility / Site:

Project: A person qualified by knowledge or experience of cranes and hoist procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position

A. Definitions:

1. Cab or Station operated crane Crane performing functions where the operator is at the operation control devices on the crane, and no other persons except those appointed are to be on the crane.

2.

Ground or Floor operated crane Crane performing functions where the operator is at the operating control devices that are mounted to the crane but operated with the operator off the crane, and no other persons except those appointed are to be on the crane

3.

Remote operated crane Crane performing functions where the operator is at the operating control devices that are mounted to any part of the crane, and no other persons except those appointed are to be on the crane.

B. Guidelines:

The employer shall comply with the manufacturer’s specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of all cranes and derricks.

1. Rated load capacities, recommended operation speeds, and special hazard warnings, or instructions shall be conspicuously posted on all equipment. Yes No

2. Hand signals to crane and derrick operator shall be those prescribed by ANSI standards for the type of crane in use. An illustration of the hand signals shall be posted at the job site.

Yes No

3. A competent person shall perform and document an annual equipment inspection and maintain this document. Inspections will be performed before each use of the equipment, and periodically during operations.

Yes No

4. A tag line or guide rope shall be used on all loads that swing freely Yes No 5. Only authorized personnel shall make sling hitches on loads Yes No 6. Workers shall not be allowed to ride on loads Yes No 7. Operators shall observe signals only from the assigned authorized person Yes No



Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Crane, Hoist, and Manlift

Purpose The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of cranes, hoists, and rigging devices at Washington State Department of Corrections during construction projects to protect everyone from their potential hazards. Many types of cranes, hoists, and rigging devices are used at Department of Corrections facilities for lifting and moving materials. The Department of Corrections policy is to maintain a safe workplace for its workers and offenders. Therefore, it cannot be overemphasized that only qualified individuals shall operate these devices. The safety rules in this chapter apply to all Department of Corrections facilities that involve the use of cranes and hoist installed in or attached to buildings and to all Department employees, subcontractors and offenders who use such devices.

General Safety Precautions

No worker or equipment may work within 10-ft. of high-voltage power lines of 50,000 volts or less. For lines over 50,000 volts: minimum clearance shall be 10 feet plus 4 inches for each 1,000 volts over 50,000. • Do not engage in any practice that will divert your attention while operating a hoist or

crane.

• Respond to signals only from the person who is directing the lift or any appointed signal person. Obey all stop signals at all times, no matter who gives it. Never question a stop signal.

• Do not move a load over people. People shall not be placed in jeopardy by being under a suspended load. Also, do not work under a suspended load unless blocks, jacks, or a solid footing that will safely support the entire weight supports the load. Have a crane or hoist operator remain at the controls or lock open and tag the main electrical disconnect switch.

• Ensure that the rated load capacities of an individual hoist, or any sling or fitting is not exceeded and know the weight of the object being lifted.

Responsibilities

Supervisor Responsibilities • Ensuring those offenders under their supervision receives training and are instructed

in the safe and proper use of all cranes, hoists and manlifts assigned to the project work-site.

• Ensuring that they inspect hoisting equipment weekly and that rigging equipment is inspected before each use.

Cranes, Hoists, and Manlifts Page 1 Revised 9/23/04


Crane and Hoist Operator Responsibilities • Operating hoisting equipment safely.

• Conducting functional tests prior to using the equipment.

• Selecting and using rigging equipment appropriately. Safety Department Responsibilities • Periodic job site inspections

• Periodically verifying test and inspection reports.

• Interpreting crane and hoist safety rules and standards. Safe Operating Requirements All offenders who use any Washington State Department of Corrections crane or hoist shall have specific training in crane and hoist operations and equipment safety.

Crane and Hoist Operators To be qualified as a Crane and Hoist Operator, the offender shall have received hands-on training from a. competent staff member. Rigging a Load Do the following when rigging a load:

• Determine the weight of the load. Do not guess.

• Determine the proper size for slings and components.

• Do not use manila rope for rigging.

• Make sure that shackle pins and shouldered eyebolts are installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

• Make sure that ordinary (shoulderless) eyebolts are threaded in at least 1.5 times the bolt diameter.

• Use safety hoist rings (swivel eyes) as a preferred substitute for eye bolts wherever possible.

• Pad sharp edges to protect slings.

• Do not use slings, eyebolts, shackles, or hooks that have been cut, welded, or brazed.

• Determine the center of gravity and balance the load before moving it.

• Initially lift the load only a few inches to test the rigging and balance.



Crane Overloading Cranes or hoists shall not be loaded beyond their rated capacity for normal operations. Any crane or hoist suspected of having been overloaded shall be removed from service. Working at Heights on Cranes or Hoists Anyone conducting maintenance or repair on cranes or hoists at heights greater than 1.8 m (6-ft) shall use fall protection. Fall protection should also be considered for heights less than 1.8 m. Fall protection includes safety harnesses that are fitted with a lifeline and securely attached to a structural member of the crane or building or properly secured safety nets. Use of a crane, as a work platform should only be considered when conventional means of reaching an elevated work-site are hazardous or not possible. Hand Signals Signals to the operator shall be in accordance with the standard hand signals unless voice communications equipment (telephone, radio, or equivalent) is used. Signals shall be discernible or audible at all times. Some special operations may require addition to or modification of the basic signals. For all such cases, these special signals shall be agreed upon and thoroughly understood by both the person giving the signals and the operator, and shall not be in conflict with the standard signals. Collision Hazard • Do not lower any platform unless the area below is clear of personnel and objects.

• Stay clear of the descending platform when operating emergency lowering devices.

• Check the work area for overhead obstruction or other possible hazards. Electrocution Hazard • No worker or equipment may work within 10-ft. of high-voltage power lines of

50,000 volts or less. For lines over 50,000 volts: minimum clearance shall be 10 feet plus 4 inches for each 1,000 volts over 50,000.

• Most machines are not electrically insulated and will not provide protection from contact with or proximity to electrically charged power lines.

• Be aware of the machine working height and maintain safe distances from electrical power lines and apparatus in accordance with applicable governmental regulations and the Operating Instructions Manual – see Specifications for working heights.

• Allow for platform movement, power line sway or sag and beware of strong or gusty winds.



• Keep away from machine if it contacts energized power lines. Personnel on the

ground or in the platform must not touch or operate machine until energized power lines are shut off.

• Do not use machine as a ground for welding. Damaged Machine Hazard • Do not operate unless you have inspected the entire machine for damage and tested

all functions for proper operation before each shift.

• Do not use a damaged or malfunctioning machine

• Be sure all maintenance has been performed as specified in the Service Manuals

• Be sure all decals are in place and legible.





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS









































ELECTRICAL WORK AND TEMPORARY LIGHTING WAC 296-155-426

Facility / Site:

Project: A person qualified by knowledge or experience of electrical work and temporary lighting procedures must implement this plan and be pursuant to WAC 296-155-012(3). This person shall be capable of identifying hazards relating to grounding and shall have the authority to see that any corrections are made so each item on a given job is adequately grounded. The procedure described is suitable for compliance with the requirements of WAC 296-155-430(8)(c)(I). The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position

No employee or equipment may work within 10’ of High Voltage Power Lines of 50,000 volts or less. For lines over 50,000 volts minimum clearance shall be 10 feet plus – 4 inches for each 1,000 volts over 50,000 volts. Only licensed or authorized personnel may work on electrical systems. All work shall be conducted in strict accordance with Chapters 296-155 of the WAC, and shall be in accordance with the pertinent provisions of the National Electrical Code, ANSI and WISHA/OSHA. Lockout/Tagout procedures must be followed for work on electrical equipment. Never make an assumption about electricity; it could kill you. If you are not sure, contact your supervisor immediately.

A. Purpose: To assure all electrical equipment is maintained in safe working condition to prevent electrical shock. The tow acceptable methods to maintain electrical equipment in safe working condition are:

Yes No

a. Use of Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI) b. An Assured Equipment Grounding Program covering a test for continuous

circuitry performed

1. It is the policy of the above qualified person to establish and implement an Assured Grounding Conductor Program Yes No

a. Cord set and receptacles not part of the permanent wiring of buildings or

structures, and: b. All electrical equipment and tools used

2. In dry work conditions GFCI equipment will work well and should be used Yes No

3. In wet work conditions GFCI equipment does not perform as well and the Assured Equipment Grounding Program should be used Yes No

4.

When an Assured Equipment Grounding Program is implemented, written records must be maintained on the project. A person must be designated to supervise, monitor and/or administer this program. Reference WAC 296-155-012 (C) and WAC 296-155-430 (8) (C) (I). See “Assured Equipment Grounding Program Log” on page 3.

Yes No

5. Equipment that must be tested includes tools, cords and receptacles that are not part of the fixed or permanent wiring system. Yes No

6. Methods to test cords and tools: Yes No

a. Cords and tools may be plugged into a GFCI box b. Cords and tools may be tested with a Volt/Ohm meter c. Cords may be tested with a 3 light plug-in continuity tester


7. Equipment must be tested and labeled with a color code system at least quarterly: Yes No

Black ….….. 1st Quarter …….. January through March Green …….. 2nd Quarter ……. April through June Red ……….. 3rd Quarter ……. July through September Orange …… 4th Quarter ……. October through December

8.

Equipment must also be visually checked on a daily basis. Any equipment that is found to be defective or not marked according to this program must immediately be taken out of service and tagged to preclude use until it is properly repaired.

Yes No

9. Clear and specific procedures shall be developed which outline the scope, purpose, responsibility, authorization, rules and techniques to be applied to the control of hazardous energy, and the measures to enforce compliance

Yes No

B. Policy:

1.

Ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCI) are required by the captioned codes for all 120-volt, single-phase, 15-20 amp receptacle outlets which are not a part of the permanent wiring of a building or structure or on a construction project. As an alternative GFCI requirement, it will be the policy of the qualified person who implements this plan to instruct employees not to use any equipment that does not meet the requirements of the Assured Grounding Program.

Yes No

2. If water or dampness cannot be cleaned up; when working around damp or wet locations, Ground Fault Protection (GFCI) will be used, as well as the Assured Equipment Grounding Program

Yes No

C. Procedure:

1. All equipment to be used on the construction site shall be tested, identified and coded using the following procedures with the exception of the “double-insulated” system, which doesn’t need to be tested

Yes No

Testing Procedures:

1. All equipment shall be tested before first use, for grounding and continuity of the circuitry Yes No

2. Equipment returned to service following repairs shall be tested for continuity before being used Yes No

3. These tests shall be done quarterly, at intervals not exceeding once every three months Yes No

4. Tested equipment shall be identified by use of color coding and text labels to identify the ‘Quarter’ and the ‘Month’ identify. Use color coding to identify the ‘Quarter’ and use text labels to spell out the ‘Month’ name within the quarter.

Yes No

Black ….….. 1st Quarter …….. January through March Green …….. 2nd Quarter ……. April through June Red ……….. 3rd Quarter ……. July through September Orange …… 4th Quarter ……. October through December

5. Equipment shall be visually inspected before use each day; for external defects, including deformed or missing pins, insulation damage and indications of possible internal damage. Equipment shall not be used until repaired, re-tested and results recorded

Yes No

D. Recording:

1. The aforementioned tests shall be recorded on the attached “Assured Equipment Grounding Program Log” (page 3) and retained at the job site.


Department of Corrections Facility Contract Safety Plan ASSURED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING PROGRAM LOG

Supervisor:

Page: of

Name or Location of Job Site: Person To Implement Program:

Phone:

Identify day of the appropriate column

Item/Tool Number 1st Quarter Test Date 2nd Quarter Test Date 3rd Quarter Test Date 4th Quarter Test Date


Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan Electrical Work & Temp. Lighting

Purpose The purpose of this program is to prevent electrically related injuries and property damage in the operations and maintenance of electrical work at the Department of Corrections facilities during construction projects. To protect all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors and offenders from potential hazards related to electrical work. This program provides for proper training of maintenance workers to ensure they have the requisite knowledge and understanding of electrical work practices and procedures. Only workers qualified in this program may conduct adjustment, repair or replacement of electrical components or equipment. Electricity has long been recognized as a serious workplace hazard, exposing workers to such dangers as electric shock, electrocution, fires and explosions. References: NFP A 70E, Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces, National Electrical Code (NBC) and WAC. This program applies to all buildings and structures owned by the Department of Corrections. It applies to all workers and sub-contractors of the Department of Corrections; to occupants of the Department of Corrections buildings; and to external organizations’ that may perform electrical work in Department of Corrections construction projects.

Responsibilities Management

• Provide training for qualified and unqualified workers. • Conduct inspections to identify electrical safety deficiencies. • Guard and correct all electrical deficiencies promptly. • Ensure all new electrical installations meet codes and regulations.

Workers

• Report electrical deficiencies immediately.

• Will not work on electrical equipment unless authorized and trained.

• Properly inspect all electrical equipment prior to use.

Hazard Control

Engineering Controls

• All electrical distribution panels, breakers, disconnects, switches, junction boxes shall be completely enclosed.

• Watertight enclosures shall be used where there is possibility of moisture entry either from operations or weather exposure.

Capital Projects Electrical Work and Temporary Lighting Page 1 Revised March 2015


• Electrical distribution areas will be guarded against accidental damage by location in specifically designed rooms, use of substantial guard posts and rails and other structural means.

• A clear approach and 3 foot side clearance shall be maintained for all distribution panels. • All conduit shall be fully supported throughout its length. • Non-electrical attachments to conduit is prohibited. • All non-rigid cords shall be provided strain relief where necessary.

Administrative Controls

• Only trained and authorized workers may conduct repairs to electrical equipment. • Contractors performing electrical work must hold a license for the rated work • Areas under new installation or repair will be sufficiently guarded with physical barriers

and warning signs to prevent unauthorized entry. • Access to electrical distribution rooms is limited to those workers who have a need to

enter. • All electrical control devices shall be properly labeled. • Work on energized circuits is prohibited unless specifically authorized by senior facility

management. • All qualified workers will follow established electrical safety procedures and precautions.

Protective Equipment

• Qualified workers will wear electrically rated safety boots • All tools used for electrical work shall be properly insulated • Electrical rated gloves shall be available for work on electrical equipment • Electrically rated matting will be installed in front of all distribution panels in electric

utility rooms

Electrical Equipment Examination Electrical equipment shall be free from recognized hazards that are likely to cause death or serious physical harm to workers. Safety of equipment shall be determined using the following considerations:

• Suitability for installation and use in conformity with the provisions of this subpart. • Suitability of equipment for an identified purpose may be evidenced by listing or labeling

for that identified purpose. • Mechanical strength and durability, including parts designed to enclose and protect other

equipment and the adequacy of the protection thus provided by those parts. • Electrical insulation. • Heating effects under conditions of use. • Arcing effects. • Classification by type, size, voltage, current capacity, and specific use.



• Other factors which contribute to the practical safeguarding of workers using or likely to come into contact with the equipment.

Identification of Disconnection Means and Circuits Each disconnecting means for motors and appliances shall be legibly marked to indicate its purpose. Each service, feeder, and branch circuit, at its disconnecting means or over-current device, shall be legibly marked to indicate its purpose. These markings shall be sufficient and durable to withstand the environment involved. A disconnecting means is a switch that is used to disconnect the conductors of a circuit from the source of electric current. Disconnect switches are important because they' enable a circuit to be opened, stopping the flow of electricity, and thus can effectively protect workers and equipment. Each disconnect switch or over-current device required for a service, feeder, or branch circuit must be clearly labeled to indicate the circuit's function, and the label or marking should be located at the point where the circuit originates. For example, on a panel that controls several motors or on a motor control center, each disconnect must be clearly marked to indicate the motor to which each circuit is connected. All labels and markings must be durable enough to withstand weather, chemicals, heat, corrosion, or any other environment to which they may be exposed.

Definition of Terms Qualified Worker: A worker trained and authorized to conduct electrical work. Unqualified Worker: A worker who has not been trained or authorized by management to conduct electrical work.

Training for Unqualified Workers Training for unqualified workers is general electrical safety precautions to provide an awareness and understanding of electrical hazards. . Electrical safety rules for non-qualified workers

• Do not conduct any repairs to electrical equipment. • Report all electrical deficiencies to your supervisor. • Do not operate equipment if you suspect an electrical problem. • Water and electricity do not mix. • Even low voltages can kill or injure you. • Do not use cords or plugs if the ground prong is missing. • Do not overload electrical receptacles.



Personal Protective Equipment

Workers working in areas where the potential contact with exposed electrical sources are present and likely, will be provided and shall use Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). The following rules apply to the use and care of PPE:

• PPE shall be used where contact with exposed electrical sources are present and is likely. • PPE shall be designed for the work being performed and environment in which it is used. • PPE shall be visually inspected and/or tested before use. Any defects or damage shall be

replaced, repaired or discarded. • In cases where the insulating capabilities of the PPE may be damaged during the work, a

protective outer cover, such as leather, must be used. • Workers shall wear non-conductive head protection wherever there is a danger of injury

from • electrical burns or shock from contact with exposed energized parts • Workers shall wear protective eye/face equipment whenever there is a danger from

electrical arcs or flashes or from flying objects resulting from an electrical explosion

Electrical PPE Inspection Schedule

Type of Equipment When to Test

Rubber insulating line hose Upon indication that insulating value is suspect Rubber insulating covers Upon indication that insulating value is suspect Rubber insulating blankets Before first issue and every 12 months Rubber insulating gloves Before first issue and every 12 months Rubber insulating sleeves Before first issue and every 12 months

Electrical Lockout and Tagout Requirements Application of Locks and Tags

• A lock and a tag shall be placed on each disconnecting means used to de-energize circuits and equipment on which work is to be performed, except as provided for below:

• The lock shall be attached to prevent persons from operating the disconnection means unless they resort to undue force or the use of tools.

• Each tag shall contain a statement prohibiting unauthorized operation of the disconnecting means, and removal of the tag.

• If a lock cannot be applied, a tag may be used without a lock.



• A tag used without a lock must be supplemented by at least one additional safety measure that provides a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by use of a lock. Examples of additional safety measures include the removal of an isolating circuit element, blocking of a controlling switch, or opening of an extra disconnecting device.

• A lock may be placed without a tag only under the following conditions: a. Only one circuit or piece of equipment is de-energized.

b. The lockout period does not extend beyond the work shift.

c. Workers exposed to the hazards associated with re-energizing the circuit or equipment are familiar with this procedure.

Working at Elevated Locations Any person working on electrical equipment on a crane or other elevated area must take necessary precautions to prevent a fall from reaction to electrical shock or other causes. A second person, knowledgeable as a safety watch, must assume the best possible position to assist the worker in case of an accident. Portable ladders shall have non-conductive side rails if they are used where the worker or the ladder could contact exposed energized parts. General Protective Equipment and Tools General protective equipment and tools shall be used when in the proximity of, or working on, exposed energized parts. The following rules apply:

• When working on or near exposed energized parts, qualified workers shall use insulated tools or handling equipment suitable for the voltage present and working environment. In cases where the insulation may be damaged, a protective outer layer should be employed

• Fuse handling equipment, insulated for the circuit voltage, shall be used to remove or install fuses when the terminal is energized

• Ropes and other hand lines used near exposed energized equipment shall be non-conductive

Warnings and Barricades Warnings and barricades shall be employed to alert unqualified workers of the present danger related to exposed energized parts. The following rules apply:

• Safety signs, warning tags, etc., must be used to warn unqualified workers of the electrical hazards present, even temporarily, that may endanger them

• Non- conductive barricades shall be used with safety signs to prevent unqualified workers access to exposed energized parts or areas

• Where barricades and warning signs do not provide adequate protection from electrical hazards, an attendant shall be stationed to warn and protect workers

Powered Equipment Safety Rules Electrical equipment is defined as cord or plug-type electrical devices, which includes the use of flexible or extension cords. Examples of portable electrical equipment included powered hand



tools, powered bench tools, fans, radios, etc. The following safety rules apply to Portable Electrical Equipment (PEE):

• The PEE shall be handled in such a manner to not cause damage. Power cords may not be stapled or otherwise hung in a way that may cause damage to the outer jacket or insulation

• The PEE shall be visually inspected for damage, wear, cracked or split outer jackets or insulation, etc., before use or before each shift. The PEE that remains connected, once put in place need not be inspected until relocated. Any defects such as cracked or split out jackets or insulation must be repaired, replaced, or placed out of service

• Always check the compatibility of cord sets and receptacles for proper use. • Ground-type cord sets may only be used with ground-type receptacles when used with

equipment requiring a ground-type of conductor. • Attachment plugs and receptacles may not be altered or connected in a way that would

prevent the proper continuity of the equipment grounding conductor. Adapters may not be used if they interrupt the continuity of the grounding conductor.

• Only portable electrical equipment that is double-insulated or designed for use in areas that are wet or likely to contact conductive liquids may be used.

• Workers that are wet or have wet hands may not handle PEE (plug-in, unplug, etc.). Personal Protective Equipment must be used when handling PEE that are wet or covered with a conductive liquid.

• Locking-type connectors shall be properly secured after connection to a power source. Electrical Circuit Safety Procedures Electrical power and lighting circuits are defined as devices specifically designed to connect, disconnect or reverse circuits under a power load condition. When these circuits are employed, the following rules apply:

• Cable connector (not of load-break type) fuses, terminal plugs or cable splice connectors may not be used, unless an emergency, to connect, disconnect or reverse in place of proper electrical circuits.

• After a protective circuit is disconnected or opened, it may not be connected or closed until it has been determined that the equipment and circuit can be safely energized.

• Overcurrent protectors of circuits or connected circuits may not be modified, even on a temporary basis, beyond the installation safety requirements.

• Only qualified workers may perform test on electrical circuits or equipment. • Test equipment and all associated test leads, cables, power cords, probes and connectors

shall be visually inspected for external damage before use. Any damage or defects shall be repaired before use or placed out of service

• Test equipment shall be rated to meet or exceed the voltage being tested and fit for the environment in which it is being used

• Where flammable or ignitable materials are stored, even occasionally, electrical equipment capable of igniting them may not be used unless measures are taken to prevent hazardous conditions from developing



Standard Operation Procedures Electrical Pre-work Procedure Except in extreme cases, work on electrical equipment will be done with all electrical circuits in the work area de-energized by following the Lockout/Tagout procedure. When working on or near energized electrical circuits with less than 30 volts to ground, the equipment need not be de-energized if there will be no increased exposure to electrical burns or to explosion from electric arcs. To prepare for work on electrical systems or components, the following procedures apply: Caution: Treat all electrical circuits as "Live" until they have been tagged or locked out and tested by the following procedures:

• Obtain permission from your supervisor to conduct work. • Lockout and tagout all sources of electrical power. • Verify de-energized condition before any circuits or equipment are considered and

worked as de-energized: a. A qualified person shall operate the equipment operating controls or otherwise verify

that the equipment cannot be restarted. b. Verify proper operation of the Voltmeter at a live electrical source of the same rated

voltage as the circuit to be worked. c. Using the Voltmeter, check all exposed circuits phase to phase and phase to ground

for evidence of voltage/current in the circuit. d. Conduct work on the circuit only after determining that there is no voltage in any of

the exposed circuits. e. If voltage is detected in any exposed circuit, STOP, inform your supervisor,

determine the source and the procedure to eliminate voltage. • Conduct work. • Close up all exposed circuits, boxes, controls and equipment. • Remove lockout/tagout. • Obtain supervisor permission to energize circuits.

Working On or Near Exposed Energized Circuits Caution: Unqualified workers are prohibited from working on or near exposed energized circuits: In the rare situation when energized equipment (or working in the near proximity to energized equipment) that cannot be de-energized, the following work practices must be used to provide protection:

• Obtain permission from your supervisor to work on or near energized electrical circuits. • Lockout and tagout all circuits possible. • Treat all circuits as energized.



• Remove all conductive clothing and jewelry (rings, watches, wrist/neck chains, metal buttons, metal writing instruments, etc.).

• Use proper personal protective equipment, shields and/or barriers to provide effective electrical insulation from energized circuits. This may include electrically rated insulated gloves, aprons, rubber-soled shoes, insulated shields, insulated tools, etc.

• Provide adequate lighting. Do not enter areas with exposed energized parts unless illumination (lighting) is provided so that workers may work safely. Do not reach around obstructions of view or lighting (blindly) into areas where exposed energized parts are located.

• Workers entering a confined space with exposed energized parts, must use protective barriers, shields, or equipment or insulated materials rated at or above the present voltage to avoid contact

• Doors or other hinged panels shall be constructed and secured to prevent them from swinging into a worker and causing contact with exposed energized parts.

• Housekeeping in areas of exposed energized parts may not be completed in areas with close contact unless adequate safeguards (insulation equipment or barriers) are present. Conductive cleaning material (steel wool, silicon carbide, etc.) or liquids may not be used unless procedures (lockout/tagout, etc.) are in place and followed.

• Station a safety observer outside the work area. The sole function of this person is to quickly de-energize all sources of power or pull worker free from electrical work area with a non-conductive safety rope if contact is made with an energized electrical circuit.

• A person qualified in CPR must be readily available to the scene. Re-energizing Electrical Circuits after Work Completed These requirements shall be met, in the order given, before re-energizing circuits or equipment, even temporarily:

1. A qualified person shall conduct tests and visual inspections, as necessary, to verify that all tools, electrical jumpers, shorts, grounds, and other such devices have been removed, so that the circuits and equipment can be safely energized.

2. Warn workers exposed to the hazards associated with re-energizing the circuit or equipment to stay clear of circuits and equipment.

3. Remove each lock and tag. They shall be removed by the worker who applied it or under his direct supervision. However, if this worker is absent from the workplace, then the lock or tag may be removed by a qualified supervisor designated to perform this task, provided that: a. The supervisor ensures that the worker who applied the lock or tag is not available at

the workplace. b. The supervisor ensures that the worker is aware that the lock or tag has been removed

before he resumes work at that workplace. 4. Conduct a visual determination that all workers are clear of the circuits and equipment.





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS










































FALL PROTECTION WAC 296-155-245

Facility / Site:

Project: A person qualified by knowledge or experience of fall protection procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position

A. Review the Department of Corrections Fall Protection Program Policy 890.110 Yes No

B. Identify all fall hazards in the work area. For example: Is the fall hazard greater than 10 feet? Is the pitch of the roof greater than 4/12? Etc. Yes No

C. Determine what fall protection systems need to be implemented. For example: Is a safety monitor system adequate? Are full body harnesses required? Are safety nets or catch platforms called for? Etc.

Yes No

D.

Determine correct procedure for assembly, maintenance, inspection, and disassembly of the fall protection system to be used. For example: How is this scaffolding assembled and maintained? Who will assemble it? Who will maintain it? Etc.

Yes No

E. Determine the procedures for handling, storage and security of tools and materials. For example: Are safety harnesses returned and cleaned each night? Is rope and pulley needed for raising larger tools? Etc.

Yes No

F.

Determine method of providing overhead protection for persons who may be in or pass through the area below the work site. For example: Are there adequate hard hats on site? Is it necessary to detour walkways? What kind of signage will be needed? Etc.

Yes No

G. Determine method of prompt, safe removal of injured workers. For example: How will we get an injured person down? If needed, who will activate the emergency medical system?

Yes No

H. Have fall protection available on job site Yes No

I. Train all involved individuals in the above items Yes No

J. Document training and keep a copy on the job site Yes No



FALL PROTECTION PLAN

Date

Location and work conducted

Job Site Supervisor/Competent Person

IDENTIFY FALL HAZARDS IN THE WORKPLACE Ladders Scaffold Bridge decks Work decks Forming Pouring Excavations Walkways/ramps Catwalks Welding at height Drilling shafts Stressing Sloped access Set Girders Connect girders Tieback strands Work over water Leading edge Perimeter edge, stairwell, Environmental

roof, window opening Impalement Hazards Personal Hoisting

Man lift Scissor Lift Forklift Other

DESCRIBE THE METHOD OF PROTECTION Fall Restraint: Type of Harness Type of Lanyard Anchorage Control Zones/Warning lines and Monitor Yes Name of Monitor:

Safety Watch System Yes Name of Competent Person: Fall Arrest: Type of Harness Type of Lanyard Anchorage Have workers been trained in the Fall Protection Work Plan Details: Yes No Has all Fall Protection Equipment been inspected prior to use: Yes No

Emergency response notification procedures reviewed Yes No If a worker is injured, the site supervisor will evaluate the worker’s condition and administer first aid. If the worker’s condition appears serious, the supervisor or other designated person will call 911 or other local emergency number to request assistance. Method of Post Fall Rescue/Retrieval:

Overhead Protection Tool Handling, Storage, and Securing

Hard Hats Tool Buckets 3 ½ inch Toe Boards Tool Belts Warning Signs Other

(Describe)

Debris Nets Other (Describe)

1 DOC 21-583 (Rev. 12/15/14) DOC 890.110

Assembly, disassembly, and maintenance of all equipment will be done according to manufacturer’s recommended procedures. Inspections to be conducted and documented per manufacturer’s specifications of all safety equipment including before each use. Any defective equipment will be tagged and removed from service.

Prior to being permitted into areas where fall hazards exist, workers will be trained and instructed on this Fall Protection Plan, including the items described below:

1. Identify all fall hazards in the job site. 2. Describe/demonstrate the method of fall arrest or fall restraint that will be provided. 3. Describe/demonstrate the correct procedures for the assembly, maintenance, inspection, and

disassembly of the fall protection system that will be used. 4. Describe the correct procedures for the handling, storage, and securing of tools and materials. 5. Describe the method of providing overhead protection for people who may be in, or pass through the area

below the job site. 6. Describe/demonstrate the method of emergency response for prompt, safe removal of injured workers.

The following workers have been trained and instructed on the elements of this Fall Protection Plan:

Name of Worker Signature Date

The job site supervisor/competent person’s signature verifies workers listed above have been informed and trained on the elements of this plan and the fall protection systems that will be used.

Printed Name:

Signature:

Date:


Distribution: ORIGINAL - Fall Protection Manager COPY - Competent Person, to post or maintain at work site

2 DOC 21-583 (Rev. 12/15/14) DOC 890.110

Department Of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Fall Protection

Purpose The purpose of this program is for Washington State Department of Corrections to take all practical measures possible to prevent workers from being injured by falls from heights. We will take necessary steps to eliminate, prevent, and control fall hazards. We; will comply fully with the WAC Fall Protection standard 296-155, the first priority is given to the elimination of fall hazards. If fall hazard cannot be eliminated, effective fall protection will be planned, implemented, and monitored to control the risks of injury due to falling. All workers exposed to potential falls from heights will be trained to minimize the exposures. Fall protection equipment will be provided and its use required by all workers. Supervisors will be responsible for implementation of a fall protection plan for their jobsite.

General Safety Precautions The supervisors on each jobsite will be responsible for identifying fall hazards on their jobsite. The supervisor will evaluate each situation or work procedure where workers may be exposed to a fall of 8 feet or more. The supervisor will be responsible for developing a plan to eliminate the exposures, if possible, or to select the appropriate fall protection systems and/or equipment. The following are examples of situations were fall protection safety precautions would be needed. This listing is by no means complete, and there are many other situations where a fall of 8 feet or more is possible. It should be noted that ladders and scaffolding are not included in this list because other WAC standards and other requirements of our safety program already cover them. Wall Openings Each worker must be protected from falling when working on, at, above, or near wall openings (including those with chutes attached). Specifically, where the outside bottom edge of the wall opening is 8 feet or more above lower levels and the inside bottom edge of the wall opening is less than 36 inches above the walking/working surface. If applicable, workers must be protected from falling by the use of a guardrail system, a safety net system, or a personal fall arrest system. Holes Personal fall arrest systems, covers, or guardrail systems shall be erected around holes (including skylights) that are more 8 feet above lower levels. Leading Edges Each worker who is constructing a leading edge 8 feet or more above lower levels shall be protected by guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems.

Fall Protection Page 1 Revised 9/24/04



Excavations Each worker at the edge of an excavation 8 feet or more deep shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, fences, barricades, or covers. Where walkways are provided to permit workers to cross over excavations, guardrails are required on the walkway if it is 8 feet or more above the excavation. Formwork and Reinforcing Steel For workers while moving vertically and/or horizontally on the vertical face of rebar assemblies built .in place, fall protection is not required when workers are moving. WISHA considers the multiple hand holds and footholds on rebar assemblies as providing similar protection as that provided by a fixed ladder. Consequently, no fall protection is necessary while moving point to point for heights below 24 feet. A worker must be provided with fall protection when climbing or otherwise moving at a height more than 24 feet the same as for fixed ladders. Overhand Bricklaying and Related Work Each worker performing overhand bricklaying and related work 8 feet or more above lower levels shall be protected by guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems, or shall work in a controlled access zone. All workers reaching more than 10 inches below the level of a walking/working surface on which they are working shall be protected by a guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system. Pre-cast Concrete Erection and Residential Construction Each worker who is 8 feet or more above lower levels while erecting pre-cast concrete members and related operations such as grouting of pre-cast concrete members and each worker engaged in residential construction, shall be protected by guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems. Ramps, Runways, and Other Walkways Each worker using ramps, runways, and other walkways shall be protected from falling 8 feet or more by guardrail systems. Low-Slope Roofs Each worker engaged in roofing activities on low-slope roofs with unprotected sides and edges 8 feet or more above lower levels shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, personal fall arrest systems or a combination of a warning line system and guardrail system, warning line system and safety net system, warning line system and personal fall arrest system, or warning line system and safety monitoring system. Steep Roofs Each worker on a steep roof with unprotected sides and edges 8 feet or more above lower levels shall be protected by guardrail systems with toeboards, safety net systems, or personal



fall arrest systems. Controlled Access Zones A Controlled access zone is a work area designated and clearly marked in which certain types of work (such as overhand bricklaying) may take place without the use of conventional fall protection systems, guardrail, personal arrest or safety net to protect the workers working in the zone. Controlled access zones are used to keep out workers other than those authorized to enter work areas from which guardrails have been removed. Where there are no guardrails, masons are the only workers allowed in controlled access zones. Controlled access zones, when created to limit entrance to areas where leading edge work and other operations are taking place, must be defined by a control line or by any other means that restrict. Control lines shall consist of ropes, wires, tapes or equivalent materials, and supporting stanchions, and each must be: • Flagged or otherwise clearly marked at not more than 6-foot intervals with high-

visibility material.

• Rigged and supported in such a way that the lowest point (including sag) is not less than 36 inches from the walking/working surface and the highest point is not more than 48 inches when overhand bricklaying operations are being performed from the walking/working surface.

• Strong enough to sustain stress of not less than 200 pounds.

• Control lines shall extend along the entire length of the unprotected or leading edge and shall be approximately parallel to the unprotected or leading edge Control lines also must be connected on each side to a guardrail system or wall.

• When control lines are used, they shall be erected not less than 8 feet nor more than 25 feet from the unprotected or leading edge, except when pre-cast concrete members are being erected. In the latter case, the control line is to be erected not less than 8 feet or more than 60 feet.

• Controlled access zones, when used to determine access to areas where overhand bricklaying and related work are taking place, are to be defined by a control line erected not less than 10 feet nor more than 15 feet from the working edge.

• Additional control lines must be erected at each end to enclose the controlled access zone.

• Only workers engaged in overhand bricklaying or related work are permitted in the controlled access zones.



• On floors and roofs where guardrail systems are not in place prior to the beginning of

overhand bricklaying or similar operations, controlled access zones will be enlarged as necessary to enclose all points of access, material handling areas, and storage areas.

• On floors and roofs where guardrail systems are in place, but need to be removed to allow overhand bricklaying or similar work or leading edge work to take place, only that portion of the guardrail necessary to accomplish that day's work shall be removed.

Fall Protection Systems When there is a potential fall of 8 feet or more, we will utilize one or more of the following means of providing protection: Guardrail Systems Guardrail systems must meet the following criteria. Toprails and midrails of guardrail systems when made of rope must be at least one-quarter inch diameter to prevent cuts and lacerations. If wire rope is used for toprails, it must be flagged at not more 6 feet intervals with high-visibility material. Steel and plastic banding cannot be used as toprails or midrails. Manila, plastic, or synthetic rope used for toprails or midrails must be inspected as frequently as necessary to ensure strength and stability. The top edge height of toprails, or guardrails must be 42 inches plus or minus 3 inches above the walking/working level. When workers are using stilts, the top edge height of the top rail, or equivalent member, must be increased an amount equal to the height of the stilts. Screens, midrails, mesh, intermediate vertical members, or equivalent intermediate Structural members must be installed between the top edge of the guardrail system and the walking/working surface when there are no walls or parapet walls at least 21 inches high. When midrails are used, they must be installed to a height midway between the top edge of the guardrail system and the walking/working level. When screens and mesh are used, they must extend from the top rail to the walking/working level and along the entire opening between top rail supports. Intermediate members, such as balusters, when used between posts, shall not be more than 18 inches apart. Other structural members, such as additional midrails and architectural panels, shall be installed so that there are no openings in the guardrail system more than 18 inches. The guardrail system must be capable of withstanding a force of at least 200 pounds applied within 2 inches of the top edge in any outward or downward direction. When the 200-pound test is applied in a downward direction, the top edge of the guardrail must not deflect to a height less than 36 inches above the walking/working level.



Midrails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, solid panels, and equivalent structural members shall be capable of withstanding a force of at least 150 pounds applied in any downward or outward direction at any point along the midriff or other member. Guardrail systems shall be surfaced to protect workers from punctures or lacerations and to prevent clothing from snagging. The ends of top rails and midrails must not overhang terminal posts, except where such overhang does not constitute a projection hazard. When guardrail systems are used at hoisting areas, a chain, gate or removable guardrail section must be placed across the access opening between guardrail sections when hoisting operations are not taking place. At holes, guardrail systems must be set up on all unprotected sides or edges. When holes are used for the passage of materials, the hole shall have not more than two sides with removable guardrail sections. When the hole is not in use, it must be covered or provided with guardrails along all unprotected sides or edges. If guardrail systems are used around holes that are used as access points (such as ladderways), gates must be used or the point of access must be offset to prevent accidental walking into the hole. If guardrails are used at unprotected sides or edges of ramps and runways, they must be erected on each unprotected side or edge. Personal Fall Arrest Systems These consist of an anchorage, connectors, and a body belt or body harnesses and may include a deceleration device, lifeline, or suitable combinations. If a personal fall arrest system is used for fall protection, it must do the following: • Limit maximum arresting force- on a worker to 900 pounds

• Limit maximum arresting force on a worker to 1,800 pounds when used with a body harness.

• Be rigged so that a worker can neither free fall more than 6 feet nor contact any lower level

• Bring a worker to a complete stop and limit maximum deceleration distance a worker travels to 3.5 feet

• Have sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy of a worker free falling a distance of 8 feet) Or the free fall distance permitted by the system, whichever is less. The use of body belts for fall arrest is prohibited and a full body harness is required.



Personal fall arrest systems must be inspected by the supervisor prior to each use for wear damage and other deterioration. Defective components must be removed from service immediately. Positioning Device Systems These body belt or body harness systems are to be set up so that a worker can free fall no farther than 2 feet: They shall be secured to an anchorage capable of supporting at least twice the potential impact load of a worker or offender's fall or 3,000 pounds or whichever is greater. Safety Monitoring Systems When no other alternative fall protection has been implemented, the supervisor shall implement a safety monitoring system. Supervisors must appoint a competent person to monitor the safety of workers and the supervisor shall ensure that the safety monitor: • Is competent in the recognition of fall hazards.

• Is capable of warning workers of fall hazard dangers.

• Can recognize unsafe work practices.

• Is operating on the same walking/working surfaces of the workers and can see them.

• Is close enough to work operations to communicate orally with workers and has no other duties to distract from the monitoring function.

Mechanical equipment shall not be used or stored in areas where safety-monitoring systems are being used to monitor workers engaged in roofing operations on low-sloped roofs. No worker, other than the ones engaged in roofing work (on low-sloped roofs) or ones covered by a fall protection plan, shall be allowed in an area where a worker is being protected by a safety monitoring system. All workers in a controlled access zone shall be instructed to promptly comply with fall hazard warnings issued by safety monitors. Safety Net Systems Safety nets must be installed as close as practicable under the walking/working surface on which workers are working and never more than 30 feet below such levels. Defective nets shall not be used. Safety nets shall be inspected at least once a week by the supervisor for wear, damage, and other deterioration. Safety nets shall be installed with sufficient clearance underneath to prevent contact with the surface or structure below. Items that have fallen into safety nets including, but not restricted



to, materials, scrap, equipment, and tools must be removed as soon as possible and at least before the next work shift. Warning Line Systems Warning line systems consist of ropes, wires, or chains, and supporting stanchions and are set up as follows: • Flagged at not more than 6-foot intervals with high-visibility material.

• Rigged and supported so that the lowest point including sag) is no less than 36 inches from the walking/working surface and its highest point is no more than 40 inches from the walking/working surface.

• Stanchions, after being rigged with warning lines shall be capable of resisting a force of at least 16 pounds applied horizontally against the stanchion, 30 inches above the walking/working surface, perpendicular to the warning line and in the direction of the floor, roof, or platform edge, without tipping over.

• The rope, wire, or chain shall have a minimum tensile strength of 500 pounds and after being attached to the stanchions. It must support, without breaking, the load applied to the stanchions. As prescribed above, shall be attached to each stanchion in such a way that pulling on one section of the line between stanchions will not result in slack being taken up in the adjacent section before the stanchion tips over.

Warning lines shall be erected around all sides of roof work areas. • When mechanical equipment is being used – the warning line shall be erected not less

than 8 feet from the roof edge, parallel to the direction of mechanical equipment operation, and not less than 10 feet from the roof edge perpendicular to the direction of mechanical equipment operation.

• When mechanical equipment is not being used – the warning line must be erected not less than 8 feet from the roof edge.

Covers Covers located in roadways and vehicular aisles must be able to support at least twice the maximum axle load of the largest vehicle to which the cover might be subjected. All other covers must be able to support at least twice the weight of workers, equipment, and materials that may be imposed on the cover at anyone time. To prevent accidental displacement resulting from wind, equipment, or workers activities all covers must be secured. All covers shall be color-coded or bear the markings “HOLE” or “COVER.”



Protection from Falling Objects When guardrail systems are used to prevent materials from falling from one level to another, any openings must be small enough to prevent passage of potential falling objects. No materials or equipment except masonry and mortar shall be stored within 4 feet of working edges. Excess mortar, broken or scattered masonry units and all other materials and debris shall be kept clear of the working area by removal at regular intervals. During roofing work, materials and equipment shall not be stored within 8 feet of a roof edge unless guardrails are erected at the edge and materials piled, grouped, or stacked near a roof edge must be stable and self-supporting. Training Workers will be trained in the following areas: • The nature of fall hazards in the work area.

• The correct procedures for erecting, maintaining, disassembling, and inspecting fall protection systems.

• The use and operation of controlled access zones and guardrail, personal fall arrest, safety net, warning line, and safety monitoring systems.

• The role of each worker in the safety monitoring system when the system is in use.

• The limitations on the use of mechanical equipment during the performance of roofing work on low-sloped roofs.

• The correct procedures for equipment and materials handling and storage and the erection of overhead protection.

• Workers role in fall protection plans.





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS









































FIRST AID / FIRE PLAN WAC 296-24-001

Facility / Site:

Project: A person qualified by knowledge or experience of first aid and fire plan procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position

Names of First Aid Certified Staff (Note: Only staff are to provide first aid): Contact Number

In case of Medical Emergency call: In case of Fire call: First Aid Kit(s) located: First Aid Transport Equipment located: Daily First Aid Log is Located: Fire evacuation plans are located: PPE is located: MSDS’s are located: Storage facility for Toxic, Caustic and Flammable material is located: A. Notification requirements:

1. Establish and list how and to whom a fire emergency would be reported during the construction phases (i.e., portable radio, telephone, etc. Yes No


2.

Notification to fire authorities having jurisdiction should be made whenever work necessitates the shutdown of fire hydrants; fire alarms or fire extinguishing systems. Systems must be restored to service at the end of each workday.

Yes No

B. Construction requirements:

1. Determine the type of construction and fire resistance requirements to be met or maintained (refer to UBC Chapters 3 & 6). Yes No

2.

All construction, remodeling and/or renovation must be done using materials and methods in accordance with the Uniform Building Code (UBC), Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC), Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC), Uniform Fire Code (UFC), the National Electrical Code (NEC) or as approved by the authority having jurisdiction.

Yes No

C. Fire prevention requirements:

1. Buildings undergoing construction, alteration or demolition shall be in accordance with the Uniform Fire Code, Article 87. Yes No

2.

A minimum of one multi-purpose fire extinguisher with a rating of 4A 60BC (10 lb. ABC) is to be located at each project work site. When Multiple work sites are separated by more than 75’ or one story in height, an additional fire extinguisher is to be provided at each site. During dry months consideration is also to be given to providing an H2O extinguisher or a charged garden hose where grass or similar Class A fires could occur. Additional on-site fire suppression equipment is required for open burning, use of asphalt tar pot kettles, or use of torches and flame-producing devices. This additional fire suppression equipment shall be in accordance with UFC, Article 11.

Yes No

3. Could drift smoke, welding fumes, dust or similar particulate matter generated by work at the project site activate or adversely affect fire detection and/or suppression systems located in proximity to where work will be done?

Yes No

4.

The amount of combustible or flammable liquids at the work site should be limited to what is needed for day-to-day operations. Precautions are to be taken to prevent ignition by eliminating or controlling sources of ignition. Combustible/flammable liquids are to be kept in original containers or metal containers with a lid. Approved safety cans are to be used for fueling generators, gas-operated tools and equipment used at the work site.

Yes No

D. Welding and cutting operations:

1. A fire extinguisher or charged water hose with a nozzle is to be located within 30’ of where work is in progress. Yes No


2.

When welding or cutting is to be performed within 10’ of combustible construction or materials, a fire watch is to be provided to operate fire extinguishing equipment. A fire watch shall be maintained for at least one-half hour after completion of any welding or cutting operations in order to detect and extinguish smoldering fires.

Yes No

E. Compressed gases:

1. The storage, use and handling of compressed gases in gas containers, cylinders, tanks and systems is to be in strict accordance with Uniform Fire Code Article 74.

Yes No

F. Open burning:

1.

Open burning shall only be performed when time and atmospheric conditions comply with limits set forth in the open burning permit. Open burning shall not include rubbish, petroleum products or any other materials restricted in the open burning permit.

Yes No


Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – First Aid and Fire

Purpose The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures on the operation maintenance of first aid and fire plan safety at Washington State Department of Corrections during construction projects to protect all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors, and offenders from potential hazards of construction. This program applies to all buildings and structures owned by the Department, to all workers and sub-contractors of the Department, to occupants of Department buildings, and to external organizations that may work in Department construction projects. All workers are to be apprised of the potential fire hazards of their job and the procedures called for in the fire prevention plan. The plan shall be reviewed with all new workers when they begin their job and with all relevant supervisors when the plan is changed. All workers are to be apprised of the potential health hazards of their job and the procedures called for in the first aid and safety plan. Many cases have been reported where a small unimportant injury, such as a splinter wound or puncture wound, quickly let to an infection, threatening the health and limb of the worker. Even the smallest scratch is large enough for dangerous germs to enter, and in large bruises or deep cuts, germs come in by the millions. Immediate examination and treatment is necessary for every injury.

General First Aid Safety Precautions What is first aid? It is simply those things you can do for the victim before medical help arrives. The most important procedures are described below. Control Bleeding with Pressure Bleeding is the most visible result of an injury. Each of us has between five and six quarts of blood in our body. Most people can lose a small amount of blood with no problem, but if a quart or more is quickly lost, it could lead to shock and/or death. One of the best ways to treat bleeding is to place a clean cloth on the wound and apply pressure with the palm of your hand until the bleeding stops. You should also elevate the wound above the victim's heart, if possible, to slow down the bleeding at the wound site. Once the bleeding stops, do not try to remove the cloth that is against the open wound as it could disturb the blood clotting and restart the bleeding. If the bleeding is very serious, apply pressure to the nearest major pressure point, located either on the inside of the upper arm between the shoulder and elbow, or in the groin area where the leg joins the body. First Aid and Fire Plan Page 1 Revised 9/27/04


Direct pressure is better than a pressure point or a tourniquet because direct pressure stops blood circulation only at the wound. Only use the pressure points if elevation and direct pressure haven't controlled the bleeding. Never use a tourniquet (a device, such as a bandage twisted tight with a stick, to control the flow of blood) except in response to an extreme emergency, such as a severed arm or leg. Tourniquets can damage nerves and blood vessels and can cause the victim to lose an arm or leg. Treat Physical Shock Quickly Shock can threaten the life of the victim of an injury if it is not treated quickly. Even if the injury doesn't directly cause death, the victim can go into shock and die. Shock occurs when the body's important functions are threatened by not getting enough blood or when the major organs and tissues don't receive enough oxygen. Some of the symptoms of shock are a pale or bluish skin color that is cold to the touch, vomiting, dull and sunken eyes, and unusual thirst. Shock requires medical treatment to be reversed, so all you can do is prevent it from getting worse. You can maintain an open airway for breathing, control any obvious bleeding and elevate the legs about 12 inches unless an injury makes it impossible. You can also prevent the loss of body heat by covering the victim (over and under) with blankets. Don't give the victim anything to eat or drink because this may cause vomiting. Generally, keep the victim lying flat on the back. A victim who is unconscious or bleeding from the mouth should lie on one side so breathing is easier. Stay with the victim until medical help arrives. Move the Injured Person only when Absolutely Necessary Never move an injured person unless there is a fire, or when explosives are involved. The major concern with moving an injured person is making the injury worse, which is especially true with spinal cord injuries. If you must move an injured person, try to drag him or her by the clothing around the neck or shoulder area. If possible, drag the person onto a blanket or large cloth and then drag the blanket. Perform the Heimlich Maneuver on Choking Victims Ask the victim to cough, speak, or breathe. If the victim can do none of these things, stand behind the victim and locate the bottom rib with your hand. Move your hand across the abdomen to the area above the navel then make a fist and place your thumb side on the stomach. Place your other hand over your fist and press into the victim's stomach with a quick upward thrust until the food is dislodged.

First Aid and Fire Plan Page 2 Revised 9/27/04


Flush Burns Immediately with Water There are a many different types of burns. They can be thermal burns, chemical burns, electrical burns, or contact burns. Each of the burns can occur in a different way, but treatment for them is very similar. For thermal, chemical or contact burns, the first step is to run cold water over the burn for a minimum of 30 minutes. If the burn is small enough, keep it completely under water. Flushing the burn takes priority over calling for help. Flush the burn FIRST. If the victim's clothing is stuck to the burn, don't try to remove it. Remove clothing that is not stuck to the burn by cutting or tearing it. Cover the burn with a clean, cotton material. If you do not have clean, cotton material, do not cover the burn with anything. Do not scrub the burn and do not apply any soap, ointment, or home remedies. Also, don't offer the burn victim anything to drink or eat, but keep the victim covered with a blanket to maintain a normal body temperature until medical help arrives. If the victim has received an electrical burn, the treatment is a little different. Don't touch a victim who has been in contact with electricity unless you are clear of the power source. If the victim is still in contact with the power source, electricity will travel through the victim's body and electrify you when you reach to touch. Once the victim is clear of the power source, your priority is to check for any airway obstruction, and to check breathing and circulation. Administer CPR if necessary. Once the victim is stable, begin to run cold water over the burns for a minimum of 30 minutes. Don't move the victim and don't scrub the burns or apply any soap, ointment, or home remedies. After flushing the burn, apply a clean, cotton cloth to the burn. If cotton is not available, don't use anything. Keep the victim warm and still and try to maintain a normal body temperature until medical help arrives. Use Cool Treatment for Heat Exhaustion or Stroke Heat exhaustion and heat stroke are two different things, although they are commonly confused as the same condition. Heat exhaustion can occur anywhere there is poor air circulation, such as around an open furnace or heavy machinery, or even if the person is poorly adjusted to very warm temperatures. The body reacts by increasing the heart rate and strengthening blood circulation. Simple heat exhaustion can occur due to loss of body fluids and salts. The symptoms are usually excessive fatigue, dizziness and disorientation, normal skin temperature – but the skin feels damp and clammy. To treat heat exhaustion, move to the victim to a cool spot and encourage drinking of cool water and rest. First Aid and Fire Plan Page 3 Revised 9/27/04


Heat stroke is much more serious and occurs when the body's sweat glands have shut down. Some symptoms of heat stroke are mental confusion, collapse, unconsciousness, fever with dry, mottled skin. A heat stroke victim will die quickly, so don't wait for medical help to arrive--assist immediately. The first thing you can do is move the victim to a cool place out of the sun and begin pouring cool water over the victim. Fan the victim to provide good air circulation until medical help arrives. Respond Appropriately to the Form of Poisoning The first thing to do is get the victim away from the poison. Then provide treatment appropriate to the form of the poisoning. If the poison is in solid form, such as pills, remove it from the victim's mouth using a clean cloth wrapped around your finger. Don't try this with infants because it could force the poison further down their throat. If the poison is a gas, you may need a respirator to protect yourself. After checking the area first for your safety, remove the victim from the area and take to fresh air. If the poison is corrosive to the skin, remove the clothing from the affected area and flush with water for 30 minutes. Take the poison container or label with you when you call for medical help because you will need to be able to answer questions about the poison. Try to stay calm and follow the instructions you are given. If the poison is in contact with the eyes, flush the victim's eyes for a minimum of 15 minutes with clean water. Keep a First Aid Kit Checklist In order to administer effective first aid, it is important to maintain adequate supplies in each first aid kit. First aid kits can be purchased commercially already stocked with the necessary supplies, or including the following items can make one: • Adhesive bandages – these are available in a range of sizes for minor cuts, abrasions

and puncture wounds.

• Butterfly closures – these hold wound edges firmly together.

• Rolled gauze – these allow freedom of movement and are recommended for securing the dressing and/or pads. These are especially good for hard-to-bandage wounds.

• Nonstick Sterile Pads – these soft, super-absorbent pads provide a good environment for wound healing. These are recommended for bleeding and draining wounds, burns, infections.

• First Aid Tapes – Various types of tapes should be included in each kit. These include:



• Adhesive, which is waterproof and extra-strong for times when rigid strapping is needed;

• Clear, which stretches with the body's movement, good for visible wounds; cloth, recommended for most first aid taping needs, including taping heavy dressings (less irritating than adhesive); and

• Paper, which is recommended for sensitive skin and is used for light and frequently changed dressings.

• Items that also can be included in each kit are tweezers, first aid cream, thermometer, an analgesic or equivalent, and an ice pack.

Report all Injuries to Your Supervisor As with getting medical attention for all injuries, it is equally important that you report all injuries to your supervisor. It is critical that the supervisor check into the causes of every job-related injury, regardless how minor, to find out exactly how it happened. There may be unsafe procedures, or unsafe equipment that should be corrected.

Fire Safety Plan Building Fire Exits • Each workplace building must have at least two means of escape remote from each

other to be used in a fire emergency.

• Fire doors must not be blocked or locked to prevent emergency use when employees are within the buildings. Delayed opening of fire doors is permitted when an approved alarm system is integrated into the fire door design.

• Exit routes from buildings must be clear, free of obstructions, and properly marked with signs designating exits from the building.

Portable Fire Extinguishers • Each workplace building must have a full complement of the proper type of fire

extinguisher for the fire hazards present, excepting when employers wish to have employees evacuate instead of fighting small fires.

• Employees expected or anticipated to use fire extinguishers must be instructed on the hazards of fighting fire, how to properly operate the fire extinguishers available, and what procedures to follow in alerting others to the fire emergency.



• Only approved fire extinguishers are permitted for use in workplaces, and they must

be kept in good operating condition. Proper maintenance and inspection of this equipment is required of each employer.

• Where the employer wishes to evacuate employees instead of having them fight small fires; there must be written emergency plans and employee training for proper evacuation.

Emergency Evacuation Planning • Emergency action plans are required to describe the routes to use and procedures to

be followed by employees. In addition, procedures for accounting for all evacuated employees must be part of the plan. The written plan must be available for employee review.

• Where needed, special procedures for helping physically impaired employees must be addressed in the plan; also, the plan must include procedures for those employees who must remain behind temporarily to shut down critical plant equipment before they evacuate.

• The preferred means of alerting employees to a fire emergency must be part of the plan and an employee alarm system must be available throughout the workplace complex and must be used for emergency alerting for evacuation. The alarm system may be voice communication or sound signals such as bells, whistles or horns. Employees must know the evacuation signal.

• Training of all employees in what is to be done in an emergency is required. Employers must review the plan with newly assigned employees so they know correct actions in an emergency and with all employees when the plan is changed.

Fire Prevention Plan • Employers need to implement a written fire prevention plan to complement the fire

evacuation plan to minimize the frequency of evacuation. Stopping unwanted fires from occurring is the most efficient way to handle them. The written plan shall be available for employee review.

• Housekeeping procedures for storage and cleanup of flammable materials and flammable waste must be included in the plan. Recycling of flammable waste such as paper is encouraged; however, handling and packaging procedures must be included in the plan.

• Procedures for controlling workplace ignition sources such as smoking, welding and burning must be addressed in the plan. Heat producing equipment such as burners,



heat exchangers, boilers, ovens, stoves, fryers, etc., must be properly maintained and kept clean of accumulations of flammable residues; flammables are not to be stored close to these pieces of equipment.

• All employees are to be apprised of the potential fire hazards of their job and the procedures called for in the employer's fire prevention plan.

The plan shall be reviewed with all new employees when they begin their job and with all employees when the plan is changed. Fire Suppression System • Properly designed and installed fixed fire suppression systems enhance fire safety in

the workplace. Automatic sprinkler systems throughout the workplace are among the most reliable firefighting means. The fire sprinkler system detects the fire, sounds an alarm, and puts the water where the fire and heat are located.

• Automatic fire-suppression systems require proper maintenance to keep them in serviceable condition. When it is necessary to take a fire-suppression system out of service while business continues, the employer must temporarily substitute a fire watch of trained employees standing by to respond quickly to any fire emergency in the normally protected area. The fire watch must interface with the employers' fire prevention plan and emergency action plan.

• Signs must be posted about areas protected by total flooding fire suppression systems which use agents that are a serious health hazard such as carbon dioxide, Halon 1211, etc. Such automatic systems must be equipped with pre-discharge alarm systems to warn employees in the area of the impending discharge of the system and allow time to evacuate the area. There must be an emergency action plan to provide for the safe evacuation of employees from within the protected area. Such plans are to be part of the overall evacuation plan for the workplace facility.

Fire Extinguishers There are several types of fire extinguishers available, but the best type for home and farm use is a multipurpose "ABC" type extinguisher. The ABC type extinguishers generally use ammonium phosphate as the active chemical to extinguish a fire and are capable of putting out most common fires. Extinguishers are rated for the type of fire they are made to extinguish: • A – Ordinary combustible materials such as wood, paper, hay, etc. First Aid and Fire Plan Page 7 Revised 9/27/04


• B – Flammable liquids such as gas, oil, grease and other petroleum products.

• C – Electrical fires. As this list shows, an ABC type extinguisher is capable of extinguishing most fires. Multipurpose extinguishers are available in two, five, and 10-pound sizes. The larger the extinguisher, the longer it takes to completely discharge. Because the discharge time for these sizes ranges from 8 to 25 seconds, a five-pound extinguisher is the minimum size that should be purchased. When purchasing an extinguisher, make sure it is U.L. (Underwriters Laboratories) or F.M. (Factory Mutual Laboratories) approved. Extinguishers with these labels are manufactured to meet recognized safety and performance standards. Contact your local fire department for additional information about purchasing an extinguisher to meet your specific needs. Purposes and Locations for Fire Extinguishers The main reasons for having fire extinguishers readily available are to: • Suppress a fire along an escape route so trapped persons can exit a burning structure.

• To extinguish or contain a fire from the time it is discovered until the arrival of fire department personnel.

Work Site Protection The safety supervisor can determine where extinguishers should be located by looking at statistical data of the most common times that fires occur. Historically, most building fires occur between 8 p.m. and 8 a.m. Extinguishers should be placed along all escape routes from the building. Areas that are prone to fires, such as flammable storage areas, furnace areas, garages and workshops, should also have a fire extinguisher readily available. The best policy is to have several fire extinguishers readily available. Since many fires occur during the night or in out of the way areas such as furnace rooms or workshops, smoke detectors are essential to alerting the facility of a fire. Smoke detectors should be placed on all levels of the house and should be tested frequently. Batteries should be replaced at least once a year. A standard practice is to replace the batteries in the fall, when clocks are adjusted for daylight savings time.



The workshop is a particularly fire prone area due to the types of equipment used. Welders and cutting torches can quickly ignite any combustible material not properly stored. At least one 10-pound ABC extinguisher should be wall-mounted in the shop for easy accessibility. Tractors, Combines and Other Machines Fire extinguishers should also be mounted on tractors, combines, trucks and other equipment. Because most fires associated with these types of equipment are from petroleum products or electrical fires, a five-pound ABC or a BC-type extinguisher will be adequate. To cut down the cost of purchasing several extinguishers, mounting brackets can be attached to equipment and the extinguisher can be transferred from seasonal equipment when it is to be stored for several months. Fire Extinguisher Operating Procedures When a fire occurs, follow these general rules: • Make sure everyone gets out of the building.

• Call the fire department immediately. Fires can spread quickly – if you are unsuccessful in putting out a fire, the time you spent trying to extinguish a blaze may allow it to spread to other buildings. If your work site is difficult to find or off a main road, keep a complete set of directions posted by the telephone to instruct fire department personnel to your location. Precious seconds can be lost if you are required to stop and think about the quickest route to the work site. Most individuals can be easily confused during a stressful situation.

• After calling the fire department, if the fire is still small, decide if you or someone else should risk trying to control the fire. Smoke and gases released from a fire can be toxic, so never attempt to put out a fire if you have any doubts about your ability to extinguish it. Wait for fire department personnel, who have the proper equipment and are trained in firefighting procedures. If you elect to put a fire out and it grows too large to control, back out of the building. Never turn you’re back on a fire. Close the door behind you to limit oxygen in the building and wait until help arrives.

To Operate a Fire Extinguisher: • Take extinguisher from mounting bracket.

• Remove locking pin, ring, clip, level, etc. Get into a crouching position on the upwind side of the fire.

• Point extinguisher nozzle at base of fire and squeeze the lever or handle.

• Discharge using a sweeping motion from side to side at the base of the fire.



Safety Tips and Precautions Purchase only U.L. or F.M. approved fire extinguishers and maintain them according to manufacturers instructions. Contact your fire department to request any fire safety information, including training in fire extinguisher operation. Make sure workers have planned escape routes out of the building and knows to meet in a defined meeting area such as a tree, fence corner, etc. Never reenter a burning building. Having fire extinguishers at your work site does not relieve you and other workers from the responsibilities of taking precautions to prevent fires, nor do fire extinguishers take the place of trained fire department personnel. A fire extinguisher is designed to reduce the chances of injury and death to you and other workers during the time it takes to leave the structure and for trained help to arrive in case of an accidental fire. Smoke detectors are essential to early detection of a fire. Install and maintain them according to manufacturers instructions.





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS







































FLAMMABLE, TOXIC AND CAUSTIC LIQUID STORAGE WAC 296-24-370

Facility / Site:

Project: A person qualified by knowledge or experience of Flammable, Toxic and Caustic Liquid Storage procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position

The Flammable, Toxic and Caustic Liquids Coordinator shall ensure compliance with DOC Policy 890.030

A. Consistent with the product MSDS, identify all flammable, toxic and caustic liquids and INCLUDE to this Plan: Yes No

1. A copy of applicable MSDS’s identifying flammable, toxic, and caustic liquids Yes No

2. A copy of the corresponding Flammable, Toxic and Caustic Materials (FTCM) Log Yes No

B. Document and balance on the FTCM Log, daily issuance and balance of flammable, toxic and caustic materials. Yes No

C. Verify all Flammable, Toxic and Caustic Materials are stored in secure areas that are inaccessible to inmates and in: Yes No

1. Such a manner to comply with storage restrictions identified on MSDS’s Yes No

2. Containers, cabinets, or storage rooms or areas that meet the manufacturers specifications and applicable regulatory requirements Yes No

D. Ensure that materials are disposed of consistently with the manufacturers specifications and applicable regulatory requirements Yes No

E. Monitor that Flammable and Combustible liquids only be dispensed by an authorized staff member. Yes No

F. Ensure that only inmates under close supervision of qualified staff have access to these materials. Yes No

G. Ensure HAZCOM training occurs consistent with Policy 890.070 and MSDS’s are reviewed with workers prior to them being assigned job duties. Yes No




Washington State Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Flammables/Toxics/Caustics

Purpose The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of flammable, toxic and caustic materials at Washington State Department of Corrections facilities during construction projects to protect all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors and offenders from potential hazards of construction. This program applies to all buildings and structures owned by the Department of Corrections, to all workers and sub-contractors of the Department, to occupants of Department buildings and to external organizations that may work in Department of Corrections construction projects.

General Safety Precautions The supervisor will coordinate the proper Storage and issue of flammable, toxic and caustic materials. The proper handling and use of these items can significantly reduce the possibility of accidental fires and injury to employees and offenders. To minimize risk to life and properly, the requirements of NFPA 30 & 321 and WAC 296-24-370 have been implemented. MSDS for flammable, toxic and caustic materials are kept in the Plant Manager’s office and at each storage location.

Responsibilities Management • Provide proper storage for flammable/toxic/caustic materials.

• Ensure proper training is provided to employees who work with flammable/toxic/caustic materials.

• Ensure all containers are properly labeled. Supervisors • Provide adequate training in the use and storage of flammable/toxic/caustic materials.

• Monitor for proper issue, use and storage.

• Keep only the minimum amount required on hand.

• Ensure MSDS’s are current for all flammable/toxic/caustic materials. Offenders • Follow all storage, issue and use requirements.

• Immediately report spills to supervisors.

Flammables/Toxics/Caustics Page 1 Revised 9/27/04


Hazard Controls Engineering Controls • Properly designed and maintained flammable/toxic/caustic storage cabinets, containers

and areas.

• Ventilated Storage areas as required.

• Grounding Straps on Drums and dispensing points as required. Administrative Controls • Designated storage areas and point of issue.

• Limiting amount of flammable/toxic/caustic materials issued, stored and in use.

• Employee and offender Training.

• Limited and controlled access to bulk storage areas.

• Posted Danger, Warning and Hazard Signs.

Definitions Caustic Substance: One that is capable of burning, corroding, dissolving, or eating away by chemical action. Combustible Liquids: Are liquids having a flash point at or above 1000 F. • Class II Combustibles - Flashpoint above 1000F and below 1400 F.

• Class III Combustibles - Flashpoint at or above 1400 F. • Subclass IIIA - Flashpoint at or above 1400 F and below 2000 F.

• Subclass IIIB - Flashpoint at or above 2000 F.

Flammable Liquid: A liquid with a flashpoint below 1000 F. • Class IA - flashpoint below 730 F and boiling point below 1000 F.

• Class IB - flashpoint below 730 F and boiling point above 1000 F.

• Class IC - flash at or above 730 F and below 1000 F.



Substitution: All effort shall be made to substitute all flammable, toxic and caustic materials with products that are less hazardous to handle and store. Toxic Substance: A substance relating to, or caused by, a toxin or other poison. Capable of causing injury or death, especially by chemical means; poisonous.

Storage and Usage of Flammable/toxic/caustic Materials Flammable/toxic/caustic require careful handling at all times. The proper storage of flammable/toxic/caustic materials within a work area is very important in order to protect workers from fire and other safety and health hazards: • Storage of Flammable liquids shall be in NFPA approved flammable storage lockers or in

NFPA approved storage cans. Do not store other combustible materials near flammable storage areas or lockers.

• Toxic and caustic materials shall be stored in original containers and issued by staff.

• Bulk drums of flammable liquids must be grounded and bonded to containers during dispensing.

• Portable containers of gasoline or diesel are not to exceed 5 gallons.

• Safety cans used for dispensing flammable or combustible liquids shall be kept at a point of use.

• Appropriate fire extinguishers are to be readily available in all storage areas per local Field Instructions and applicable fire codes.

• Storage rooms for flammable and combustible liquids must have explosion-proof light fixtures

• Bulk storage of gasoline or diesel is kept in above ground tanks that meet EPA guidelines. Tanks shall be labeled per DOT/NFPA guidelines. All tank areas shall be designated no smoking -no hot work - no open flame areas.

• No flames, hot work or smoking is be permitted in flammable, combustible liquid or toxic and caustic storage areas.

• The maximum amount of flammable liquids that may stored in a building are:

• 20-gallons of Class IA liquids in containers;

• 100-gallons of Class IB, IC, II, or III liquids in containers;

• 500-gallons of Class IB, IC, II, or III liquids in a single portable tank.



• Flammable liquid transfer areas are to be separated from other operations by distance or

by construction having proper fire resistance.

• When not in use, flammable liquids shall be kept in approved containers.

• Class I liquids may be used only where there are no open flames or other sources of ignition within the possible path of vapor travel.

• Maintenance and operating practices shall be in accordance with established procedures, which will tend to control leakage and prevent the accidental escape of flammable or combustible liquids. Spills shall be cleaned up promptly.

• Combustible waste material and residues in a building or unit operating area shall be kept to a minimum, and be stored in covered metal receptacles and disposed of daily.

• Rooms in which flammable or combustible liquids are stored or handled by pumps shall have exit facilities arranged to prevent occupants from being trapped in the event of fire.

• Inside areas in which Class I liquids are stored or handled shall be heated only by means not constituting a source of ignition, such as steam, hot water or forces central systems located away from the area.

Cabinets Not more than 120 gallons of Class I, Class II, and Class IIIA liquids may be stored in a storage cabinet. Of this total, not more than 60 gallons may be Class I and II liquids. Not more than three such cabinets (120 gallons each) may be located in a single fire area, except in an industrial area. Containers The capacity of flammable and combustible liquid containers will be in accordance with the above table. Maximum Allowable Capacity of Containers and Portable Tanks Flammable Liquids Combustible Liquids

Container 1A 1B 1C II III Glass or approved plastic1 1 pt2 1 qt2 1 gal 1 gal 1 gal

Metal (Other than DOT drums) 1 gal 5 gal 5 gal 5 gal 5 gal Safety Cans 2 gal 5 gal 5 gal 5 gal 5 gal Metal drums (DOT specifications) 60 gal 60 gal 60 gal 60 gal 60 gal Approved portable tanks 660 gal 660 gal 660 gal 660 gal 660 gal



(1) Nearest metric size is also acceptable for the glass and plastic. (2) One gallon or nearest metric equivalent size may be used if metal and labeled with their contents. Storage Inside Buildings Inside storage will comply with the following basic conditions: • The storage of any flammable or combustible liquid shall not physically obstruct a means

of egress from the building or area.

• Containers of flammable/toxic/caustic or combustible liquids will remain tightly sealed except when transferred, poured or applied. Remove only that portion of liquid in the storage container required to accomplish a particular job.

• If a flammable and combustible liquid storage building is used, it will be a one-story building devoted principally to the handling and storing of flammable or combustible liquids. The building will have 2-hour fire-rated exterior walls having no opening within 10 feet of such storage.

• Flammable paints, oils, and varnishes in one or 5-gallon containers, used for building maintenance purposes, may be stored temporarily in closed containers.

Ventilation Every inside storage room will be provided with a mechanical exhaust ventilation system. To prevent the accumulation of vapors, the location of both the makeup and exhaust air openings will be arranged to provide, as far as practical, air movement directly to the exterior of the building and if ducts are used, they will not be used for any other purpose. Designated Flammable Storage Areas are 1)

2)

3) 4)

5)

6)

7)

8)

9)

10)


The contents of this document may be eligible for public disclosure. Social Security Numbers are considered confidential information and will be redacted in the event of such a request. This form is governed by Executive order 00-03, RCW 42.56, and RCW 40.14 DOC 21-764 L (Rev. 04/03/14) DOC 890.070

FLAMMABLE, TOXIC AND CAUSTIC MATERIAL (FTCM) LOG

Page of

Name of Material Start Date

Hazard Identification Hazard Code(s) Design Type/List Quantity CONTROL METHOD

Health Barrel Spray Can

Flammability Can Cup 1 in 1 out

Reactivity Bottle/Jar Qty/Case Weigh/Scale

DANGER Bag/Sack Cylinder Specify: lbs. g. oz.

WARNING Other Specify: Other:

Date Rec’d

Qty Rec’d

Received By Staff

Date Issued

Qty Issued

Supervisor Initials Issued TO: Name/Offender DOC #

Qty Rtn’d

End Balance

This log is to be completed whenever a flammable, toxic, or caustic material is used. The Supervisor is to: 1) Ensure accuracy and completion of this log; 2) Retain the log for 3 years; 3) Ensure any employee/contract staff or offender who handles the material is trained in its safe handling and has reviewed the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) or Safety Data Sheet (SDS); and 4) Ensure identified materials are stored and disposed of according to manufacturer’s recommendations and regulatory requirements.

Name of Facility Department/Shop/Site Operation

Name of Supervisor Title




DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS







































FLOOR AND WALL OPENINGS WAC 296-24-735

Facility / Site:

Project: A person qualified by knowledge or experience of Floor and Wall Opening procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position

A. Definitions:

1. Cover Any material that is capable of supporting the maximum potential load but never less than two hundred pounds (with a safety factor of four). All covers shall be color coded or marked with the words “hole” or “cover” to provide warning of the hazard.

2. Floor Opening An opening measuring 12 inches or more in its least dimension in any floor, roof, or platform, through which persons may fall.

3. Guardrail A standard railing shall consist of top rail, intermediate rail, toe board (4 inch minimum), and posts. Shall have a vertical height of 36 inches to 42 inches from upper surface of top rail to floor. Be capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied in any direction, at any point on the top rail.

4. Wall Opening An opening at least 30 inches high and 18 inches wide, in any wall or partition, through which persons may fall, such as an opening for a window, a yard arm doorway or chute opening.

B. Course of Action:

1. Guardrails, handrails and overs

a. Guardrails or protective covers will be required when there is danger of employees or materials falling through floor or wall openings. Yes No

b. When guardrails or protective covers must be temporarily removed to

perform work, a monitor to warn others of the hazard shall constantly attend the area.

Yes No

c. A guardrail shall guard every open sided floor, platform or surface four feet or more above adjacent floor or ground level. Yes No

d. Wall openings, from which there is a drop of more than 4 feet, and the

bottom of the opening is less than 3 feet above the work surface shall be appropriately guarded.

Yes No


Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Floor and Wall Openings

Purpose The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of floor and wall openings safety at Washington State Department of Corrections facilities; to protect all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors, staff and offenders from potential construction hazards. This program applies to all buildings and structures owned by Washington State Department of Corrections, to all workers and sub-contractors of the Department of Corrections, to occupants of Department buildings and to external organizations who may work in Department of Corrections construction projects.

General Precautions Floor openings and holes, wall openings and holes, and the open sides of platforms may create hazards. People may fall through the openings or over the sides to the level below. Objects, such as tools are parts, may fall through the holes and strike people or damage machinery on lower levels. Every wall opening from which there is a drop of more than four feet must be guarded by one of the following:

• A rail, roller, picket fence, half-door or equivalent barrier. Note: Where there is exposure below to falling materials, a removable toeboard or the equivalent must also be provided. When the opening is not in use for handling materials, the guard must be kept in position regardless of a door on the opening. In addition, a grab handle must be provided on each side of the opening with its center approximately four feet above floor level and of standards strength and mounting.

• An extension platform onto which materials can be hoisted for handling. Such a platform must have side rails or equivalent guards of standard specifications.

Where there is a hazard of material falling through a wall hole and the lower edge of the near side of the hole is less than dour inches above the floor, and the far side of the hole more than five feet above the next lower level, the hole must be protected by a standard toeboard or an enclosing screen (either of solid construction) or as specified in the section on Wall Opening Screens.

Floor and Wall Openings Page 1 Revised 10/12/04


Definitions Floor Hole: An opening measuring less than 12 inches but more than 1-inch in its least dimension, in any floor, platform, pavement, or yard, through which materials but not persons may fall; such as a belt hole, pipe opening or slot opening. Floor Opening: An opening measuring 12 inches or more in its least dimension, in any floor, platform, pavement or yard through which persons may fall, such as a hatchway, stair or ladder opening, pit or large manhole. Floor openings occupied by elevators, dumb waiters, conveyors, machinery, or containers are excluded from this standard. Handrail: A single bar or pipe supported on brackets from a wall or partition, as on a stairway or ramp, to furnish persons with a handhold in case of tripping. Platform: A working space for persons, elevated above the surrounding floor or ground, such as a balcony or platform for the operation of machinery and equipment. Runway: A passageway for persons, elevated above the surrounding floor or ground level, such as a footwalk along shafting or a walkway between buildings. Stair Railing: A vertical barrier erected along exposed sides of a stairway to prevent falls of persons. Standard Railing: A vertical barrier erected along exposed edges of a floor opening, wall opening, ramp, platform or runway to prevent falls of persons. Standard Strength and Construction: Any construction of railings, covers, or other guards that meet the requirements of Standard 1910.23. Toeboard: A vertical barrier at floor level erected along exposed edges of a floor opening, wall opening, platform, runway or ramp to prevent falls of materials. Wall Hole: An opening less than 30 inches but more than 1 inch high, of unrestricted width, in any wall or partition, such as a ventilation hole or drainage scupper. Wall Opening: An opening at least 30 inches high and 18 inches wide, in any wall or partition, through which persons may fall, such as a yard-arm doorway or chute opening.



Covers and Guardrails Covers and/or guardrails shall be provided to protect personnel from the hazards of open pits, tanks, vats, ditches, and the like.

Guarding Floor and Wall Openings and Holes Floor openings and holes, wall openings and holes, and the open sides of platforms may create hazards. People may fall through the openings or over the sides to the level below. Objects, such as tools or parts, may fall through the holes and strike people or damage machinery on lower levels. Protection for Floor Openings Standard railings shall be provided on all exposed sides of a stairway opening, except at the stairway entrance. For infrequently used stairways, where traffic across the opening prevents the use of a fixed standard railing, the guard shall consist of a hinged floor opening cover of standard strength and construction along with removable standard railings on all exposed sides, except at the stairway entrance.

• A “standard railing” consists of top rail, mid rail, and posts, and shall have a vertical height of 42 inches nominal from the upper surface of top rail to floor, platform, runway, or ramp level. Nominal height of mid-rail is 21 inches.

• A “standard toeboard” is 4 inches nominal in vertical height, with not more than ¼-inch clearance above floor level.

Floor openings may be covered rather than guarded with rails. When the floor opening cover is removed, a temporary guardrail shall be in place, or an attendant shall be stationed at the opening to warn personnel.

• A standard railing with toeboard, or • A floor hole cover of standard strength and construction.

While the cover is not in place, the floor hole shall be constantly attended by someone or shall be protected by a removable standard railing. Protection of Open-Sided Floors, Platforms, and Runways One of the most frequently overlooked requirements in walking-working surfaces is the requirement that every open-sided floor or platform 4-feet or more above adjacent floor or ground level shall be guarded by a standard railing on all open sides, except where there is an



entrance to a ramp, stairway, or fixed ladder. The railing shall be provided with a toeboard wherever, beneath the open sides:

• Where persons can pass, • There is moving machinery, or • Falling materials could create a hazard with equipment.

Protection for Floor Openings

Stairway Floor Openings Every stairway floor opening must be guarded by a standard railing (see the section Railing, Toeboard and Cover Specifications). The railing must be provided on all exposed sides (except that of the stairway entrance). For infrequently used stairways where traffic across the opening prevents the use of fixed standard railing (as when located in aisle spaces, etc.), the guard must consist of a hinged floor opening cover (of standard strength and construction) and removable standard railings on all exposed sides (again, excepting that of the stairway entrance). Doors or Gates on Stairways Where doors or gates open directly on a stairway, a platform must be provided large enough that the swing of the door does not reduce its effective width to less than 20 inches. Ladderway Floor Openings Every ladderway floor opening or platform must be guarded by a standard railing with standard toeboard on all exposed sides (except at the entrance to the opening), with the passage through the railing either provided with a swinging gate or so offset that a person cannot walk directly into the opening. Hatchway and Chute Floor Openings Every hatchway and chute floor opening must be guarded by either:

• A hinged floor opening cover of standard strength and construction equipped with standard railings or permanently attached so as to leave only one exposed side. (When the opening is not in use, the cover must be closed or the exposed side guarded at both top and intermediate positions by removable standard railings.)

• A removable railing with toeboard on not more than two sides of the opening and fixed standard railings with toeboards on all other exposed sides. (The removable railings must be kept in place when the opening is not in use.)



Where operating conditions necessitate the feeding of material into any hatchway or chute opening, protection must be provided to prevent a person from falling through the opening. Skylight Floor Openings and Holes Every skylight floor opening and hole must be guarded by a standard skylight screen or a fixed standard railing on all exposed sides. Pit and Trapdoor Floor Openings Every pit and trapdoor floor opening, infrequently used, must be guarded by a floor opening cover of standard strength and construction. While the cover is not in place, the pit or trap opening must be constantly attended by someone or protected on all exposed sides by removable standard railings. Manhole Floor Openings Every manhole floor opening must be guarded by a standard manhole cover (which need not be hinged in place). While the cover is not in place, the manhole opening must be constantly attended by someone or must be protected by removable standard railings. Temporary Floor Openings Every temporary floor opening must have standard railings or be attended constantly by someone. Floor Holes Every floor hole into which persons can accidentally walk must be guarded by either:

• A standard railing with standard toeboard on all exposed sides, or • A floor hole cover of standard strength and construction. (While the cover is not in

place, the floor hole must be constantly attended by someone or must be protected by a removable standard railing.)

A cover that leaves no openings more than 1 inch wide must protect every floor hole into which persons cannot accidentally walk (because of fixed machinery, equipment or walls). The cover must be securely held in place to prevent tools or materials from falling through.



Protection for Wall Openings and Holes Chute Wall Openings Every chute wall opening from which there is a drop of more than four feet must be guarded by one or more of the general barriers, as required by conditions. Every wall opening from which there is a drop of more than four feet must be guarded by one of the following:

• A rail, roller, picket fence, half door or equivalent barrier. (Where there is exposure below to falling materials, a removable toe board or the equivalent must also be provided. When the opening is not in use for handling materials, the guard must be kept in position regardless of a door on the opening. In addition, a grab handle must be provided on each side of the opening with its center approximately four feet above floor level and of standard strength and mounting.) OR

• An extension platform onto which materials can be hoisted for handling. Such a platform must have side rails or equivalent guards of standard specifications.

Where there is a hazard of materials falling through a wall hole and the lower edge of the near side of the hole is less than four inches above the floor and the far side of the hole more than five feet above the next lower level, the hole must be protected by a standard toeboard or an enclosing screen (either of solid construction) or as specified in the section Wall Opening Screens. Window Wall Openings Every window wall opening at a stairway landing, floor, platform or balcony, from which there is a drop of more than four feet, and where the bottom of the opening is less than three feet above the platform or landing, must be guarded by standard slats, standard grill work (see the section Wall Opening Screens) or standard railing. Where the window opening is below the landing, or platform, a standard toe board must be provided. Temporary Wall Openings Every temporary wall opening must have adequate guards, but these need not be of standard construction.

Protection of Open-Sided Floors, Platforms and Runways Every open-sided floor or platform four feet or more above adjacent floor or ground level (e.g., a raised packinghouse sorting table) must be guarded by a standard railing (or the Floor and Wall Openings Page 6 Revised 10/12/04


equivalent as indicated in the section Specifications for Various Railing Materials) on all open sides except where there is entrance to a ramp, stairway or fixed ladder. The railing must be provided with a toeboard when, beneath the open sides:

• Where persons can pass, • There is moving machinery, or • Falling materials could create a hazard with equipment.

Every runway must be guarded by a standard railing (or the equivalent as indicated in the section Specifications for Various Railing Materials) on all open sides four feet or more above floor or ground level. Wherever tools, machine parts or materials are likely to be used on the runway, a toeboard must also be provided on each exposed side. Runways used exclusively for special purposes, such as servicing machinery, may have the railing on one side omitted where necessary due to operating conditions, providing the falling hazard is minimized by using a runway of not less than 18 inches wide. Where persons entering runways become exposed to machinery, electrical equipment or dangers other than falling hazards, additional guarding may be essential for protection. Regardless of height, open-sided floors, walkways, platforms or runways above or adjacent to dangerous equipment must be guarded with a standard railing and toeboard.

Stairway Railings and Guards Every flight of stairs having four or more risers must be equipped with standard stair railings or standard handrails as follows. The width of the stair must be measured clear of all obstructions except handrails. Stairways:

• Less than 44 inches wide having both sides enclosed must be equipped with at least one handrail, preferably on the right side descending.

• Less than 44 inches wide having one side open must be equipped with at least one stair railing on open side.

• Less than 44 inches wide having both sides open, must be equipped with one stair railing on each side.

• More than 44 inches wide but less than 88 inches wide must be equipped with one handrail on each side.

• Eighty-eight (88) or more inches wide must be equipped with one handrail on each side, and one center stair railing located approximately midway of the width.



Winding stairs must be equipped with a handrail offset to prevent walking on all portions of the treads having width less than 6 inches.

Railing, Toeboard, and Cover Specifications Railings A standard railing must consist of top rail, intermediate rail, and posts, and must have a vertical height of 42 inches from the upper surface of the top rail to floor, platform, runway or ramp level. The top rail must be smooth-surfaced throughout the length of the railing. The intermediate rail must be approximately halfway between the top rail and the floor, platform, runway or ramp. The ends of the rails must not overhang the terminal posts except where such overhang does not constitute a projection hazard. Stair Railings or Handrails A stair railing or handrail must be of construction similar to a standard railing, but the vertical height must be 30 to 34 inches from the upper surface of the top rail to the face of the riser at the forward edge of the tread. A handrail must consist of a lengthwise member mounted directly on a wall or partition by means of brackets attached to the lower side of the handrail so as to offer no obstruction to a smooth surface along the top and both sides of the handrail. The handrail must furnish an adequate handhold for anyone grasping it to avoid falling. The ends of the handrail should be turned in to the supporting wall or otherwise arranged so as not to constitute a projection hazard. Size The handrails must be:

• When of hardwood, at least 2 inches in diameter; • When of metal pipe, at least 1 1/2 inches in diameter (the length of brackets must be

such as will give a clearance between the handrail and wall or any projection on the wall of at least 3 inches; the spacing of brackets must not exceed 8 feet).

Mounting The mounting of handrails must be such that the completed structure is capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied in any direction at any point on the rail.



Clearance All handrails must be provided with a clearance of not less than 3 inches between the handrail or railing and any other object. Specifications for Various Railing Materials

• For wood railings, the posts must be of at least 2" x 4" stock spaced not to exceed 6 feet; the top and intermediate rails must be of at least 2" x 4" stock. If the top rail is made of two right-angle pieces of 1" x 4" stock, posts may be spaced on 8-foot centers, with a 2" x 4" intermediate rail.

• For pipe railings, posts and top and intermediate railings must be at least 1-1/2" diameter with posts spaced not more than 8 feet on centers.

• For structural steel railings, posts and top and intermediate rails must be of 2" x 2" x 3/8" angle iron or other metal shapes of equivalent bending strength with posts spaced not more than 8 feet on centers.

The anchoring of posts and framing of members for railings of all types must be of such construction that the completed structure will be capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied in any direction at any point on the top rail. Other types, sizes, and arrangements of railing construction are acceptable provided they meet the following conditions:

• A smooth-surfaced top rail at a height above floor, platform, runway or ramp level of 42 inches;

• A strength to withstand at least the minimum requirement of 200 pounds top rail pressure: and

• Protection between the top rail and floor, platform, runway, ramp or stair treads, equivalent at least to that afforded by a standard intermediate rail.

Toeboards A standard toeboard must be 4 inches in height from its top edge to the level of the floor, platform, runway or ramp. It must be securely fastened in place, with not more than 1/4-inch clearance above floor level. It may be made of any substantial material either solid or with openings not over 1 inch in greatest dimension. Where material is piled to such height that a standard toeboard does not provide protection, paneling must be provided from the floor to the intermediate rail or to the top rail.



Covers Floor opening covers may be of any material that meets the following strength requirements:

• Trench or conduit covers and their supports, when located in plant roadways, must be designed to carry a truck rear-axle load of at least 20,000 pounds.

• Manhole covers and their supports, when located in plant roadways, must comply with local standard highway requirements if any; otherwise, they must be designed to carry a truck rear-axle load of at least 20,000 pounds.

Floor opening covers may be constructed of any material that meets the strength requirements. Covers projecting not more than 1 inch above the floor level may be used providing all edges are chamfered to an angle with the horizontal of not over 30 degrees. All hinges, handles, bolts or other parts must sit flush with the floor or cover surface. Skylight Screens Skylight screens must be of such construction and mounting that they are capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied perpendicularly at any one area on the screen. They must also be of such construction and mounting that under ordinary loads or impacts, they will not deflect downward sufficiently to break the glass below them. The construction must be of grillwork with openings not more than 4 inches long or of slatwork with openings not more than 2 inches wide with length unrestricted. Wall Opening Barriers Wall opening barriers (rails, rollers, picket fences, and half doors) must be of such construction and mounting that, when in place at the opening, the barrier is capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied in any direction (except upward) at any point on the top rail or corresponding member. Wall Opening Grab Handles Wall opening grab handles must be not less than 12 inches in length and must be so mounted as to give 3 inches clearance from the side framing of the wall opening. The size, material, and anchoring of the grab handle must be such that the completed structure is capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied in any direction at any point of the handle.



Wall Opening Screens Wall opening screens must be of such construction and mounting that they are capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied horizontally at any point on the near side of the screen. They may be of solid construction, of grillwork with openings not more than 8 inches long, or of slatwork with openings not more than 4 inches wide with length unrestricted.





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS









































FORKLIFTS / POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS WAC 296-24-230

Facility / Site:

Project: A person qualified by knowledge or experience of Forklifts and Powered Industrial Trucks procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position

A. Definitions:

1. Competent person An employee who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surrounding working conditions which are hazardous or dangerous to employees, and who has the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.

2. Powered industrial truck Includes: forklifts, industrial tractors, platform lift trucks, motorized hand trucks, and other specialized industrial trucks powered by electric motors or internal combustion engines.

B. Guidelines:

1. Forklifts must have a label indicating approval by the testing laboratory as meeting the specifications and requirements of ASME B56.1 – 1993.

Yes No

2.

Modifications or additions must only be performed with the manufacturer’s prior written approval. When modifications or additions are made, capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals must be changed accordingly.

Yes No

3.

If the truck is equipped with front-end attachments other than factory installed, it must be marked to identify the attachments and show the approximate weight of the truck and attachment combination at maximum elevation with the load centered from side to side.

Yes No

4. The user must ensure that all nameplates and markings are in place and legible.

Yes No

5.

The employer must ensure that each powered industrial truck operator is competent to operate a powered industrial truck safely, as demonstrated by successful completion of training and evaluation. This training must consist of:

a) Formalized instruction b) Practical training c) Evaluation of the operator’s performance

Yes No

6.

Employers must keep records showing that each operator has been trained and evaluated as required. These records must include:

a) Name of employee b) Date of training c) Date of evaluation d) Name of person providing the training or evaluation

Yes No


DOC 16-350 (Rev. 12/16/10)

FORKLIFT/POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK DAILY INSPECTION LOG

Inspections must be accomplished: “Daily before being put into service, and/or after each shift if it is used on a continuous basis".

Month/Year Equipment Identification:

DAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

Seat Belts Weld joints Roller tracks Forks Fluid levels Hydraulic lines Lift and tilt cylinders Tires Head/Tail lights Brakes Parking brake Propane Tank Secure Battery Fire Extinguisher Controls

Signature of person

conducting daily inspection

Deficiencies:

Comments:

Tagged out of Service? Yes No

DOC 16-350 (Rev. 12/16/10)

To conduct the forklift/PIT inspections:

1. Ensure the seatbelts are present, operational, and not excessively frayed 2. Inspect the overhead guard, weld points, and backrest for obvious damage 3. Look for oil or water leaks 4. Ensure Roller tracks are greased and chains are free to travel 5. Ensure forks are evenly spaced and free from cracks or other damage 6. Inspect hydraulic tank, lines and connectors for leaks, excessive wear, crimps, or other damage 7. Inspect the lift and tilt cylinders for damage, leaking fluids, and mounting brackets 8. Inspect the tires for excessive wear, splitting, air pressure where applicable, and other damage 9. Ensure the horn and back-up warning lights and devices are operational 10. Ensure the hand controls are fully operational 11. Ensure the pedals are operational 12. Test the parking brake, ensure the brake holds the equipment stationary 13. Inspect the propane system for broken weld-points, valves, nozzles, hoses for damage and leaks 14. Inspect the batteries for cracks, holes, electrolyte levels if not a sealed system, frayed cables, broken insulation, and tightness of connections

NOTE: Unique checklist items for your specific forklift may be added to this document. **ALL DEFICIENCIES MUST BE REPORTED TO THE WORK SITE SUPERVISOR PRIOR TO OPERATION OF THE FORK LIFT/PIT

When deficiencies are found the forklift/PIT must be removed from service

When the forklift/PIT is repaired it must be re-inspected to ensure safety

Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Forklift/Industrial Trucks

Purpose Material handling is a significant safety concern. During the movement of products and materials, there are numerous opportunities for personal injury and property damage if proper procedures and caution are not used. This chapter applies to all powered industrial trucks, hoists and lifting gear. The information in this chapter shall be used to train prospective industrial truck operators and provide the basis for refresher and annual retraining.

Pre-Qualifications for Powered Industrial Truck (PIT) Operators All candidates for PIT operators must meet the following basic requirements prior to starting initial or annual training: • Must have no adverse vision problems that cannot be corrected by glasses or contacts.

• No adverse hearing loss that cannot be corrected with hearing aids.

• No physical impairments that would impair safe operation of the PIT.

• No neurological disorders that affect balance or consciousness.

• Not taking any medication that affects perception, vision, or physical abilities.

Training Training for Powered Industrial Truck (PIT) Operators Training shall be conducted by an experienced and approved operator. All operational training shall be conducted under close supervision. All training and evaluation must be completed before an operator is permitted to use a powered industrial truck (forklift, etc) without continual and close supervision. Training consists of: Trainees may operate a powered industrial truck only: • Under the direct supervision of persons selected by the supervisor, who have the

knowledge, training, and experience to train operators and evaluate their competence

• Where such operation does not endanger the trainee or other workers Training Content Training consists of a combination of formal instruction: practical training (demonstrations performed by the trainer and practical exercises performed by the trainee), and an evaluation of the operator's performance in the workplace.

Forklift/Industrial Truck Page 1 Revised 10/12/04


Initial Training Powered industrial truck operators shall receive initial training in the following Truck-related training topics: • Operating instructions, warnings, and precautions for the types of trucks that the

operator will be authorized to operate.

• Differences between the truck and the automobile.

• Truck controls and instrumentation: where they are located, what they do, and how they work.

• Engine or motor operation.

• Steering and maneuvering.

• Visibility, including restriction due to loading.

• Fork and attachment adaptation, operation, and use limitations.

• Vehicle capacity.

• Vehicle stability.

• Any vehicle inspection and maintenance that the operator will be required to perform.

• Refueling and/or charging and recharging of batteries.

• Operating limitations.

• Any other operating instructions, warnings, or precautions listed in the operator's manual for the types of vehicles that the worker is being trained to operate.

Workplace Related Topics • Surface conditions where the vehicle will be operated.

• Composition of loads to be carried and load stability.

• Load manipulation, stacking and unstacking.

• Pedestrian traffic in areas where the vehicle will be operated

• Narrow aisles and other restricted places where the vehicle will be operated Hazardous (classified) locations where the vehicle will be operated.

• Ramps and other sloped surfaces that could affect the vehicle's stability.

• Closed environments and other areas where insufficient ventilation or improper vehicle maintenance could cause a buildup of carbon monoxide or diesel exhaust.



• Other unique or potentially hazardous environmental conditions in the workplace that

could affect safe operation. Refresher Training and Evaluation The refresher training, including an evaluation of the effectiveness of that training shall be conducted to ensure that the operator has the knowledge and skills needed to operate the powered industrial truck safely. Refresher training in relevant topics shall be provided to the operator when: 1. The operator has been observed to operate the vehicle in an unsafe manner

2. The operator has been involved in an accident or near-miss incident

3. The operator has received an evaluation that reveals that the operator is not operating the truck safely

4. The operator is assigned to drive a different type of truck

5. A condition in the workplace changes in a manner that could affect safe operation of the truck

6. Once every 3 years an evaluation will be conducted on each powered industrial truck operator's performance

Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) and Rules

• Only authorized and trained personnel will operate Powered Industrial Trucks (PITs).

• All PITs will be equipped with a headache rack, fire extinguisher, rotating beacon, back-up alarm and seat belts. Seat belts will be worn at all times by the operator.

• The operator will perform daily pre- and post-trip inspections.

• Any safety defects (such as defective brakes, steering, lights, or horn, hydraulic fluid leaks missing fire extinguisher, light, seat belt, or back-up alarm) will be reported for immediate repair or have the PIT taken "Out of Service" for repairs.

• Operator will follow the proper recharging or refueling safety procedures.

• Loads will be tilted back and carried no more than 6 inches from the ground. Loads that restrict the operator's vision will be transported backwards.

• PITs will travel no faster than 5 mph or normal walking speed .Hard hats will be worn by PIT operators in high lift areas.

• Operator will sound the horn and use extreme caution when meeting pedestrians, making turns, cornering, or exiting a building.



• Passengers may not ride on any portion of a PIT. Only the operator will ride PITs,

"NO PASSENGERS" decals will be affixed on all PITs.

• If PITs are used as a man lift, an appropriate man lift platform (cage with standard rails and toe-boards) will be used.

• Aisles will be maintained free from obstructions, marked and wide enough (six feet minimum) for vehicle operation.

• Lift capacity will be marked on all PITs. Operator will insure load does not exceed rated weight limits.

• When unattended, PITs will be turned off, forks lowered to the ground and parking brake applied.

• All PITS (with exception of pallet jacks) will be equipped with a multi-purpose, dry chemical fire extinguisher. (Minimum rating: 2A:10B:C)

• Operators are instructed to report all accidents, regardless of fault and severity, to the supervisor. The supervisor will conduct an accident investigation.

• When loading rail cars and trailers, dock plates will be used. Operators will assure dock plates are in good condition and will store on edge when not in use.

• Rail cars and trailers will be parked squarely to the loading area and have wheels chocked in place. Operators will follow established docking/undocking procedures.

Changing and Charging Storage Batteries • Battery charging installations shall be located in areas designated for that purpose.

• Facilities shall be provided for flushing and neutralizing spilled electrolyte, for fire protection, for protecting charging apparatus from damage by trucks, and for adequate ventilation for dispersal of fumes from gassing batteries.

• A conveyor, overhead hoist, or equivalent material handling equipment shall be provided for handling batteries.

• Reinstalled batteries shall be properly positioned and secured in the truck.

• A carbon filter or siphon shall be provided for handling electrolyte.

• When charging batteries, acid shall be poured into water; water shall not be poured into acid.

• Trucks shall be properly positioned and brakes applied before attempting to change or charge batteries.

• Care shall be taken to assure that vent caps are functioning. The battery (or compartment) cover(s) shall be open to dissipate heat.



• Smoking is prohibited in the charging area.

• Precautions shall be taken to prevent open flames, sparks, or electric arcs in battery charging areas.

• Tools and other metallic objects shall be kept away from the top of uncovered batteries Operations • If at any time a powered industrial truck is found to be in need of repair, defective, or

in any way unsafe, the truck shall be taken out of service until it has been restored to safe operating condition.

• Trucks shall not be driven up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed object.

• No person shall be allowed to stand or pass under the elevated portion of any truck, whether loaded or empty.

• Unauthorized personnel shall not be permitted to ride on powered industrial trucks.

• Arms or legs shall not be placed between the uprights of the mast or outside the running lines of the truck.

• When a powered industrial truck is left unattended, the load-engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls shall be neutralized, power shut off and brakes set. Wheels shall be blocked if the truck is parked on an incline.

• A safe distance shall be maintained from the edge of ramps or platforms while on any elevated dock, platform or freight car. Trucks shall not be used for opening or closing freight doors

• There shall be sufficient headroom under the overhead installations, lights, pipes, sprinkler systems, etc.

• An overhead guard shall be used as protection against falling objects. It should be noted that an overhead guard is intended to offer protection from the impact of small packages, boxes, bagged material, etc., respective to the job application, but not to withstand the impact of a falling capacity load.

• A load backrest extension shall be used whenever necessary to minimize the possibility of the load or part of it from falling rearward.

• Trucks shall not be parked so as to block fire aisles, access to stairways, or fire equipment.



Traveling • All traffic regulations shall be observed, including authorized speed limits. A safe

distance shall be maintained approximately three truck lengths from the truck ahead, and the truck shall be kept under control at all times

• The right of way shall be yielded to ambulances, fire trucks, or other vehicles in emergency situations

• Other trucks traveling in the same direction at intersections, blind spots or other dangerous locations shall not be passed

• The driver shall be required to slowdown and sound the horn at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs forward view, the driver shall be required to travel with the load trailing

• Railroad tracks shall be crossed diagonally wherever possible. Parking closer than 8 feet from the center of railroad tracks is prohibited

• The driver shall be required to look in the direction of, and keep a clear view of the path of travel.

• Grades shall be ascended or descended slowly. When ascending or descending grades in excess of 10 percent, loaded trucks shall be driven with the load upgrade. On all grades, the load and load engaging means shall be tilted back if applicable, and raised only as far as necessary to clear the road surface

• Under all travel conditions the truck shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner

• Stunt driving and horseplay shall not be permitted.

• The driver shall be required to slowdown for wet and slippery floors.

• Dockboard or bridgeplates shall be properly secured before they are driven over.

• Dockboard or bridgeplates shall be driven over carefully, slowly, and their rated capacity never exceeded.

• Running over loose objects on the roadway surface shall be avoided. Loading • Only stable or safely arranged loads shall be handled. Caution shall be exercised when

handling off-center loads, which cannot be centered.

• Only loads within the rated capacity of the truck shall be handled.

• The long or high (including multiple-tiered) loads which may affect capacity shall be adjusted.



• Trucks equipped with attachments shall be operated as partially loaded trucks when

not handling a load.

• A load engaging means shall be placed under the load as far as possible; the mast shall be carefully tilted backward to stabilize the load.

• Extreme care shall be used when tilting the load forward or backward, particularly when high tiering. Tilting forward with the load engaging means elevated shall be prohibited except to pick up a load. An elevated load shall not be tilted forward except when the load is in a deposit position over a rack or stack. When stacking or tiering, only enough backward tilt to stabilize the load shall be used

Fueling Safety • Fuel tanks shall not be filled while the engine is running. Spillage shall be avoided

• Spillage of oil or fuel shall be carefully washed away or completely evaporated and the fuel tank cap replaced before restarting the engine

• No truck shall be operated with a leak in the fuel system until the leak has been corrected.

• Open flames shall not be used for checking electrolyte level in storage batteries or gasoline level in fuel tanks.

Maintenance of Powered Industrial Truck • Any power-operated industrial truck not in safe operating condition shall be removed

from service. All repairs shall be made by authorized personnel.

• Those repairs to the fuel and ignition systems of industrial trucks, which involve fire hazards, shall be conducted only in locations designated for such repairs.

• Trucks in need of repairs to the electrical system shall have the battery disconnected prior to such repairs.

• All parts of any such industrial truck requiring replacement shall be replaced only by parts equivalent as to safety with those used in the original design.

• Industrial trucks shall not be altered so that the relative position of the various parts are different from what they were when originally received from the manufacturer; nor shall they be altered either by the addition of extra parts not provided by the manufacturer, or by the elimination of any parts. Additional counter-weighting of fork trucks shall not be done unless approved by the truck manufacturer.



• Industrial trucks shall be examined before being placed in service and shall not be

placed in service if the examination shows any condition adversely affecting the safety of the vehicle.

• Such examinations shall be made daily at a minimum. Where industrial trucks are used on a round- the-clock basis, they shall be examined prior to use each shift. Defects when found shall be immediately reported and corrected.

• Vehicle overheating is hazardous. When the temperature of any part of any truck is found to be in excess of its normal operating temperature, the vehicle shall be removed from service and not returned to service until the overheating cause is eliminated.

• Industrial trucks shall be kept in clean condition, free of lint, excess oil, and grease. Noncombustible agents should be used for cleaning trucks. Low flash point (below 1000 F) solvents shall not be used. High flash point (at or above 1000 F) solvents may be used.

Safe Operating Procedure for Charging LPG Tank 1. No smoking

2. Move LPG PIT outside for refueling

3. Turn off PIT

4. LPG tanks will be removed in the following order:

• Shut off service valve.

• Disconnect tank from hose.

• Unbuckle and remove tank from bracket.

5. LPG tanks will be replaced in the following order:

• Place tank in bracket and re-buckle.

• Reconnect hose to tank and tighten firmly.

• Open valve slowly and assure proper seal.

NOTE: Federal Law Prohibits dispensing an improper fuel into any vehicle or into a non-approved fuel container. In Case of LPG Leaks or Tank Rupture 1. DO NOT start or move the PIT.

2. If fuel hose is leaking, close valve immediately and place PIT out of service until repaired.



3. If tank ruptures, warn others, immediately leave the area (at least 50 feet) and notify

your supervisor. Do not re-enter the area until cleared by your supervisor.

Powered Industrial Truck Pre-Use Checklist A check of the following items (as applicable) is to be conducted by the operator each shift before use. • Lights

• Horn

• Brakes Leaks

• Warning Beacon

• Backup Warning Alarm

• Fire Extinguisher If any deficiencies are noted, the unit is to be placed Out Of Service until the problem has been corrected. Additionally, it is the operators responsibility to notify the immediate supervisor of any deficiencies.





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER




Asbestos Program – DOC 890.095; WAC 296-62-077 Ladders/Scaffolding WAC 296-24-862; WAC 296-869














COMMENTS










































HAND / POWER TOOLS WAC 296-155-350

Facility / Site:

Project:

A person qualified by knowledge or experience of hand and power tool procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position

A. Responsibility: 1. Supervisors

a. Provide correct tools for assigned tasks Yes No

b. Ensure tools are maintained and stored safely Yes No

c. Follow proper DOC tool policies and procedures Yes No

d. Provide employee/offender training Yes No

2. Employees and Offenders

a. Follow proper tool safety guidelines Yes No

b. Follow proper DOC tool policies and procedures Yes No

c. Report tool deficiencies and malfunctions Yes No

d. Properly store tools when work is completed Yes No B. Hazard Control 1. Engineering

a. Properly designed tools Yes No

b. Guards & safety devices Yes No

2. Administrative

a. Tool sharpening program Yes No

b. Use of PPE Yes No

c. Control of tool issue Yes No

d. Employee/offender training Yes No

e. Controlled access to equipment and tool area Yes No C. General Safety Precautions

a. Keep all tools in good condition with regular maintenance Yes No

b. Use the right tool for the job Yes No

c. Examine each tool for damage before use Yes No

d. Operate according to the manufacturer’s instructions Yes No

e. Provide and use PPE Yes No






DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________


Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Hand/Power Tools

Purpose The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of tools at Washington State Department of Corrections during construction projects, for the protection of all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors and offenders from potential hazards of construction. This Program applies to all buildings and structures owned by the Department of Corrections, to all workers and subcontractors, to occupants of Department buildings and to external organizations that may work with tools in Department of Corrections construction projects.

General Safety Precautions The safe use of tools makes tasks easier. However, the same tools that assist us can, if improperly used or maintained, can create significant hazards in our work areas. Workers who use tools must be properly trained to use, adjust, store and maintain tools properly. This programs covers hand, electrical, pneumatic, powder driven and hydraulic tools safety. Workers who use hand and power tools and who are exposed to the hazards of falling, flying, abrasive and splashing objects, or exposed to harmful dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases must be provided with the personal protective equipment (PPE) necessary to protect them from the hazard.

Hand Tools Hand tools are non-powered. They include anything from axes to wrenches. The greatest hazards posed by hand tools result from misuse and improper maintenance. Some examples:

• Using a screwdriver as a chisel may cause the tip of the screwdriver to break off and fly, hitting the user or other workers.

• If a wooden handle on a tool such as a hammer or an axe is loose splintered, or cracked, the head of the tool may fly off and strike the user or another worker.

• A wrench must not be used if its jaws are sprung, because it might slip. • Impact tools such as chisels, wedges, or drift pins are unsafe if they have mushroomed

heads. The heads might shatter on impact, sending sharp fragments flying. Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), (e.g., safety goggles/glasses, gloves, earplugs etc.), shall be worn due to hazards that may be encountered while using portable power tools and hand tools. Floors shall be kept as clean and dry as possible to prevent accidental slips with or around dangerous hand tools.

Hand/Power Tools Page 1 Revised 10/12/04


Around flammable substances, sparks produced by iron and steel hand tools can be a dangerous ignition source. Where this hazard exists, spark-resistant tools made from brass, plastic, aluminum, or wood will provide for safety.

Power Tool Precautions Power tools are hazardous when improperly used. Power tools use several types of power sources: electric, pneumatic, liquid fuel, hydraulic, and powder-actuated. Power tool users shall observe the following general precautions:

• Never carry a tool by the cord or hose.

• Never use a tool with frayed cords or exposed wiring.

• Never yank the cord or the hose to disconnect it from the receptacle.

• Keep cords and hoses away from heat, oil, and sharp edges.

• Disconnect tools when not in use: before servicing, and when changing accessories such as blades, bits and cutters.

• All observers should be kept at a safe distance away from the work area.

• Secure work with clamps or a vise, freeing both hands to operate the tool.

• Avoid accidental starting. The worker shall not hold a finger on the switch button while carrying a plugged-in tool.

• Tools shall be maintained with care. They shall be kept sharp and clean for the best performance. Follow instructions in the user's manual for lubricating and changing accessories.

• Be sure to keep good footing and maintain good balance.

• The proper apparel shall be worn. Loose clothing or jewelry can become caught in moving parts.

• All portable tools that are damaged shall be tagged "Do Not Use" and removed from use. Guards Hazardous moving parts of a power tool need to be safeguarded. For example, belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating, or moving parts of equipment must be guarded. (Guards are NOT to be removed) Guards shall be provided to protect the operator and others from the following:

• Point of operation • In-running nip points • Rotating parts



• Flying chips and sparks Safety guards must never be removed when a tool is being used. For example: portable circular saws must be equipped with guards. An upper guard must cover the entire blade of the saw. A retractable lower guard must cover the teeth of the saw, except when it makes contact with the work material. The lower guard must automatically return to the covering position when the tool is withdrawn from the work. Safety Switches The following hand-held powered tools are to be equipped with a momentary contact "on-off” control switch: drills, screw gun/shooters, horizontal/vertical and angle grinders, disc and belt sanders, reciprocating saws, saber saws, and other similar tools. These tools also may be equipped with a lock-on control providing that a single motion of the same finger or fingers that turn it on can accomplish turnoff. The following hand-held powered tools may be equipped with only a positive "on-off” control switch. Platen sanders, disc sanders with discs 2 inches or less in diameter; grinders with wheels 2 inches or less in diameter; routers, planers, laminate trimmers, nibblers, shears, scroll saws and jigsaws with blade shanks V4-inch wide or less. Other hand-held powered tools such as circular saws having a blade diameter greater than 2 inches, chainsaws, and percussion tools without positive accessory holding means, must be equipped with a constant pressure switch that will shutoff the power when the pressure is released.

Electrical Safety Among the chief hazards of electric-powered tools are burns and slight shocks that can lead to injuries or even heart failure. Under certain conditions, even a small amount of current can result in severe injury or death. A shock also can cause the user to fall off a ladder or other elevated work surface. To protect the user from shock, tools either must have a three-wire cord with ground and be grounded, be double insulated, or be powered by a low-voltage isolation transformer. Three-wire cords contain two current-carrying conductors and a grounding conductor. One end of the grounding conductor connects to the tool's metal housing. The other end is grounded through a prong on the plug. Anytime an adapter is used to accommodate a two-hole receptacle; the adapter wire must be attached to a known ground. The third prong should never be removed from the plug. Double insulation is more convenient. The user and the tools are protected in two ways: by normal insulation on the wires inside, and by a housing that cannot conduct electricity to the operator in case of a malfunction.



Electric Power Tool General Safety Practices

• Electric tools should be operated within their design limitations. • Gloves and safety footwear are recommended during use of electric tools. • When not in use, tools should be stored in a dry place. • Electric tools should not be used in damp or wet locations. • Work areas should be well lighted.

Powered Abrasive Wheel Tools Powered abrasive grinding, cutting, polishing, and wire buffing wheels create special safety problems because they can throw off flying fragments. Before an abrasive wheel is mounted, it should be closely inspected and sound- or ring-tested to ensure that it is free from cracks or defects. To test, wheels should be tapped gently with a light non-metallic instrument. If a wheel is cracked, or sounds “dead” it could fly apart in operation and so it must not be used. A sound and undamaged wheel will give a clear, metallic tone or ring. To prevent the wheel from cracking, the user should be sure it fits freely on the spindle. The spindle nut must be tightened enough to hold the wheel in place, without distorting the flange. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations. Care must be taken to assure that the spindle wheel will not exceed the abrasive wheel specifications. Due to the possibility of a wheel disintegrating (exploding) during start-up, the worker should never stand directly in front of the wheel as it accelerates to full operating speed. Portable grinding tools need to be equipped with safety guards to protect workers not only from the moving wheel surface, but also from flying fragments in case of breakage. Powered Grinder Safety Precautions

• Always use eye protection

• Turn off the power when not in use

• Never clamp a hand-held grinder in a vise

Pneumatic Tools

Pneumatic tools are powered by compressed air. They include chippers, drills, hammers, and sanders. There are several dangers encountered in the use of pneumatic tools. The main one is the danger of being hit by one of the tool's attachments or by some kind of fastener the worker is using with the tool.



Eye protection is required – and face protection is recommended – for workers working with pneumatic tools. Working with noisy tools such as jackhammers requires proper, effective use of hearing protection. When using pneumatic tools, workers are to check to see that they are fastened securely to the hose to prevent them from becoming disconnected. A short-wire or positive locking device attaching the air hose to the tool will serve as an added safeguard.

• A safety clip or retainer must be installed to prevent attachments, such as chisels on a chipping hammer, from being unintentionally shot from the barrel.

• Screens must be set up to protect nearby workers from being struck by flying fragments around chippers, riveting guns, staplers, or air drills.

• Compressed air guns should never be pointed toward anyone. Users should never "dead-end" it against themselves or anyone else.

Powder-Actuated Tools

Powder-actuated tools operate like a loaded gun. They should be treated with the same respect and precautions. In fact, they are so dangerous that only specially trained workers may operate them. Inmates shall never be allowed to use power-actuated tools. Staff onlv! Powder-Actuated Tool Safety

• These tools should not be used in an explosive or flammable atmosphere • Before using the tool, the worker should inspect it to determine that it is clean, that all

moving parts operate freely, and that the barrel is free from obstructions • The tool should never be pointed at anybody • The tool should not be loaded unless it is to be used immediately. A loaded tool should

not be left unattended, especially where it would be available to offenders • Hands should be kept clear of the barrel end.

To prevent the tool from firing accidentally two separate motions are required for firing: one to bring the tool into position and a second to pull the trigger. The tools must not be able to operate until they are pressed against the work surface with a force of at least 5 pounds greater than the total weight of the tool. If a powder-actuated tool misfires, the worker should wait at least 30 seconds, then try firing it again. If it still will not fire, the user should wait another 30 seconds so that the faulty cartridge is less likely to explode, than carefully remove the load. The bad cartridge should be put in water. Suitable eye and face protection is essential when using a powder-actuated tool.



The muzzle end of the tool must have a protective shield or guard centered perpendicularly on the barrel to confine any flying fragments or particles that might otherwise create a hazard when the tool is fired. The tool must be designed so that it cannot fire unless it has this kind of safety device. All powder-actuated tools must be designed for varying powder charges so that the user can select a powder level necessary to do the work without excessive force. If the tool develops a defect during use, it should be tagged and taken out of service immediately until it is properly repaired. Powder-Actuated Tool Fasteners When using powder-actuated tools to apply fasteners, there are some precautions to consider. Fasteners must not be fired into material that would let them pass through to the other side. The fastener must not be driven into materials like brick or concrete any closer than 3 inches to an edge or comer. In steel, the fastener must not come any closer than one-half inch from a corner or edge. Fasteners must not be driven into very hard or brittle materials, which might chip or splatter, or make the fastener ricochet. An alignment guide must be used when shooting a fastener into an existing hole. A fastener must not be driven into a spalled area caused by an unsatisfactory fastening.

Hydraulic Power Tools The fluid used in hydraulic power tools must be an approved fire-resistant fluid and must retain its operating characteristics at the most extreme temperatures to which it will be exposed. The manufacturer's recommended safe operating pressure for hoses, valves, pipes, filters, and other fittings must not be exceeded. Jacks All jacks – lever and ratchet jacks, screw jacks, and hydraulic jacks – must have a device that stops them from jacking up too high. Also, the manufacturer's load limit must be marked permanently in a prominent place on the jack and should not be exceeded. A jack should never be used to support a lifted load. Once the load has been lifted, it must be blocked up immediately. Use wooden blocking under the base if necessary to make the jack level and secure. If the lift surface is metal, place a l-inch thick, hardwood block or equivalent between it and the metal jack head to reduce the danger of slippage. To set up a jack, make certain of the following:

• The base rests on a firm level surface



• The jack is correctly centered • The jack head bears against a level surface • The lift force is applied evenly

Proper maintenance of jacks is essential for safety. All jacks must be inspected before each use and lubricated regularly. If a jack is subjected to an abnormal load or shock, it should be thoroughly examined to make sure it has not been damaged. Hydraulic jacks exposed to freezing temperatures must be filled with an adequate antifreeze liquid.





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS









































LADDERS / SCAFFOLDING WAC 296-24-862; WAC 296-876

Facility / Site:

Project:

A person qualified by knowledge or experience of ladders and scaffolding procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position A. Ladder Safety: 1. Choose and use the right ladder for the job (fixed, straight, extension, stepladder)

a. Extend three feet above landing Yes No

b. Be strong enough for the job Yes No

c. Be rated for your weight Yes No

d. Have proper footing for the terrain Yes No

2. Inspect carefully before use (damaged ladders shall be tagged out of service and removed.

a. No damage to rungs, side rails or work components Yes No

b. Clean – no grease, oil or other obstructions on rungs Yes No

3. Set up properly

a. Base one foot away from support for every four feet of height Yes No

b. Choose a secure support Yes No

c. Ensure a level footing Yes No

d. Keep away and clear of power lines Yes No

e. Barricade traffic areas under and around work area Yes No

4. Climbing precautions

a. Keep hands and shoes clean Yes No

b. Use both hands to grasp side rails Yes No

c. Always face ladder Yes No

d. One step at a time Yes No

e. Carry tools in work belt or hoist with a hand-line Yes No

5. Ladder work safety

a. Always keep one hand on ladder or use a safety belt Yes No

b. Never reach too far and keep your body within the side rails keeping both feet on ladder Yes No

c. Never climb past the second rung from the top of a stepladder Yes No

d. Never climb past the third rung from the top of an extension ladder Yes No




e. Never use ladders during strong winds Yes No

f. Work safely, be alert, avoid risks and know your limits Yes No B. Scaffolding Safety: Purpose

Slips, trips, and falls constitute the majority of general industry accidents. They cause 15% of all accidental deaths, and are second only to motor vehicles as a cause of fatalities. Active participation by management, supervisors and employees is necessary to prevent hazardous condition that could result in slips, trips or falls.

Responsibilities: 1. Management

a. Conduct routine inspections to ensure all walking and working scaffolding surfaces are free from slip, trip and fall hazards Yes No

b. Conduct training for employees who use scaffolds and access equipment Yes No

c. Conduct training in use and inspection of fall prevention and arrest equipment Yes No

d. Ensure proper scaffolding access equipment is used Yes No

e. Provide adequate fall prevention and arrest equipment Yes No

2. Employees

a. Maintain work areas and scaffolding free from slip, trip and fall hazards Yes No

b. Correct or immediately report slip, trip and fall hazards Yes No

c. Use proper scaffolding and access equipment for assigned tasks Yes No Hazard Control 1. Engineering Controls

a. Proper construction of elevated locations Yes No

b. Use of hand, knee and toe rails where required Yes No

c. Proper design of fixed ladders and stairs Yes No

d. Adequate lighting in all areas Yes No

2. Administrative Controls

a. Training for all employees who work at elevated locations Yes No

b. Routine inspections of ladders, stairs, walking and working surfaces Yes No

c. Following housekeeping program requirements Yes No

d. Immediate cleanup of materials requirements Yes No General Scaffolding Safety

1.

The footing or anchorage for scaffolds shall be sound, rigid and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settling or displacement. Unstable objects, such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, or concrete blocks shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks

Yes No

2. Scaffolds and their components shall be capable of supporting at least four times the maximum intended load Yes No

3. Scaffolds shall not be loaded in excess of the working load for which they are intended Yes No


4. The legs or uprights of scaffolds shall be plumb, and securely and rigidly braced to prevent swaying and displacement Yes No

5. Scaffolds shall be maintained in a safe condition and shall not be altered or moved horizontally while they are in use or occupied Yes No

6. Damaged or weakened scaffolds shall be immediately repaired and shall not be used until repairs have been completed Yes No

7. A safe means must be provided to gain access to the working platform level through the use of a ladder, ramp, etc. Yes No

8. Overhead protection must be provided for personnel on a scaffold exposed to overhead hazards Yes No

9.

Guardrails, mid-rails, and toe-boards must be installed o all open sides and ends of platforms more than 8 feet above the ground or floor. Wire mesh must be installed between the toe-board and the guardrail along the entire opening, where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffolds (No. 18 gauge U.S. Standard Wire one-half inch mesh or the equivalent)

Yes No

10. All planking shall be Scaffold Grade as recognized by grading rules for the specie of wood used. Refer to WAC 296-24-862 General Requirements and applicable tables Yes No

11. Planking shall extend over their end supports not less than 6 inches and not more than 18 inches. They shall be overlapped (minimum 12 inches) or secured from movement

Yes No

12. Employees shall not work on scaffolds during storms or high winds or when covered with ice or snow Yes No

13. Materials being hoisted onto scaffold shall have a tag line Yes No C. Manually Propelled (mobile) Scaffolds (towers): 1. All exposed surfaces of mobile ladder stands and scaffolds shall be free from sharp

edges, burrs, or other safety hazards Yes No

2. The maximum work height shall not exceed four times the minimum base dimension unless outriggers, guys or braces are added to provide stability Yes No

3. For work levels 10 feet or more above the ground or floor, guardrails and toe boards are required Yes No

4. Scaffold casters or wheels shall be a positive wheel and/or swivel lock type to prevent movement Yes No

NOTE: There are a number of scaffold types and WAC 296-24-862 should be reviewed carefully for special requirements that apply to each type.




Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Ladders/Scaffolding

Purpose The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of ladder and scaffolding safety at Washington State Department of Corrections during construction projects to protect all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors and offenders from potential hazards of construction. This program applies to all buildings and structures owned by Washington State Department of Corrections, to all workers and sub contractors of the Department of Corrections, to occupants of Department buildings, and to external organizations who may work in Department of Corrections construction projects. Falls from ladders and scaffolding are a major source of injury in the workplace. They are usually more serious than other physical injuries in the workplace, and more costly for everyone in terms of time loss and human suffering. Ladders have been around a long time, and are common to almost every home and workplace. This, and their simplicity, generates the false impression that ladder work requires no special knowledge or skills. The opposite is true. Anyone who uses a ladder or scaffolding must be familiar with this safety manual and the precautions necessary to prevent falling.

General Safety Precautions Ladder Inspection Inspect ladders before each use to ensure: • All rungs and steps are free of oil, grease, dirt, etc.

• All fittings are tight.

• Spreaders or other locking devices are in place.

• Non-skid safety feet are in place.

• No structural defects, all support braces intact. Do not use broken ladders. Tag-out all broken ladders and replace them as soon as possible. Most ladders cannot be repaired to manufacturer specifications. Throw away all broken ladders. Ladder Storage Store ladders on sturdy hooks in secure areas where they cannot be damaged. Store to prevent warping or sagging. Do not hang anything on ladders that are in a stored condition.

Ladder Ratings and Limits

Ladders/Scaffolding Page 1 Revised 10/13/04


Ladder Weight Ratings • I-A – 300 pounds (extra heavy-duty)

• I – 250 pounds (heavy duty)

• II – 225 pounds (medium duty)

• III – 200 pounds (light duty) Limits on Ladder Lengths • A stepladder should be no more than 20 feet high.

• A one-section ladder should be no more than 30 feet.

• An extension ladder can go to 60 feet, but the sections must overlap. Ladder Setup The following procedure must be followed to prevent ladder accidents: • Place ladder on a clean, slip-free, level surface.

• Extend the ladder to approximately 4 feet above the top support or work area.

• Anchor the top and bottom of the ladder.

• Place the ladder base 1/4 the height of the ladder from the wall when using an extension ladder (e.g.: A 12-ft. ladder should be set 3-ft. from the base of the wall).

• Never allow more than one person on a ladder.

• Use carriers and tool belts to carry objects up a ladder.

• Do not lean out from the ladder in any direction.

• If you have a fear of heights – don't climb a ladder.

• Do not allow others to work under a ladder that is in use. Ladder Maintenance • Keep ladders clean.

• Never replace broken parts unless provided by the original manufacturer.

• Do not attempt to repair broken side rails.

• Keep all threaded fasteners properly adjusted.

• Replace worn steps with parts from manufacturer.



• Never drill holes in ladders. Choosing the Right Ladder Using a ladder for purposes not anticipated in its design is the most common cause of falls. Workers select among the ladders that are made available to them by the maintenance department, so make sure you choose the correct ladder for the task you are assigned. Be aware of the importance of choosing a WISHA-approved ladder of appropriate strength, type, and length for the task. Ladder inspection and setup, climbing techniques, safety precautions and common sense are also important factors that must be considered. Climbing a Ladder Even when you're not going very high, climbing a ladder can be a bit of a balancing act. By following these tips you can climb with greater comfort and security: • Grasp the rungs of the ladder, not the side rails. The rungs are easier to hold onto in

case your foot slips. Face the ladder when going up or down and when working from it. Keep the center of your body within the side rails.

• Maintain three-point contact by keeping two hands and one foot, or two feet and one hand, on the ladder at all times.

• Do not carry objects in your hands while on a ladder. Instead, hoist materials or attach tools to your belt.

Staying on a Ladder Above all, don’t fall! Adopt these common-sense rules: 1. Tie yourself off with a safety harness when working 20 feet or more off the ground.

2. Do not work from the top three rungs. The higher you go on a ladder, the greater the possibility that it will slip out at the base.

3. Wear footwear with slip-resistant soles and heels. Before mounting a ladder, make sure your footwear is in good condition, and wipe off the soles if necessary. Don't climb a ladder if the soles of your shoes or boots are wet, muddy or slippery.

4. Ensure that only one person is on a single-width ladder.

5. Don't straddle the space between a ladder and another object.

6. Don't over-reach from a ladder; step down and move the ladder as required.

7. Keep your balance. If you become dizzy or panicky, drape your arms over a rung and rest your head against another rung or side rail. Climb down slowly.



Other Safety Precautions 1. Ensure that all electrical equipment used during ladder work is in good condition and

properly grounded.

2. Do not join two short ladders to make a longer ladder

3. Do not allow anyone to stand under a ladder.

4. Do not use a ladder placed in a horizontal position as a scaffold plank or runway.

5. Do not use a chair, barrel, box or anything else as a makeshift ladder.

6. If you have access to a fixed stairway or scaffold, use it instead of a portable ladder.

Safety Requirements for Scaffolding This section establishes safety requirements for the construction, operation, maintenance, and use of scaffolds used in the construction and maintenance of buildings and structures. There are a number of different types of scaffolds available. No attempt will be made here to deal with every unit individually. It is important, however, to note some of the general requirements which apply to all scaffolds, namely: • The footing or anchorage for scaffolds shall be sound, rigid and capable of carrying

the maximum intended load without settling or displacement.

• Unstable objects, such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, or concrete blocks shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks.

• Scaffolds and their components shall be capable of supporting at least four times the maximum intended load.

• Scaffolds shall be maintained in a safe condition and shall not be altered or moved horizontally while they are in use or occupied.

• Damaged or weakened scaffolds shall be immediately repaired and shall not be used until repairs have been completed.

• A safe means must be provided to gain access to the working platform level through the use of a ladder, ramp, etc.

• Overhead protection must be provided for personnel on a scaffold exposed to overhead hazards

• Guardrails, midrails, and toeboards must be installed on all open sides and ends of platforms more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Wire mesh must be installed between the toeboard and the guardrail along the entire opening, where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffolds.



• Workers shall not work on scaffolds during storms or high winds or when covered

with ice or snow. As noted earlier, there are a number of scaffold types, and 1910.28 should be reviewed carefully for special requirements that apply to each type Manually Propelled Mobile Ladder Stands and Scaffolds (Towers) This section contains requirements for the design, construction, and use of mobile work platforms (including ladder stands but not including aerial ladders) and rolling (mobile) scaffolds (towers). As in the previous section, there are many varieties of materials and design possibilities involved, and no attempt will be made to discuss detailed design criteria at this time. General requirements include: • All exposed surfaces of mobile ladder stands and scaffolds shall be free from sharp

edges, burrs, or other safety hazards

• The maximum work height shall not exceed four times the minimum base dimension unless outriggers, guys or braces are added to provide stability

• This standard requires guardrails and toeboards for work levels 10 feet or more above the ground or floor





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS







































Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Capital Projects

LEAD SAFETY PLAN

FACILITY - INSTITUTION: _________________________________________

FACILITY CONTRACT NO.: ________________________________________

FACILITY PROJECT NAME: ________________________________________

PLANT MANAGER: _______________________________________________

SAFETY OFFICER: ________________________________________________

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER: _______________________________________

CREW SUPERVISOR (S): ___________________________________________

___________________________________________

Lead Safety Plan Page 1 of 25 Revised 03/01/2015


FACILITY CONTRACT (FC) PROJECT

SAFETY PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

0.0 PROJECT SAFETY INTRODUCTION AND OBJECTIVES

1.0 ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

2.0 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING

3.0 INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING

4.0 RECORD KEEPING AND REPORTING

5.0 FIRE PREVENTION

6.0 CONSTRUCTION EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN

7.0 PROJECT SAFETY AND SECURITY RULES AND GUIDELINES

General Safety Information

Attachments

• Attachment #1 - Hazard Communication/Right-to-Know

• Attachment #2 - Employee Safety Orientation

• Attachment #3 - Project Safety Analysis (Example)



0.0 PROJECT SAFETY INTRODUCTION AND OBJECTIVES

This Facility Contract Project Safety Handbook has been prepared to assist each facility in satisfying their accident prevention responsibilities, to promote safe, efficient operation in all project work. The facility is responsible for the safety of its employees and hazards that it may create. The safety/medical rules and regulations contained herein are not all inclusive. All WISHA/OSHA and other legal standards not specifically referenced in these rules & regulations shall apply when applicable. This material must not be considered to be all inclusive as to the hazards that could be encountered, safe practices that are to be performed, or safe conditions that are to be maintained during the course of this project. The objectives of this Safety Handbook are as follows: 1. Convey the facility commitment for providing a safe work environment on the

project.

2. Define roles and responsibilities for implementation and monitoring of the safety program.

3. Define and/or reference minimum safety requirements to meet WISHA/OSHA regulations and specific the Project Safety and Security Rules and Guidelines.

4. This material in this safety manual must not be considered to be all inclusive as to the hazards that might be encountered, safe practices that should be performed, or safe conditions that should be maintained during the course of this project.

1.0 ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

1.1 The Department of Corrections

The Department, at all levels, is dedicated to providing that its employees and other entities involved with the project are provided a safe and healthy place to work. All employees are empowered as follows: 1. To conduct their work in a safe manner.

2. To stop work immediately to correct any unsafe condition that is encountered.

3. To take corrective action so that work may proceed in a safe manner.

4. The goal for each project is no lost time accidents.

5. Implementation and maintenance of a written Safety Handbook on the project.



1.2 Facility Responsibilities

Facility shall provide for: 1. Attendance of each facility personnel in a specific Safety Orientation prior

to their deployment on the start of work.

2. Frequent and regular inspections of the jobsite shall be made by a competent safety representative designated by the facility. Unsafe acts and/or conditions noted during inspections shall be corrected immediately.

3. Instruction of each employee on jobsite in the recognition and avoidance of unsafe acts and/or conditions applicable to its work environment to control or eliminate injury or illness.

4. Facility is responsible for providing and requiring the use of appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is an exposure to hazardous conditions.

5. Crew supervisors are responsible for notifying the Safety Officer of any hazardous chemicals or substances that are brought or caused to have been brought onto the jobsite. If the Hazard Communication Program and the Material Safety Data Sheet(s) (MSDS) for the chemical(s) or substance(s) intended for use on the site are not provided by the supplier, the Safety Officer shall assist in obtaining this information. The Plant Manager is responsible for maintaining a copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet(s) on site for own reference and employee training. The legal storage, use and disposal of wastes of any hazardous chemicals or substances is the responsibility of the Safety Officer.

6. WISHA/OSHA standards will serve as the minimum safety requirements for the project. Any jobsite safety regulation which exceeds the minimum standards established by WISHA/OSHA shall be incorporated the safety program.

As a policy, facility staff associated with the project are required to be fully knowledgeable of this Safety Handbook and report to the Safety Officer immediately any unsafe work practice or situation observed on the project.

1.3 Plant Manager

The Plant Manager has primary responsibility for establishing a properly-functioning project safety program. The Project Manager's specific pre-construction phase activities include:



• Project safety analysis meeting, checking plans, specifications, and construction method to identify any special hazards in advance, using the help of the Safety Department, if necessary (attachment #3).

• Defining and buying any general conditions safety.

• Making sure that all supervisors are aware of their safety responsibilities and are trained to perform and carry them out. Periodic review sessions regarding these criteria are to be held.

• Assist in procurement of all safety equipment needed for the job.

• Implementing a periodic safety progress meeting with supervisors.

• Maintaining an understanding of safety by reviewing safety policies, attending meetings, and being a part of the activities designed to promote job safety.

• Assisting in conducting daily safety audit.

1.4 Construction Manager The Construction Manager has primary responsibility for implementing the safety program at the project on a daily basis and will coordinate site safety activities. Pre-construction: a) Pre-construction activities include project safety analysis, planning safety

measure before the job starts and responding to unsafe conditions during the job to ensure safety (attachment #3).

b) Conducting the pre-construction contractor safety meetings (attachment #5).

c) Making sure that all safety equipment needed for general conditions safety is provided.

d) Construction Manager responsible for the development of a fire protection and prevention program conforming to WISHA/OSHA and NFPA standards.

e) Establish a hazardous work permit system with the aid of safety department for 1) Lockout/Tagout, 2) Confined Space Entry, and 3) Welding, Burning.

f) Obtain appropriate company resources - manuals, videos, OSHA standards, etc.

g) Identify potential respiratory hazard exposures.



h) Identify vendor training resources such as fall protection, power-actuated tools, etc., with the assistance of the safety department.

i) Construction Manager will develop a project-specific safety program and submit it to the Safety Officer for review prior to starting work at the job-site.

Construction Phase: a) Conduct Employee Orientations (attachment #2).

b) Attending weekly safety progress meeting. Crew supervisor will chair this meeting.

c) Implementing project housekeeping program.

d) Enforcing employee safety compliance.

e) Making sure weekly toolbox meetings are conducted.

f) Issuing hazard notification when applicable.

g) Verifying that the safety program is effective, and that the job is safe through daily observations.

h) Immediately inform the Plant Manager of ALL accidents.

i) Conducting and submitting accident, injury, and incident investigations and reports.

1.5 Crew Supervisor

The crew supervisors have direct control of their crews. This means they also have the most direct control of the safety program in the field. The importance of the foreman's safety effort can not be overstated. The crew-supervisor specific activities include: a) Assist Construction Manager in Pre-construction preparation identified in

1.4(a) through 1.4(g).

b) Conducting weekly crew safety meetings that address safety problems and cover MSDS Sheets. Topic material is issued to the crew supervisor from the Construction Manager. All material is to be returned to the Construction Manager with attendance signatures.

c) Maintaining safe work areas that meet company and OSHA Standards.

d) Reporting and/or repairing unsafe conditions.

e) Conducting and submitting accident, injury, and incident investigations reports when necessary. Determine cause not fault.



f) Transporting injured crew members to the medical clinic. 1.6 Safety Officer

The Safety Officer’s primary responsibility is to assist the Plant Manager and construction supervisor in the safety effort. Specific duties include: a) Assisting the Plant Manager, Construction Manager, and crew supervisor

in development of the Project Safety Plan.

b) Develop and assist Hazard Specific Work Plan (blasting, asbestos, etc.).

c) Review and comment on Safety Plan

d) MSDS Sheets and Program.

e) Assist in conducting safety audits periodically.

f) Assist in the enforcement of employee safety compliance.

2.0 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING Before starting work at the jobsite, Construction Manager and Crew Supervisor shall attend a pre-construction meeting with the Plant Manager, Safety Officer and Project Manager to understand the project conditions and safety requirements. A jobsite tour will be made to confirm staff's awareness of potential safety hazards. Appropriate methods, equipment, devices and material shall be provided to assure a safe work place. Pre-construction activities include: • Pre-construction activities include project safety analysis, planning safety

measure before the job starts and responding to unsafe conditions during the job to ensure safety (attachment #3).

• Develop Safety Program.

• MSDS Sheets and Program. 3.0 INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING

Safety Officer will provide safety Instruction and training of employees per WISHA/OSHA requirements and as stated herein. Minimum training to be provided by Contractor shall be: • Indoctrination - Newly employed, promoted and/or transferred personnel shall be

verbally instructed in the safety practices required by their work assignments.

• Work Assignments - All work assignments must include specific attention to safety. "Follow- up" monitoring is required in order to prevent accidents.



• Meetings - Properly conducted and recorded weekly craft tool box safety meetings are required. Additionally, staff meetings will have a portion of the agenda devoted to accident prevention.

• Specific Instructions - WISHA/OSHA requires that employees performing specific tasks or operating specific equipment be trained in its usage.

4.0 RECORD KEEPING AND REPORTING 4.1 Record Keeping

Facility shall provide: a. Maintainance of all records required by WISHA/OSHA, Workers

Compensation Insurance or other regulations. This includes the maintenance of an accident log, annual summary and the posting of all prescribed posters.

b. A log of safety activities, accident investigations, employee, training, "tool box" meetings, etc., shall be maintained at the facility and copies shall be promptly provided upon request.

4.2 Reporting Facility shall provide: a. First Report of Injury - Accidents will be verbally reported as soon as

possible. A Tele Incident Report (TIR) must be forwarded to DOC headquarters within 24 hours of the accident.

b. Safety Summary Report - The Construction Manager will submit by the 21st of each month a completed safety man-hour report.

5.0 FIRE PREVENTION

The Construction Manager is responsible for fire protection in their work and operational areas, including offices, tool rooms, and storage area 24 hours per day, seven days per week through the duration of this Contract. Approved fire fighting equipment, in adequate quantities must be provided. Employees must be trained in the usage of such equipment. Fire extinguishers will be provided at all locations where cutting, burning, welding, or grinding are performed. Flame resistant blankets protecting other work or its Work from cutting, burning, welding, and grinding.

6.0 PROJECT SAFETY AND SECURITY RULES & GUIDELINES

Plant Manager shall require its employees to comply with these guidelines. Construction Manager and/or Crew Supervisor shall ensure and indicate that all its employees have read these guidelines and understood its contents. The employee must sign a declaration which shall then be retained by the Facility with the employee's or inmate’s personnel file.



6.1 Clothing Requirements a. Shirts shall be worn at all times. Sleeveless shirts and tank tops are not

permitted.

b. Long pants are required.

c. Leather work shoes or boots are required. Sandals, tennis shoes, or any other street type shoe will not be permitted. Cloth steel-toed shoes/boots are not permitted, as they make enforcement problematic.

d. Loose fitting clothes or jewelry shall not be worn around moving machinery, grinding operations, etc.

e. Hard hat or hair net, as appropriate must protect hair, which could come into contact with, or be caught in, machinery.

6.2 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

The Construction Manager and/or Crew Supervisor shall provide PPE and enforce its use as follows and in conformance to regulations. a. Approved hard hats meeting specifications contained in American

National Standards Institute (ANSI), Z89.1-1981 and/or Z89.2-1971.

b. Safety glasses with side shields are required in construction areas at all times.

• Approved eye and face protection is required as follows: Goggles, welding hoods and shields, and face shields will be required to be properly worn at all times when in the area of operations, such as when welding, burning, grinding, chipping, chemical handling, corrosive liquids or molten materials, drilling, sawing, driving nails, power actuated tools, concrete pouring, tampers and gas fueled hand operated equipment (i.e. chainsaws).

• This section will also apply to those employees of the Facility who are assisting any worker as an apprentice or helper. Prescription glasses must be approved safety glasses or approved eye protection shall be worn.

c. WISHA/OSHA approved hearing and respiratory equipment shall be worn when required by regulation. The selection, fitting and maintenance requirements of WISHA/OSHA shall be met..

d. All employees must wear safety belts when working ten feet or more above the ground or when working in a precarious position. The lanyard shall be securely attached to the employee 100% of the time and shall allow a maximum fall distance of six feet. Safety belts shall also be worn and attached to the tie-off rail when working out of extensible and articulating boom platforms and to vertical drop lines safety belts when



working from suspended scaffolding. Structural steel erection and scaffolding installation are not exempt from this requirement.

e. Seat belts shall be worn by all employees operating any motor vehicle and any equipment with rollover protection structures during performance of the Work.

f. Safety nets shall be provided when work places are more than 25 feet above the ground where the use of other fall protection devices is impractical.

6.3 Signs, Signals, Barricades and Lights

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. Signs, signals and barricades shall be visible at all times where a hazard

exists.

b. All temporary site roads and streets are to be protected by effective barricades with acceptable and highly visible warning signs. Barricades are to be located on each side of the blocked section.

c. All open trenches and other excavations shall be provided with suitable barriers, signs, and lights to the extent that adequate protection is provided to construction personnel and the public. Obstructions, such as material piles and equipment, shall be provided with similar warning signs and lights.

d. All barricades, and obstructions shall be illuminated by means of warning lights from sunset to sunrise. Materials stored upon or alongside temporary roads shall be so placed, as to cause the minimum obstruction and inconvenience to the normal operation of the facility.

e. All barricades, signs, lights and other protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity with applicable statutory requirements as required by the authority having jurisdiction thereover.

f. When any work is performed at night or where daylight is shut off or obscured, Facility will provide artificial light sufficient to permit work to be carded on efficiently, satisfactorily and safely, and to permit thorough inspection. During such time periods the access to the place of work shall also be clearly illuminated. All wiring for electric light and power shall be installed and maintained, securely fastened in place at all points, and shall be kept as far as possible from telephone wires and signal wires.

g. Signs, signals and barricades shall be removed when the hazard no longer exists.

h. Employees working in an area of potential traffic hazard shall wear approved reflective type vests.



6.4 Rigging Equipment

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. All rigging equipment shall be free from defects, in good operating

condition and maintained in a safe condition.

b. A designated, competent employee must inspect rigging equipment prior to its initial use on the project and daily thereafter to ensure that it is safe.

c. Damaged rigging equipment shall be immediately removed from the project site.

6.5 Hand and Power Tools Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. All hand and power tools shall be maintained in a safe condition.

b. Facility shall not issue nor permit the use of unsafe hand or power tools.

c. Electrical power tools shall be grounded or double insulated with proper assured equipment grounding inspections or Ground Fault Interrupter circuit protection provided. All tools, cords, spider boxes and connections shall be 15-amp twist-locks.

d. Pneumatic power tools shall be secured to the hose or whip by some positive means.

e. Only properly trained employees shall operate power-actuated tools. Certification records, employee certification cards, or equivalent certification documentation shall be maintained on each of its employees using power-actuated tools during performance of the Work.

f. All grinding machines shall conform to WISHA/OSHA and ANSI requirements.

g. Cords, leads and hoses shall be protected from traffic, and avoid creating tripping hazards.

6.6 Compressed Gas Cylinders

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. Compressed gas cylinders shall be secured in an upright position at all

times. Location of cylinder storage areas must be approved by the Safety Officer.

b. When transporting, moving and storing cylinders, valve protection caps shall be in place and secured.

c. Cylinders shall not be hoisted by magnets or choker slings. Valve protection caps shall not be used for hoisting cylinders.



d. Cylinders shall be kept away from sparks, hot slag and flames, or be adequately protected.

e. Cylinders shall not be placed where they can become part of an electrical circuit.

f. Cylinders shall be labeled as to the nature of their contents.

g. Oxygen cylinders in storage shall be separated from fuel gas cylinders or combustible materials a minimum of 20 feet, or by a non-combustible barrier at least five feet high having a fire resistant rating of at least one-half hour.

h. "No Smoking" signs shall be posted at storage areas and signs shall clearly indicate contents of cylinders.

i. Anti-flash back arrestors shall be installed on all oxygen and acetylene cylinders.

6.7 Scaffolds

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. Footings or anchorage for any scaffold shall be sound, rigid and capable of

carrying the maximum intended load without settling or displacement.

b. No unstable objects such as concrete blocks shall be used to support scaffolds or planks.

c. Any part of a scaffold weakened or damaged shall be repaired or replaced immediately.

d. All scaffold planking shall be free of knots and cracks. (Class A number) and shall completely cover the work platform.

e. Scaffold planks shall be laid tight, cleated at both ends or overlapped a minimum of 12 inches and nailed or bolted to prevent movement. Overlaps to occur directly above scaffold supports.

f. Safe access shall be provided to the scaffold platform. Specifically, a ladder with a safe means of access to the platform from the ladder.

g. Scaffolds shall be equipped with a top rail made of lumber not less than 2 x 4 inches (or equivalent strength), 42 inches high; a 21 inch high midrail, made of lumber not less than 1 x 6 inches (or equivalent strength); and minimum 1 X 6 inch toeboards shall be installed on all open sides and ends of scaffold platform 10 or more feet above the ground or floor.

h. Scaffolding not adaptable to guard rails shall require the use of safety belts with the lanyard attached to a secure substantial object.

i. Mobile scaffold casters shall be secured and locked prior to mounting.



j. No personnel shall be on mobile scaffold when it is being relocated.

k. Employees working swing stages, boatswain chair, floats, suspended scaffolds and needle beam scaffolds (etc.), shall wear safety belts with lanyards attached to an independent lifeline.

i. A proper scaffold inspection and tagging system shall be maintained. 6.8 Jobsite Transportation Rules

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. Drivers of motor vehicles shall be instructed to exercise judgment as well

as observe posted speed limits. Maximum speed limit is 10 miles per hour. However much slower speeds are necessary in congested areas.

b. Personnel on construction equipment shall wear hardhats.

c. Pedestrians have right-of-way over motorized traffic.

d. Use your horn for safety at blind comers, when passing, etc.

e. Established hand signals or turn signals are to be used.

f. Personally owned vehicle keys must be removed from the ignition and kept secure on person or designated locked area when parked on the construction site. (Employee vehicles may be locked within the designated laydown area.)

g. Reckless driving or other non-observance of these instructions will be cause for employee removal from the project.

h. No two wheel motorized vehicles are allowed on the construction jobsite. Any ATVs used on the jobsite shall be four-wheeled, not three wheeled.

6.9 Cranes and Derricks

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. All cranes and derricks shall be certified as being in safe operating

condition prior to using the crane or derrick on jobsite. The certification shall be maintained and made available upon request.

b. All crane operators shall be properly licensed and certified by a competent person who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. Certification records shall be maintained on jobsite by the facility and made available upon request.

c. The swing radius of cranes shall be barricaded.

d. Hand signals prescribed by ANSI shall be posted at an operator's station.

e. All project workers must observe manufacturer’s specifications. Lead Safety Plan Page 13 of 25 Revised 03/01/2015


f. Machinery shall not be operated where any of the equipment or load will come within 15 feet of electrical distribution or transmission lines.

h. Employees shall not ride the headache ball, hook, or load being handled by the crane.

i. Equipment shall not be lubricated while in use.

j. Employees shall not be allowed to work under the load of cranes. Tag lines shall be used on all loads. Special caution should be used in concrete bucket operations.

k. Cranes and derricks shall be inspected prior to use and at monthly intervals. Records shall be maintained on jobsite of these inspections and copies shall be made available upon request.

6.10 Equipment and Motor Vehicles

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. All equipment must be inspected daily before use by the operator. Formal

inspections must also be made at 30-day intervals with proper documentation maintained at the jobsite and copies shall be made available upon request.

b. Defective equipment shall be repaired or removed from service immediately.

c. All rubber-tired, self-propelled scrapers, rubber-tired, front-end loaders, rubber- tired dozers, wheel-type agricultural and industrial tractors, crawler tractors, crawler-type loaders and motor graders shall be equipped with rollover protective structures and seat belts.

d. All operators of construction equipment should be properly licensed and certified by a competent person. Copies of the certifications shall be maintained and made available upon request.

e. All equipment with an obstructed view to the rear must have a reverse signal alarm audible above the surrounding noise level or a flagman.

f. If glass is broken or damaged on the operating vehicle and if damage is severe enough to cause a potential safety problem, the machine shall be stopped until such damage has been repaired.

g. Vehicles used to transport employees shall have seats firmly secured and adequate for the number of employees to be carried and all passengers shall be properly seated. Standing on the back of moving vehicles is prohibited.

h. Plant Manager and/or Construction Manager will review locations for storage of all fuels, lubricants, starting fluids, etc., used by the project work crews.



6.11 Electrical

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. All electrical work, installation and wire capacities shall be in accordance

with the pertinent provisions of the National Electrical Code, ANSI and WISHA/OSHA.

b Construction Manager and/or Crew Supervisor shall develop a ground fault program in accordance with requirements established by WISHA/OSHA. In the absence of ground fault protection, facility will establish a monthly assured grounding inspection program to include color coding. The color codes used on this project are:

• January - Yellow • February - White • March - Brown • April - Green • May - Red • June -Blue (The cycle of colors is repeated for the next six months).

c. Facility shall develop and implement a Lockout/Tagout procedure and strictly adhere to the use of this procedure.

d. All temporary power panels shall have covers installed at all times. All open or exposed breaker spaces shall be adequately covered.

6.12 Ladders Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. The use of ladders with broken or missing rungs or steps, broken or split

rails or other defective construction is prohibited.

b. Ladders shall extend no less than 36 inches above landing and be secured to prevent displacement.

c. Portable ladders must be equipped with safety shoes.

d. Wooden ladders shall not be painted.

e. Conductive ladders shall not be used on the jobsite. 6.13 Floor and Wall Openings and Stairways:

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. Floor and wall openings shall be guarded by a standard guardrail, midrail,

and toeboard, or adequately covered.

b. Guardrails must be sufficient strength to support 200 pounds of pressure when applied at midspan of the guardrail parallel with the floor and



perpendicular to the guardrail with a minimum deflection of 3 inches. Uprights shall support guardrails no less than 8 feet on center. Guardrails shall not be less than douglas fir 2 X 4 inch boards; toe boards shall not be less than 1 X 6 inch boards.

c. Covers must be adequately secured to prevent displacement and have "Danger"signs attached identifying the hazard. Every flight of stairs having four or more risers shall be equipped with standard stair railings. Stairs are not to be used until risers and railings are securely installed. Treads will be poured as soon as possible where poured treads apply.

d. Every flight of stairs having four or more risers shall be equipped with standard stair railings. Stairs are not to be used until risers and railings are securely installed. Treads will be poured as soon as possible where poured treads apply.

e. Debris and other loose materials shall not be allowed on stairways or at access point to stairway. Debris shall not be allowed to accumulate in stairwells.

6.14 Excavations and Trenching

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. A competent person must be designated and trained in soil classification

and the recognition of trenching and excavation hazards.

b. Appropriate documentation to meet the WISHA/OSHA trenching and excavation standards is to be kept on site.

c. Prior to opening any excavation or trench, Construction Manager must notify the Shift Lieutenant. The Construction Manager must also contact other personnel to determine whether underground installations, i.e., sewer, telephone, fuel, electric lines, etc., may be encountered and where they are located.

d. Excavations and trenches shall be inspected by a competent person daily and after every rainfall to determine if they are safe.

e. All banks 5 feel high or more shall be sloped to 34 degrees unless soil is analyzed by a competent person allowing a greater slope angle, or shall be adequately shored.

f. Ladders or steps shall be provided and secured in all trenches 4 feet or more in depth. Ladders or steps shall be located to require no more than 25 feet of lateral travel before having access or egress and shall extend 3 feet above the top of the trench bank.



g. Material excavated shall be stored at least 2 feet from the edge of the excavation or trench shall be shored to prevent material from failing into the excavation.

h. All trenches and excavations shall be properly barricaded to prevent persons from walking into them.

i. All walkways or ramps crossing over excavations shall be securely fastened and equipped with standard guardrails.

6.15 Confined Areas or Spaces

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. The Construction Manager shall develop an entry procedure to be used

when employees are required to enter confined areas or spaces. Such areas include storage tanks, process vessels, bins, boilers, ventilation or exhaust ducts, sewers, underground utility vaults, tunnels, pipelines, open-topped pits, basements and temporary wood framing covered with plastic.

b. All employees who are required to enter confined areas or spaces shall be instructed as to the nature of hazards involved, necessary precautions to be taken and in the use of protective and emergency equipment required.

c. Before an employee is permitted entry into any confined area or spaces, the atmosphere within the space shall be tested to determine the oxygen level and concentrations of flammable vapors, gases, toxic contaminants. Employee’s needing access to the confined area shall furnish the testing equipment and a person competent in the use of the testing equipment.

d. When welding, cuffing or heating in confined areas or spaces, ventilation shall be provided. When sufficient ventilation cannot be provided without blocking the means of access, employees shall be protected by air line respirators and an employee of shall be stationed outside the confined area to maintain communication with those working within and to aid them in an emergency.

6.16 Housekeeping

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. During the course of construction, all debris and scrap matedal shall be

kept away from the work area.

b. Containers shall be provided for the collection and separation of waste, trash, oily and used rags and other refuse. Metal (dumpster type) containers must be used and emptied promptly. The facility shall dispose of its own concrete, dirt, steel, and crates.

c. Garbage and other waste shall be disposed of at frequent and regular intervals in a manner approved by the Cattain.



d. Construction Manager shall notify the Safety Officer of any hazardous waste it will generate during performance of the Work. The Safety Officer has the direct responsibility of maintaining proper storage of these wastes while on site and will verify in writing that the wastes have been disposed of in a legal manner.

e. Employee’s shall not pour, bury, burn, nor in any way dispose of a chemical on the jobsite without the permission of the Safety Officer.

f. The Construction Manager and/or Crew Supervisor shall clear all combustible debris to a solid-waste disposal site properly licensed under the laws of the State of Washington. no open burning of debris or rubbish will be permitted at the project jobsite.

g. Materials and supplies shall be stored in locations which will not block access ways, and arranged to permit easy cleaning of the area. In areas where equipment might drip oil or cause other damage to the floor surface, a protective cover of heavy gauge, flame resistant, oil proof sheeting shall be provided between the equipment and the floor surface so that no oil or grease contacts the floor, including concrete. This requirement is applicable to both finished and unfinished floors.

h. All hoses, cables, extension cords, and similar materials shall be located, arranged, and grouped so that they will not block any access way and will permit easy cleaning and maintenance.

6.17 General

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. Employees are to comply with the "tobacco free" policy for all work on

site property.

b. No open fires will be allowed unless specifically authorized in writing from the Construction Manager.

c. No matches except safety matches are permitted on the jobsite.

d. No firearms are allowed on the jobsite.

e. No alcoholic beverages or illegal drugs are allowed on the jobsite.

f. Use of photographic equipment on facility property and/or construction jobsite is strictly forbidden without specific approval of the Construction Manager.

6.18 Medical Services

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a. Ensure the availability of medical personnel for advice and consultation.



b. Prior to commencement of Work, make provisions for prompt medical attention in case of serious injury.

c. Ensure that at least one employee for each 15 employees performing Work at the jobsite has a valid certificate in first aid training from the U.S. Bureau of Mines, the American Red Cross, or equivalent training that can be verified by documentary evidence and is available at the jobsite to render first aid.

d. Ensure that first aid supplies approved by the consulting physician shall be easily accessible when required.

e. Provide adequate number of first aid kits and supplies approved by the consulting physician. First aid kits shall be in a weatherproof container with individual sealed packages for each type of item. Supervisors of the first aid kits shall be checked before being sent out to the jobsite and at least weekly during performance of the Work to ensure the expended items are replaced.

f. Provide proper equipment for prompt transportation of the injured person to a physician or hospital, or a communication system for contacting necessary ambulance service.

g. Complete and retain on file all "Employer's First Report of Injury" and WISHA/OSHA form 200 and provide a copy upon request.

h. A daily record shall be kept on all employees requiring first aid treatment. 6.19 First Aid and Medical Procedures

Facility shall comply with the following requirements: a) Each occupational illness or injury shall be reported immediately by the

employee to his/her supervisor.

• All personal injuries and illnesses (job related) treated or reported (actual or alleged) shall be recorded on a daily First Aid log. This log should contain such information as employee's name, badge number, Foreman, nature and cause of injury, treatment administered, date, time and first aid attendant's name. Facility shall maintain such data for review upon request.

b) Medical Cases (not requiring ambulance service)

• Medical cases not normally requiring ambulance services are injuries such as minor lacerations, embedded foreign bodies in eye, minor sprains, etc.

• Facility must provide proper equipment for prompt transportation of the injured person to a physician or hospital.



• A representative of the facility should always drive the injured employee to the medical facility and remain at the facility until the employee is ready to return. Facility representative should also carry necessary forms, i.e., authorization slips, return to work notices, etc.

• If it is necessary for the Medical Staff to accompany the injured employee, provisions must be made by his supervisor to have another employee properly trained and certified in first aid to render first aid during the absence of the regular first aid attendant

c) Emergency Cases (requiring ambulance services)

• Medical cases requiring ambulance services would be such cases as severe head injuries, amputations, heart attacks, etc.

• Should ambulance service be necessary, the following procedures should be taken immediately.

• The custody shift commander will be notified of the need to transport an offender to an off-site medical location.

• The shift commander will assign a uniformed officer to accompany the ambulance and remain with the injured offender until relieved or until the offender is transported to another facility or released to his/her home facility.

6.20 Death (or hospitalization of five or more employees)

Facility shall notify the following proper officials immediately: a) WISHA/OSHA Representative.

b) Coroner (for fatalities) c) Local Officials (for fatalities)

d) Department of Corrections Headquarters



ATTACHMENT #1 HAZARD COMMUNICATION/RIGHT-TO-KNOW State and Federal OSHA Regulations require all employers to notify their employees of any hazards to which they might be exposed and to provide protection from them. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) pertinent to the hazardous materials on the project is available at the Safety Office. Employee rights: 1. Each employee has the unconditional right to know about any hazards to which they might

be exposed.

2. The right to refuse work if an imminent hazard is perceived to exist or if proper training and equipment have not been provided.

3. The right to access any information on hazards on the site. Employees who are expected to be exposed to specific substances on the project shall additionally: 1. Be trained in safe work practice specific to the hazard.

2. Review the MSDS Sheet specific to the substance.

3. Be made aware of the specific health consequences associated with the hazard.

4. Be issued all required safety equipment and demonstrate proficiency in its use. Construction Manager and/or Crew Supervisor training of employees will be conducted at weekly toolbox talks and/or as work operations require or material delivery warrants. It is the policy of Department that no container of hazardous substance will be released for use unless properly labeled and proper personal protective equipment has been provided. Hazardous non-routine tasks will be addressed prior to work being started. Specific hazards, protective measures, and any special equipment needed for the job will then be covered. Examples of non-routine tasks could be Confined Space Entry and possible toxic-gas exposure.



ATTACHMENT #2 EMPLOYEE SAFETY ORIENTATION EMPLOYEE SAFETY ORIENTATION A. Project Overview - A brief explanation of the projects:

• Scope

• Construction type

• Schedule

• Final intended use

• Unique or distinguishing features, construction methods, finishes, etc.

B. Project-Specific Logistics

• Trade parking availability

• Work hours

• Entrances

C. Express Management's Safety Commitment

• Construction Manager

• Crew Supervisor

D. Present the Safety Manual



ATTACHMENT #3 PROJECT SAFETY ANALYSIS (Example) A project safety analysis of each Facility Contract project is to be discussed by the Plant Manager, Construction Manager, and Crew Supervisor. The conditions and responsibilities: A. Temporary Fencing - Crew supervisor will coordinate installation and maintenance of the

security fence.

B. Security - Construction Manager Supervisor will determine, arrange, and coordinate.

C. Temporary toilets - Crew Supervisor will coordinate placement of temporary toilets on site as manpower numbers dictate.

D. Temporary Water - Crew Supervisor is responsible for obtaining potable water. Any additional needs Crew Supervisor will coordinate.

E. GFCI Temporary Electrical - Construction Manager will monitor and coordinate this with the Crew Supervisor.

F. Fire Protection - Crew Supervisor will coordinate placement of extinguishers in appropriate locations as the project moves through the respective phases of construction.

H. Temporary Railings - Crew Supervisor will oversee installation and re-installation where removal occurs.

I. Temporary Stair, Ramps, Floor Opening Covers - Crew Supervisor will direct installation and reinstallation where removal occurs.

J. Clean-Up/Debris Removal - Crew Supervisor will monitor daily and weekly clean-up and debris removal.

K. Traffic Control - the site has limited access for traffic. Construction Manager coordinates traffic and deliveries.

L. Floor Opening Protection - Crew Supervisor will direct installation and reinstallation where removal occurs.

M Material Handling Different Elevations - Constructions Manager and/or Crew Supervisor will coordinate the use of cranes and lifts on site.

N. Temporary Weather Protection - Crew Supervisor will coordinate installation and reinstallation where removal occurs.

O. Parking - there will be limited on-site parking available. Parking and unloading arrangements will be coordinated with Security.

Additional items discussed at the meeting were: 1. Complete safety rails

• Toeboard, top and mid-rail required at all openings

2. Employee hazard exposure:



• Fall exposure and tie off

• Pedestrian traffic and directives



ADDITIONAL CONCERNS CHECKLIST

1. Special Owner Equipment

2. Hazardous waste

3. Asbestos

4. Lead

5. Fire protection and system

6. Electrical (permanent)

7. Lead acid batteries

8. Temporary heat (building heat constant)

9. Sensitive equipment


Department Of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Lead

Purpose The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of lead containing materials at Washington State Department of Corrections. During construction and/or maintenance projects protocol shall be adhered to protect all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors and offenders from potential health hazards of lead related diseases. This program applies to all buildings and structures owned by Washington State Department of Corrections, to occupants of Washington State department of Corrections buildings and to external organizations that may contact or disturb lead-containing material. This program applies to Facility Construction Projects during which a worker might encounter lead as well as work undertaken to repair or remove lead containing materials. All work shall be done in accordance with DOC policy 890.040, Lead Protection and Chapter 296-62-07521 WAC and 296-155-176 WAC

Lead Hazard Overexposure to lead may induce both chronic (long-term) and acute (short-term) health effects. Short-term overexposure may lead to symptoms ranging from difficulty breathing to flu-like conditions (metal fume poisoning) or fatigue and malaise. The long-term health effects of overexposure to lead may result in severe damage to your body’s blood forming abilities, nervous system, urinary system, and reproductive systems. The Department of Corrections makes an aggressive effort to eliminate the use of all toxic materials in the workplace. Lead is commonly found on painted surfaces, electronic and electrical equipment installations and various piping systems.

Definitions Action Level: Exposure, without regard to the use of respirators, to an airborne concentration of lead of 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air (30ug/m) calculated as an 8-hour time weighted average (TWA). Blood Lead Level: The amount of lead in the blood, any excursion above 40ug/dl level requires medical surveillance to be initiated.

Lead Page 1 Revised 10/14/04


Competent Person: One who is capable of identifying existing and predictable lead hazards in the workplace and who has the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. Exposure Assessment: Determination if any employee may be exposed to lead at or above the action level. Exposure Monitoring: All employees exposed to lead above the 30ug/m more than 30 days per year shall have their blood lead levels checked at no cost to the employee. Lead: Metallic lead, all inorganic lead compounds and organic lead soaps. Medical Surveillance: Required for employees or inmates who are exposed above the action level more than 30 days per year.

Permissible Exposure Limit: No employee exposure to lead at concentrations greater than 50-micrograms per cubic meter of air (50ug/m) averaged over and 8 hour period (TWA).

Training Information on lead hazards will be communicated in accordance with the Hazard Communication Program, PD 890.070 Employees and offenders who work on lead abatement projects, or who may be exposed to lead containing products in the normal performance of their duties, shall be provided Lead Awareness Training. Training will be provided before allowing the employee or offender to begin work. Training is available through the site Safety Officer. The minimum training topics are: 1. Health hazards of lead

2. Exposure monitoring

3. Written Lead work plan

4. Respiratory protection program

5. Personal protective equipment

6. Housekeeping requirements

7. Personal hygiene requirements

8. Medical surveillance

9. Training



10. Record keeping

Signage Signs shall be posted in each affected work area. The signs shall read:

Warning Lead Work Area

Poison No Smoking or Eating

Record Keeping

1. A copy of each Lead Protection Work Plan is to be filed with the local

environmental and /or Safety Officer.

2. A copy of the Lead Protection Work Plan shall be kept on the job site during all work performed.

3. Exposure and medical monitoring information shall be kept in the EOHR.

4. Employee training information is to be maintained on STATIS

5. Offender training is to be documented and retained consistent with the Facility Contract Projects Safety Plan.





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS










































LOCKOUT / TAGOUT WAC 296-803

Facility / Site:

Project:

A person qualified by knowledge or experience of lockout / tagout procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position A. Definitions:

1. Authorized employee An employee who locks out or tags out machines or equipment in order to perform servicing or maintenance on the machine or equipment.

2. Energy source Any electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical, nuclear, thermal or other energy source that could cause injury to personnel.

B. Guidelines:

1.

The employer shall establish a program consisting of energy control procedures, employee training, and periodic inspections to ensure that, before any employee performs any servicing or maintenance on a machine or equipment where the unexpected energizing, start up, or release of stored energy could occur and cause injury, the machine or equipment is isolated from the energy source and rendered inoperative.

Yes No

2. Guidelines

a. If an energy-isolating device is not capable of being locked out, the employers program shall use a tagout system. Yes No

b. If an energy-isolating device is capable of being locked out, then the employers program shall use a lockout system. Yes No

3. Whenever replacement or major repair, renovation, or modification, and whenever new machines or equipment is installed, energy isolating devices for such machines or equipment shall be designed to accept a lockout device.

Yes No

4. Clear and specific procedures shall be developed which outline the scope, purpose, responsibility, authorization, rules and techniques to be applied to the control of hazardous energy, and the measures to enforce compliance.

Yes No

5. The employer shall conduct a periodic inspection of the energy control procedure at least annually to ensure that the procedure and the provisions of this section are being followed.

Yes No

6.

The employer shall provide training to ensure that the purpose and function of the energy control program is understood. Employees must have the knowledge and acquired skills required for the safe application, usage, and removal of energy controls.

Yes No

7. When tagout systems are used, employees shall train in the limitations of tags. Yes No



Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Lockout/Tagout

Definitions Authorized (Qualified) Workers: Are the only ones certified to lock and tagout equipment or machinery. Whether a worker is considered to be qualified will depend upon various circumstances in the workplace. It is likely for an individual to be considered “qualified” with regard to certain equipment in the workplace, but “unqualified” as to other equipment. A worker who is undergoing on-the-job training and who, in the course of such training, has demonstrated an ability to perform duties safely at his or her level of training; a worker who is under the direct supervision of a qualified person, is considered to be “qualified” for the performance of those duties. Affected Workers: Are the workers who operate machinery or equipment upon which lockout or tagging out is required under this program. Training of these individuals will be less stringent in that it will include the purpose and use of the lockout procedures. Other Workers: Are identified as those that do not fall into the authorized, affected or qualified worker category. Essentially, it will include all other workers. These workers will be provided instruction in what the program is and not to touch any machine or equipment when they see that it has been locked or tagged out.

Training Authorized Workers Training All maintenance workers, supervisors and janitorial workers will be trained to use the lock and tagout Procedures. The training will be conducted by the maintenance supervisor at the time of the initial hire. Retraining shall be held at least annually.

Purpose The purpose of this program is to control hazardous energy and establish guidelines and procedures in the operation and maintenance of lockout/tagout procedures at the Washington State Department of Corrections during construction projects to protect all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors and offenders from potential hazards of lockout/tagout procedures. This program establishes the requirements for isolation of both kinetic and potential electrical, chemical, thermal, hydraulic and pneumatic and gravitational energy prior to equipment repair, adjustment or removal.

Lockout Tag

Lockout/Tagout Page 1 Revised 10/14/04


The training will consist of the following: • Review of General Procedures.

• Review of Specific Procedures for machinery, equipment and processes.

• Location and use of Specific Procedures.

• Procedures when questions arise. Affected Worker Training • Only trained / authorized workers will repair, replace or adjust machinery, equipment.

• Affected workers may not remove locks, locking devices or tags from machinery, equipment or circuits.

• Train in purpose and use of the lockout procedures. Other Worker Training • Only trained and authorized workers will repair, replace or adjust machinery or

equipment.

• Other workers may not remove locks, locking devices or tags from machinery, equipment or circuits.

Preparation for Lockout/Tagout Procedures

A lockout/tagout survey is conducted to locate and identify all energy sources to verify which switches or valves supply the energy to machinery and equipment. Dual or redundant controls are removed. A tagout schedule is developed for each piece of equipment and machinery. This schedule describes the energy sources, location of disconnects, and types of disconnect, special hazards and special safety procedures. The schedule will be reviewed each time to ensure workers properly lock and tagout equipment and machinery. If a tagout schedule does not exist for a particular piece of equipment, machinery and process, then one must be developed prior to conducting a lockout/tagout. As repairs and/or renovations of existing electrical systems are made, standardized controls will be used.

Routine Maintenance and Machine Adjustments



Lock and tagout procedures are not required if equipment must be operating for proper adjustment. Only trained and authorized workers may use this rare exception when specific procedures have been developed to safely avoid hazards with proper training. All consideration shall be made to prevent the need for a worker to break the plane of a normally guarded area of the equipment by use of tools and other devices.

Locks, Hasps, and Tags All qualified maintenance personnel will be assigned a lock with one key, hasp and tag. All locks will be keyed differently, except when a specific individual is issued a series of locks for complex lockout-tagout tasks. In some cases, more than one lock, hasp and tag are needed to completely de-energize equipment and machinery. Additional locks may be checked out from the department maintenance supervisor on a shift-by-shift basis. All locks and hasps shall be uniquely identifiable to a specific worker.

SOP: General Lockout/Tagout Procedures Before working on, repairing, adjusting or replacing machinery and equipment, the following procedures will be utilized to place the machinery and equipment in a neutral or zero mechanical state. Preparation for Shutdown Before authorized or affected workers turn off a machine or piece of equipment, the authorized worker will have knowledge of the type and magnitude of the energy, the hazards of the energy to be controlled, and the means to control the energy. Notify all affected workers that the machinery, equipment or process will be out of service. Machine or Equipment Shutdown The machine or equipment will be turned off or shut down using the specific procedures for that specific machine. An orderly shutdown will be utilized to avoid any additional or increased hazards to workers as a result of equipment de-energization. If the machinery, equipment or process is in operation, follow normal stopping procedures (depress stop button, open toggle switch, etc.) Move switch or panel arms to “Off” or “Open” positions and close all valves or other energy isolating devices to that the energy source(s) is disconnected or isolated form the machinery or equipment.



Machine or Equipment Isolation All energy control devices that are needed to control the energy to the machine or equipment will be physically located and operated to isolate the machine or equipment from the energy source. Lockout or Tagout Device Application Lockout or tagout devices will be affixed to energy isolating devices by authorized worker. Lockout devices will be affixed in a manner that will hold the energy isolating devices from the “safe” or “off” position. Where tagout devices are used, they will be affixed in such a manner that will clearly state that the operation or the movement of energy isolating the devices from the “safe” or “off” positions is prohibited. The tagout devices will be attached to the same point a lock would be attached. If the tag cannot be affixed at that point, the tag will be located as close as possible to the device in a position that will be immediately obvious to anyone attempting to operate the device. Lock and tagout all energy devices by use of hasps, chains, and valve covers with assigned individual locks. Stored Energy Following the application of the lockout or tagout devices to the energy isolating devices, all potential or residual energy will be relieved, disconnected, restrained, and otherwise rendered safety. Where the re-accumulation of stored energy to a hazardous energy level is possible, verification of isolation will be continued until the maintenance or servicing is complete. Release stored energy (capacitors, springs, elevated members, rotating fly wheels, and hydraulic/air/gas/steam systems) must be relieved or restrained by grounding, repositioning, blocking and/or bleeding the system. Verification of Isolation Prior to starting work on machines or equipment that have been locked or tagged out, the authorized workers will verify that isolation or de-energization of the machine or equipment have been accomplished. After assuring that no worker will be placed in danger, test all lock and tagouts by following the normal startup procedures (depress start button, etc.).



Caution: After test, place controls in neutral position. Extended Lockout/Tagout Should the shift change before the machinery or equipment can be restored to service, the lock and tagout must remain. It the task is reassigned to the next shift, those workers must lock and tagout before the previous shift may remove their lock and tag.

SOP: Release from Lockout - Tagout Before lockout or tagout devices are removed and the energy restored to the machine or equipment the following actions will be taken: 1. The work area will be thoroughly inspected to ensure that nonessential items have

been removed and that machine or equipment components are operational.

2. The work area will be checked to ensure that all workers have been safely positioned or removed. Before the lockout or tagout devices are removed, the affected workers will be notified that the lockout or tagout devices are being removed.

3. Each lockout or tagout device will be removed from each energy-isolating device by the worker who applied the device.

SOP: LOTO Procedure for Electrical Plug-Type Equipment

This procedure covers all electrical plug-type equipment such as battery chargers, some product pumps, office equipment, powered hand tools, powered bench tools, lathes, fans, etc. When working on, repairing, or adjusting the above equipment, the following procedures must be utilized to prevent accidental or sudden startup: 1. Unplug electrical equipment form wall socket or in-line socket

2. Attach “Do Not Operate” tag and plug box & lock on end of power cord

3. An exception is granted to not lock & tag the plug if the cord & plug remain in the exclusive control of the worker working on, adjusting or inspecting the equipment

4. Test equipment to assure power source has been removed by depressing the “Start” or “On” switch

5. Perform required operations

6. Replace all guards removed

7. Remove lock & plug box and tag

8. Inspect power cord and socket before plugging equipment into power source. Any defects must be repaired before placing the equipment back in service.



NOTE: Occasionally used equipment may be unplugged from the power source when not in use.

SOP: Management’s Removal of Lockout and Tagout Only the worker that locks and tags out machinery, equipment or processes may remove his/her lock and tag. However, should the workers leave the facility before removing his/her lock and tag, the supervisor may remove the lock and tag. The supervisor must be assured that all tools have been removed, all guards have been replaced and all workers are free from any hazard before the lock and tag are removed and the machine, equipment or process are returned to service. Notification of the worker who placed the lock is required prior to lock removal.

Contractors Contractors, working on DOC property and equipment must also use this lockout – tagout procedure while servicing or maintaining equipment, machinery or processes.


LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PLAN/PROCEDURES

WRITTEN LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PLAN:

This plan is written for

Facility Date

This written procedure establishes the minimum requirements for the lockout/tagout of energy-isolating devices whenever maintenance or servicing is done on machinery/equipment. It shall be used to ensure the machinery/equipment is stopped, isolated from all potentially hazardous energy sources, and locked/tagged out before workers perform any servicing or maintenance. This shall be done any time the unexpected energization or start up of the machinery/equipment or release of stored energy could cause injury.

PLAN MANAGEMENT:

It shall be the responsibility of the in this facility to ensure the provisions of this plan are implemented, maintained, and enforced.

Personnel not following these procedures are subject to disciplinary actions.

TRAINING:

The shall be responsible for ensuring all authorized, affected, and other personnel receive the lockout/tagout training required by WAC 296 803-60005. Lockout/tagout training shall be recorded as HRDIS Code 01 07 SDGG. The Plan Manager will maintain the training records al long as the machinery/equipment or system is in use and/or on-site.

PROCEDURES FOR LOCKOUT:

The following identifies the machinery/equipment, hazardous energy type(s) and magnitude, type(s) of stored energy and method(s) to dissipate or restrain, lockout method(s) and device location(s), personnel authorized/affected, and types of equipment checked to ensure de-energization.

Machinery/equipment description and location:

Hazardous energy type(s) and magnitude(s):

Type(s) of stored energy and method to dissipate/restrain:

Distribution: ORIGINAL-Plan Manager DOC 15-026 (Rev. 05/27/10) 1 DOC 890.120

Lockout method and devices location for each type of energy:

Type(s) of equipment checked to ensure de-energization:

Name(s) of authorized person(s):

Name(s)/job titles(s) of affected persons and how to notify them before lockout/tagout and unlock:

Prior to lockout/tagout of a machine, the authorized person for the machinery/equipment shall:

1. Notify affected personnel machinery/equipment shall be locked/tag out.

2. Refer to this procedure to identify type and magnitude of energy the equipment utilizes, understand hazards of the energy, and be knowledgable in the methods to control the energy.

During the lockout/tagout sequence, the listed authorized person shall:

1. Shut down the machine or equipment, if operating, by the normal stopping procedure.

2. Dissipate or restrain by methods such as grounding, repositioning, blocking, or bleeding down stored or residual energy (e.g., that in capacitors, springs, elevated machine members, rotating fly wheels, hydraulic systems, and air, gas, steam, or water pressure, etc.).

3. Deactivate and lockout/tagout the energy isolating device(s) to isolate machine/equipment from energy source(s) with assigned individual lock(s), tags, chains, wedges, key blocks, adapter pins, self-locking fasterners, flanges, or cribbing. Locking mechanisms will be affixed in a manner that shall hold the energy isolating device in a safe (i.e., off) position.

4. Ensure the machine/equipment is disconnected from the energy source(s). After first checking that no personnel are exposed, check the isolation of the machine/equipment by operating the push button or other normal operating control(s), or by testing to make certain the equipment will not operate.

CAUTION: Return operating control(s) to neutral or "off" position after verifying the isolation of the machine or equipment.


5. Test and position machines/equipment.

a. In situations when lockout/tagout devices must be removed temporarily for testing or positioning, follow the established procedures for removing the lockout/tagout devices.

b. Operate the machine/equipment or system as necessary, then reapply all lockout/tagout devices following the established procedure.

c. Verify all energy sources have been isolated and stored or residual energy has been dissipated by attempting to start the machine/equipment/system.

d. When verification process is complete, continue with repairs or maintenance.

When restoring machine/equipment to service after servicing or maintenance is completed, the authorized employee/worker shall:

1. Check machine/equipment and immediate area to ensure non-essential items have been removed and components are operationally intact.

2. Check work area to ensure all workers are safely positioned. 3. Verify the controls are in neutral/off. 4. Remove lockout/tagout device(s) and re-energize machine or equipment. 5. Notify affected workers that equipment is ready for use.

a. The use of tagout requires all affected workers be informed of the following: • Tags have limitations – warning program devices do not provide physical restraint. • Tags are to be removed only by the authorized employee who placed them on the

machinery/equipment. No one is authorized to bypass, remove, or ignore a tag. The authorized employee using the tag shall print his/her name plainly on the tag being used.

• Tags must be legible, standardized, and understood by all employees as to their purpose. Tagout devices shall be affixed at the same location as would a lock if such fittings are provided, or in a manner that clearly indicates movement of the isolating device is prohibited.

• Tags must be durable and able to withstand the elements and environment to which they are exposed. Only authorized and/or facility-provided tags shall be used.

• Tags must be securely attached to any isolating devices so they cannot be accidentally detached. Only the attaching means provided by the maintenance section shall be used. Tagout devices having reusable, non-locking, and easily detachable means of attachment,( e.g., string, cord, adhesive) are not permitted.

Each lockout or tagout device shall be removed from each energy-isolating device by the authorized employee who applied the device.

Periodic inspection of these procedures shall be conducted at least annually. Reviews of authorized employees involving only lockout devices can be done in a group meeting. Reviews of authorized and affected employees involving tagout devices must be done with each employee individually.






DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS








































MACHINE GUARDING WAC 296-806

Facility / Site:

Project:

A person qualified by knowledge or experience of machine guarding procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position A. Definitions:

1. Machine Guard: A device installed on equipment to protect the operator and other employees in the area from hazards such as point of operation, in-going nip points, rotating parts, flying chips and sparks, etc.

2. Qualified Person: A person by degree, certificate, professional standing or extensive knowledge, training and/or experience, has successfully demonstrated the ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter, work, or project.

B. Training: Look for exposed moving parts, including meshing gears, reciprocation parts, chain and sprocket drive, cams and rollers, couplings and shafts. If you notice any guards that are broken or missing, immediately tag the machine “OUT OF ORDER” and get it fixed. Dress for the job, do not allow your workers to wear long, loose sleeves, hanging drawstrings or tassels, ties, scarves and open jackets. The same restrictions must apply to long hair, jewelry and gloves.

1.

Point of Operation Guards: a. Point of operation is the area on a machine where work is actually performed upon the material being processed. The

point of operation shall be guarded. The following are some of the machines which usually require point of operation guarding:

1. Power presses 2. Jointer 3. Portable power tools

2. Exposure to blades less than seven feet from floor must be guarded with openings less than ½” Yes No

3. Cams and other machine parts that create shearing or crushing hazards shall be guarded with a standard safeguard Yes No

4. Rotating shafts are the most common source of wrap point accidents. Shield, place warnings, or paint them a bright color, perhaps with wide stripes Yes No

5. Crush points are created when two objects move toward each other or one object moves toward a stationary one. Block all machinery securely to prevent being crushed or pinned Yes No

6. Lubrication points and feeds should be placed outside the guarded area to eliminate the need for guard removal Yes No

7. Guards should not create interference which would hamper employees from performing their assigned tasks quickly and comfortably Yes No

8. The guards’ edges should be rolled or bolted in such a way as to eliminate sharp or jagged edges Yes No

9. Employees should not be able to easily remove or tamper with guards. Guards and safety devices should be made of durable material that will withstand the conditions of normal use Yes No

10. Guards should ensure that no objects can fall into moving parts. An example would be a small tool which is dropped into a cycling machine could easily become a dangerous projectile Yes No



Department Of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Machine Guarding

Purpose The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of machine guarding at Washington State Department of Corrections during construction projects to protect all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors and offenders from potential hazards. This program applies to all buildings and structures owned by Washington State Department of Corrections. It applies to all workers and sub contractors of Department of Corrections, to occupants of Department buildings and to external organizations that may work with machine guarding in Department of Corrections construction projects. Crushed hands and arms, severed fingers, blindness – the list of possible machinery-related injuries is as long as it is horrifying. There seems to be as many hazards created by moving machine parts, as there are types of machines. Safeguards are essential for protecting workers from needless and preventable injuries. A good rule to remember is: Any machine part, function, or process that may cause injury must be safeguarded. Where the operation of a machine or accidental contact with it can injure the operator or others in the vicinity, the hazard must be either controlled or eliminated.

Definitions Crush Points: Points between two objects moving toward each other or one object moving toward a stationary object. Examples: Working under a raised heavy object, hitches, telescoping shafts, hoods, and doors. Pinch Points: Where two parts move together and at least one of them moves in a circle; also called mesh points, run-on points, and entry points. Examples: Belt drives, chain drives, gear-drives, and feed rolls. Pull-In Points: Points where objects are pulled into equipment, usually for some type of processing. Examples: Fans and blades on blowers, flywheels and gears. Shear Points: Where the edges of two moving parts move across one another or where a single sharp part moves with enough speed or force to cut soft material. Examples: Rotary cutters, cutter heads, augers in tubes, chain and paddle conveyors, hedge-trimming shears, and rotary mower blade. Thrown Objects: Any object that can become airborne because of moving parts. Examples: Rocks, stones, sticks, and pieces of wood from rotating machinery.

Machine Guarding Page 1 Revised 10/15/04


Wrap Points: Any exposed component that rotates. Examples: Rotating shafts such as a PTO shaft or shafts that protrude beyond bearings or sprockets.

General Safety Precautions A wide-variety of mechanical motions and actions may present hazards to the worker. These can include the movement of rotating members, reciprocating arms, moving belts, meshing gears, cutting teeth, and any parts that impact or shear. These different types of hazardous mechanical motions and actions are basic to nearly all machines, and recognizing them is the first step toward protecting workers from the danger they present. Offenders must receive instruction on the safe operation and servicing of all machinery or equipment that they will operate. Instructions will be given to the offender when first assignment to work on each piece of equipment or machinery and at least once a year thereafter. Offenders will sign an acknowledgement form that states that they have been instructed on the safe and proper way to operate all equipment or machinery that they are assigned to use. When shields cannot be provided, operators must avoid contact with hands or clothing in pinch point areas. Watch components on rotating shafts, such as couplers, universal joints, keys, keyways, pins, or other fastening devices. Splined, square, and hexagon-shaped shafts are usually more dangerous than round shafts because the edges tend to grab fingers or clothing more easily than a round shaft, but round shafts may not be smooth and can also grab quickly. Once a finger, thread, article of clothing, or hair is caught it begins to wrap; pulling only causes the wrap to become tighter. Recognize the potential hazards of cutting and shear points on implements and equipment that are not designed to cut or shear. Guarding may not be feasible for some these hazards, take extra precautions around these types of hazards. Guard yourself! Never stand between two objects moving toward one another. Make certain the driver knows where the helper is at all times when hitching up trailers or equipment. Do not move between the two objects to complete the hitching until the backing vehicle is completely stopped and the brake is set. Use adequate blocking or lockout devices when working under equipment Machines are faster and stronger than people are. Never attempt to hand-feed materials into moving machinery. Always stop the equipment before attempting to remove an item that has plugged a machine or that has become wrapped around a rotating shaft. Remember that guards cannot be provided for all situations – equipment must be able to function in the capacity for which it is designed.



Keep shields in place to reduce the potential for thrown objects. Wear personal protective equipment (PPE) such as goggles, safety glasses, or face shields to reduce the risk of personal injury if you cannot prevent particles from being thrown. • All guards, shields or access doors must be in their proper place when equipment is

operating.

• A warning decal must be placed on an access door when removal of the door would expose the operator to a component that rotates after power is shut off ("freewheeling").

• Electrically powered equipment must have a lockout control on the switch or an electrical switch, mechanical clutch or other positive shut-off device mounted directly on the equipment.

Circuit interruption devices on an electric motor, such as circuit breakers or overload protection, must require manual reset to restart the motor.

Where Mechanical Hazards Occur Dangerous moving parts in these three basic areas need safeguarding: 1. The Point of Operation: That point where work is performed on the material, such as

cutting, shaping, boring, or forming of stock

2. Power Transmission Apparatus: All components of the mechanical system that transmit energy to the part of the machine performing the work. These components include flywheels, pulleys, belts, connecting rods, couplings, cams, spindles, chains, cranks, and gears

3. Other Moving Parts: All parts of the machine which move while the machine is working. These can include reciprocating, rotating, and transverse moving parts, as well as feed mechanisms and auxiliary parts of the machine

Requirements for Safeguards

What must a safeguard do to protect workers against mechanical hazards? Safeguards must meet these minimum general requirements: • Prevent Contact: The safeguard must prevent hands, arms, or any other part of a

worker's body from making contact with dangerous moving parts. A good safeguarding system eliminates the possibility of the operator or another worker placing their hands near hazardous moving parts.



• Secure: Workers should not be able to easily remove or tamper with the safeguard. A

safeguard that can easily be made ineffective is no safeguard at all. Guards and safety devices shall be made of durable material that will withstand the conditions of normal use. They must be firmly secured to the machine.

• Protect from Falling Objects: The safeguard should ensure that no objects could fall into moving parts. A small tool that is dropped into a cycling machine could easily become a projectile that could strike and injure someone.

• Create No New Hazards: A safeguard defeats its own purpose if it creates a hazard of its own such as a shear point, a jagged edge, or an unfinished surface which can cause a laceration. The edges of guards, for instance, should be rolled or bolted in such a why that they eliminate sharp edges.

• Create No Interference: Any safeguard that impedes a worker from performing the job quickly and comfortably might soon be overridden or disregarded. Proper safeguarding can actually enhance efficiency since it can relieve the worker's apprehensions about injury.

• Allow safe Lubrication & Maintenance: If possible, one should be able to lubricate or perform routine maintenance outside the machine without removing the safeguards. Locating oil reservoirs or lubrication points should be located outside the guard, with a line leading to the lubrication point, which will reduce the need for the operator or maintenance worker to enter the hazardous area.

Non-Mechanical Hazards

While this handout concentrates attention on concepts and techniques for safeguarding mechanical motion, machines obviously present a variety of other hazards that cannot be ignored. Full discussion of these matters is beyond the scope of this handout, but some non-mechanical hazards are briefly mentioned below to remind the reader of things other than safeguarding moving parts that can affect the safe operation of machinery. • All power sources for machinery are potential sources of danger. When using

electrically powered or controlled machines, for instance, the equipment as well as the electrical system itself must be properly grounded. Replacing frayed, exposed, or old wiring will also help to protect the operator and others from electrical shocks or electrocution. High-pressure systems, too, need careful inspection and maintenance to prevent possible failure from pulsation, vibration, or leaks. Such a failure could cause explosions or flying objects.

• Machines often produce noise (unwanted sound) and this can result in a number of hazards to workers. Not only can it startle and disrupt concentration, but also it can interfere with communications, thus hindering the worker's safe job performance. Research has linked noise to a whole range of harmful health effects, from hearing



loss and aural pain to nausea, fatigue, reduced muscle control, and emotional disturbances. Engineering controls such as the use of sound- dampening materials, as well as less sophisticated hearing protection (PPE), such as earplugs and earmuffs, are necessary ways of controlling the harmful effects of noise.

Training

Even the most elaborate safeguarding system cannot offer effective protection unless the worker knows how to use it and why. Specific and detailed training is therefore a crucial part of any effort to provide safeguarding against machine-related hazards. Thorough operator training should involve instruction or hands-on training in the following: • A description and identification of the hazards associated with particular machines. • The safeguards themselves, how they provide protection, and the hazards for which

they are intended. • How to use the safeguards and why. • How and under what circumstances safeguards can be removed, and by whom (in

most cases, authorized repair or maintenance personnel only). • What to do (contact your supervisor) if a safeguard is damaged, missing, or unable to

provide adequate protection. This kind of safety training is necessary for new operators and maintenance workers, when any new or altered safeguards are put in service, or when workers are assigned to a new machine or piece of equipment. Protective Clothing and Personal Protective Equipment Engineering controls, which eliminate the hazard at the source and do not rely on the worker's behavior for their effectiveness, offer the best and most reliable means of safeguarding. Therefore, engineering controls must be the employer's first choice for eliminating machinery hazards. However, whenever an extra measure of protection is necessary, operators must wear protective clothing or personal protective equipment (PPE). If it is to provide adequate protection, the protective clothing and PPE selected must always be: • Appropriate for the particular hazards

• Maintained in good condition

• Properly stored when not in use, to prevent damage or loss

• Kept clean and sanitary



Protective clothing is, of course, available for different parts of the body. Hard hats can protect the head from the impact of bumps and falling objects; gloves can protect workers hands from cuts and burns. If particles could fly into the operator's eyes or face, then face shields, safety goggles, glasses, or similar kinds of protection will be necessary. Hearing protection will be needed when workers operate noisy machinery. To guard the trunk of the body from cuts or impacts from heavy or rough-edged stock, there are certain protective coveralls, jackets, vests, aprons, and full-body suits. Safety shoes and boots, or other acceptable foot guards can shield the feet against injury in case the worker needs to handle heavy stock that might drop. It is important to note that protective clothing and equipment themselves can create hazards. Protective gloves that can become caught between rotating parts, or a respirator face piece that hinders the wearer's vision, for example, require alertness and careful supervision whenever they are used. Other aspects of the worker's dress may present additional safety hazards. Loose-fitting clothing might possibly become entangled in rotating spindles or other kinds of moving machinery. Jewelry, such as bracelets and rings, can catch on machine parts or stock and lead to serious injury by pulling a hand into the danger area.





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS








































RESPIRATORY PROTECTION DOC 890.090; WAC 296-842

Facility / Site:

Project:

A person qualified by knowledge or experience of respiratory protection procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position A. Applicability: All work units and programs at DOC facilities that require staff, volunteers, and/or offender workers to work in

environments wherein respiration protection is required. B. Procedures for work supervisors:

1. Through ongoing hazard assessments in the work place, identify any needed for respirator protection for the task being considered Yes No

2. Obtain Respirator Medical Evaluation forms and complete forms Yes No

C. All supervisors are responsible for training their workers in cleaning and using respirators and monitoring their use to ensure compliance with the respirator program. Employees shall not use any respiratory protection equipment that is not provided by the department.

Yes No

D. Selection: When selecting respirators, employees must complete a hazard evaluation by making a reasonable assessment of employee exposures. Additionally, gas and vapor air purifying respirator canisters and cartridges must have end-of-service indicators or employees should be sure to change every 60 hours of use.

Yes No

E. Air purifying respirators are intended to be used for respiratory protection against hazardous vapors, gasses and/or particulate matters depending on air-purifying elements used and the contaminant concentration and /or toxicity; but only if there is sufficient oxygen present in the contaminated atmosphere to support life.

Yes No

F. Conditions: Are there any:

1. Contaminates in the project area / site atmosphere? Yes No

2. Organic vapors? Yes No

3. Dust or mists? Yes No

4. Radionuclides, paint, lacquer and enamel mists? Yes No

5. Ammonia and methyl amine? Yes No

6. Pesticides? Yes No

7. Chlorine, hydrogen chloride and sulfur dioxide? Yes No

8. Radon daughters? Yes No

9. Is the proper cartridge installed in the respirator? Yes No

G.

Respirator Codes Black w/white…………...Organic Vapors Purple on black…………Dust, mist, radionuclides, paint, lacquer, and enamel mists White on green…………Ammonia and methylamine White on black………….Pesticides Black on white………….Chlorine, hydrogen chloride and sulfur Purple……………………Radon daughters




Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Personal Protective Equipment

Purpose The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) at Washington State Department of Corrections facilities during construction projects to protect all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors and offenders from potential hazards. This program applies to all buildings and structures owned by the Department of Corrections, to all workers and subcontractors of the Department, to occupants of Department buildings, and to external organization that may work with PPE in Department construction projects. The Department provides all Employees with required PPE to suit the task and known hazards. This Chapter covers the requirements for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), with the exception of PPE used for respiratory protection or PPE required for hazardous material response to spills or releases.

General Precautions Design All personal protective equipment shall be of safe design and construction for the work to be performed.

Personal Protective Equipment Selection Controlling Hazards PPE devices alone should not be relied on to provide protection against hazards, but should be used in conjunction with guards, engineering controls, and sound manufacturing practices. Fitting the Device Careful consideration must be given to comfort and fit. PPE that fits poorly will not afford the necessary protection. Continued wearing of the device is more likely if it fits the wearer comfortably. Protective devices are generally available in a variety of sizes. Care should be taken to ensure that the right size is selected. Devices with adjustable features Adjustments should be made on an individual basis for a comfortable fit that will maintain the protective device in the proper position. Particular care should be taken in fitting devices for eye protection against dust and chemical splash to ensure that the devices are sealed to the face. In addition, proper fitting of helmets is important to ensure that it will not fall off during work operations. In some cases, a chinstrap may be necessary to keep the helmet on an employee's

Personal Protective Equipment Page 1 Revised 10/14/04


head. (Chinstraps should break at a reasonably low force, however, to prevent a strangulation hazard). Where manufacturer's instructions are available, they should be followed carefully. Eye and Face Protection Eye and face PPE shall be distinctly marked to facilitate identification of the manufacturer. Each affected employee shall use equipment with filter lenses that have a shade number appropriate for the work being performed for protection from injurious light radiation. The following is a listing of appropriate shade numbers for various operations. • Each affected employee shall use appropriate eye or face protection when exposed to eye

or face hazards from flying particles, molten metal, liquid chemicals, acids or caustic liquids, chemical gases or vapors, or potentially injurious light radiation.

• Each affected employee shall use eye protection that provides side protection when there is a hazard from flying objects. Detachable side protectors are acceptable.

• Each affected employee who wears prescription lenses while engaged in operations that involve eye hazards shall wear eye protection that incorporates the prescription in its design, or shall wear eye protection that can be worn over the prescription lenses without disturbing the proper position of the prescription lenses or the protective lenses.

Filter Lenses for Protection Against Radiant Energy Operations Electrode Size

1/32-in Arc Current Protective

Shade Shielded metal arc welding

Less than 3 Less than 60 7

3-5 60-160 8 5-8 160-250 10 More than 8 250-550 11 Torch brazing 3 Torch soldering 2 Note: as a rule of thumb, start with a shade that is too dark to see the weld zone. Then go to a lighter shade that gives sufficient view of the weld zone without going below the minimum. In Oxyfuel gas-welding or cutting where the torch produces a high yellow light, it is desirable to use a filter lens that absorbs the yellow or sodium line in the visible light of the (spectrum) operation.



Selection Chart Guidelines for Eye and Face Protection The following chart provides general guidance for the proper selection of eye and face protection to protect against hazards associated with the listed hazard "source" operations.

Source Hazard Protection IMPACT - Chipping, grinding machining, masonry work, woodworking, sawing, drilling, chiseling, powered fastening, riveting, and sanding

Flying fragments, objects, large chips, particles, sand, dirt, etc.

Spectacles with side protection, goggles, face shield For severe exposure, use face shield

HEAT-Furnace operation and arc welding

Hot sparks Faceshields, spectacles with side. For severe exposure use faceshield.

CHEMICALS-Acid and chemical handling, degreasing, plating

Splash Goggle, eyecup and cover types. For severe exposure, use face shield.

DUST - Woodworking, buffing, general, buffing, general dusty conditions.

Nuisance dust Goggles, eye cup and cover type

Selection guidelines for head protection All head protection is designed to provide protection from impact and penetration hazards caused by falling objects. Head protection is also available which provides protection from electric shock and burn. When selecting head protection, knowledge of potential electrical hazards is important. • Class A helmet, in addition to impact and penetration resistance; provide electrical

protection from low-voltage conductors (they are proof tested to 2,200 volts).

• Class B helmets, in addition to impact and penetration resistance, provides electrical protection from high-voltage conductors (they are proof tested to 20,000 volts).

• Class C helmets provide impact and penetration resistance (they are usually made of aluminum which conducts electricity), and should not be used around electrical hazards.

Where falling object hazards are present, helmets must be worn. Some examples include: working below other workers who are using tools and materials which could fall; working around or under conveyor belts which are carrying parts or materials; working below machinery



or processes which might cause material or objects to fall; and working on exposed energized conductors.

Foot Protection General requirements Each affected employee shall wear protective footwear when working in areas where there is a danger of foot injuries due to falling or rolling objects, or objects piercing the sole, and where employee's feet are exposed to electrical hazards. Selection guidelines for foot protection Safety shoes and boots provide both impact and compression protection. Where necessary, safety shoes can be obtained which provide puncture protection. In some work situations, metatarsal protection should be provided, and in other special situations electrical conductive or insulating safety shoes would be appropriate. Safety shoes or boots with impact protection would be required for carrying or handling materials such as packages, objects, parts or heavy tools, which could be dropped; and, for other activities where objects might fall onto the feet. Safety shoes or boots with compression protection are required for work activities involving skid trucks (manual material handling carts) around bulk rolls (such as paper rolls) and around heavy pipes, all of which could potentially roll over an employee's feet. Safety shoes or boots with puncture protection would be required where sharp objects such as nails, wire, tacks, screws, large staples, scrap metal etc., could be stepped on by employees causing a foot injury.

Hand Protection General Requirements Hand protection is required when employees' hands are exposed to hazards such as those from skin absorption of harmful substances; severe cuts or lacerations; severe abrasions; punctures; chemical burns; thermal burns; and harmful temperature extremes. Selection Guidelines for Hand Protection Selection of hand PPE shall be based on an evaluation of the performance characteristics of the hand protection relative to the task(s) to be performed, conditions present, duration of use, and the hazards and potential hazards identified.



Gloves are often relied upon to prevent cuts, abrasions, burns, and skin contact with chemicals that are capable of causing local or systemic effects following dermal exposure. There is no glove that provides protection against all potential hand hazards, and commonly available glove materials provide only limited protection against many chemicals. Therefore, it is important to select the most appropriate glove for a particular application and to determine how long it can be worn, and whether it can be reused. It is also important to know the performance characteristics of gloves relative to the specific hazard anticipated; e.g., chemical hazards, cut hazards, flame hazards, etc. Before purchasing gloves, request documentation from the manufacturer that the gloves meet the appropriate test standard(s) for the hazard(s) anticipated. Other factors to be considered for glove selection in general include: • As long as the performance characteristics are acceptable, in certain circumstances, it

may be more cost effective to regularly change cheaper gloves than to reuse types that are more expensive.

• The work activities of the employee should be studied to determine the degree of dexterity required, the duration, frequency, and degree of exposure of the hazard, and the physical stresses that will be applied.

Selection of gloves for protection against chemical hazards • The toxic properties of the chemical(s) must be determined; in particular, the ability of

the chemical to cause local effects on the skin and/or to pass through the skin and cause systemic effects.

• Generally, any "chemical resistant" glove can be used for dry powders.

• For mixtures and formulated products (unless specific test data are available), a glove should be selected on the basis of the chemical component with the shortest breakthrough time, since it is possible for solvents to carry active ingredients through polymeric materials.

• Employees must be able to remove the gloves in such a manner as to prevent skin contamination.





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS








































RESPIRATORY PROTECTION DOC 890.090; WAC 296-842

Facility / Site:

Project:

A person qualified by knowledge or experience of respiratory protection procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position A. Applicability: All work units and programs at DOC facilities that require staff, volunteers, and/or offender workers to work in

environments wherein respiration protection is required. B. Procedures for work supervisors:

1. Through ongoing hazard assessments in the work place, identify any needed for respirator protection for the task being considered Yes No

2. Obtain Respirator Medical Evaluation forms and complete forms Yes No

C. All supervisors are responsible for training their workers in cleaning and using respirators and monitoring their use to ensure compliance with the respirator program. Employees shall not use any respiratory protection equipment that is not provided by the department.

Yes No

D. Selection: When selecting respirators, employees must complete a hazard evaluation by making a reasonable assessment of employee exposures. Additionally, gas and vapor air purifying respirator canisters and cartridges must have end-of-service indicators or employees should be sure to change every 60 hours of use.

Yes No

E. Air purifying respirators are intended to be used for respiratory protection against hazardous vapors, gasses and/or particulate matters depending on air-purifying elements used and the contaminant concentration and /or toxicity; but only if there is sufficient oxygen present in the contaminated atmosphere to support life.

Yes No

F. Conditions: Are there any:

1. Contaminates in the project area / site atmosphere? Yes No

2. Organic vapors? Yes No

3. Dust or mists? Yes No

4. Radionuclides, paint, lacquer and enamel mists? Yes No

5. Ammonia and methyl amine? Yes No

6. Pesticides? Yes No

7. Chlorine, hydrogen chloride and sulfur dioxide? Yes No

8. Radon daughters? Yes No

9. Is the proper cartridge installed in the respirator? Yes No

G.

Respirator Codes Black w/white…………...Organic Vapors Purple on black…………Dust, mist, radionuclides, paint, lacquer, and enamel mists White on green…………Ammonia and methylamine White on black………….Pesticides Black on white………….Chlorine, hydrogen chloride and sulfur Purple……………………Radon daughters




Department Of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Respiratory Protection

Purpose In the Respiratory Protection Program, hazard assessment and selection of proper respiratory PPE is conducted in the same manner as for other types of PPE. In the control of those occupational diseases caused by breathing air contaminated with harmful dusts, fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smokes, sprays, or vapors, the primary objective shall be to prevent atmospheric contamination. This shall be accomplished as far as feasible by accepted engineering control measures (for example, enclosure or confinement of the operation, general and local ventilation, and substitution of less toxic materials). When effective engineering controls are not feasible, or while they are being instituted, appropriate respirators shall be used.

Responsibilities All workers shall follow the requirements of the Respiratory Protection Program. Supervisor • Implement the requirements of this program.

• Provide a selection of respirators as required.

• Enforce all provisions of this program.

• Appoint a Specifically Designated individual to conduct the respiratory protection program.

Program Administrator • Review sanitation/storage procedures

• Ensure respirator are properly, stored, inspected and maintained

• Monitor compliance for this program

• Provide training for affected workers

• Review compliance and ensure monthly inspection of all respirators

• Provide respirator fit testing Designated Occupational Health Care Provider • Conduct medical aspects of program

Respiratory Protection Page 1 Revised 10/15/04


Program Administrator Each facility will designate a program administrator who IS qualified by appropriate training or experience that is commensurate with the complexity of the program to administer or oversee the respiratory protection program and conduct the required evaluation of program effectiveness. Voluntary Use of Respirators is Prohibited WISHA requires that voluntary use of respirators, when not required by the supervisor, must be controlled as strictly as under required circumstances. To prevent violations of the Respiratory Protection Standard workers are not allowed voluntary use of any other company supplied respirators of any type (use only respirators provided by your supervisor). Exception: Workers whose only use of respirators involves the voluntary use of filtering (non-sealing) face pieces (dust masks).

Program Evaluation Evaluations of the workplace are necessary to ensure that the written respiratory protection program is being properly implemented. This includes consulting with workers to ensure that they are using the respirator properly. Evaluations shall be conducted as necessary to ensure that the provisions of the current written program are being effectively implemented and that it continues to be effective. Program evaluation will include discussions with workers required to use respirators to assess the workers' views on program effectiveness and to identify any problems. Any problems that are identified during this assessment shall be corrected. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to: • Respirator fit (including the ability to use the respirator without interfering with

effective workplace performance)

• Appropriate respirator selection for the hazards to which the worker is exposed.

• Proper respirator use under the workplace conditions the worker encounters

• Proper respirator maintenance Record Keeping The supervisor will retain written information regarding medical evaluations, fit testing, and the respirator program. This information will facilitate worker involvement in the respirator program, assist the supervisor in auditing the adequacy of the program, and provide a record for compliance determinations by WISHA.



Training and Information Effective training for workers who are required to use respirators is essential. The training must be comprehensive, understandable, and recur annually, more often if necessary. Training will be provided prior to requiring the worker to use a respirator in the workplace. The training shall ensure that each worker can demonstrate knowledge of at least the following: • Why the respirator is necessary and how improper fit, usage, or maintenance can

compromise the protective effect of the respirator.

• Limitations and capabilities of the respirator.

• How to use the respirator effectively in emergencies, including situations in which the respirator malfunctions.

• How to inspect, put on and remove, use, and check the seals of the respirator.

• What the procedures are for maintenance and storage of the respirator.

• How to recognize medical signs and symptoms that may limit or prevent the effective use of respirators.

• The general requirements of this program. Retraining shall be conducted annually and when • Changes in the workplace or the type of respirator renders previous training obsolete.

• Inadequacies in the worker's knowledge or use of respirator indicates that the worker has not retained the requisite understanding or skill.

• Other situations arise in which retraining appears necessary to ensure respiratory use.

• Training will be conducted by instructors approved by DOC. Training is divided into the following sections Classroom Instruction: 1. Overview of the Respiratory Protection Program & WISHA Standard.

2. Respiratory protection safety procedures.

3. Respirator selection.

4. Respiratory operation and use.

5. Why the respirator is necessary.

6. How improper fit, usage, or maintenance can compromise the protective effect.



7. Limitations and capabilities of the respirator.

8. How to use the respirator effectively in emergencies, including respirator malfunctions.

9. How to inspect, put on, remove, use, and check the seals of the respirator.

10. What the procedures are for maintenance and storage of the respirator.

11. How to recognize medical signs and symptoms that may limit or prevent the effective use of respirators.

12. Change schedule and procedure for air purifying respirators. Fit Testing For each type and model of respirator used, hands-on respirator training will be given. Respirator inspection 1. Respirator cleaning and sanitizing

2. Record keeping

4. Respirator storage

5. Respirator fit check

6. Emergencies Basic Respirator Protection Safety Procedures 1. Only authorized and trained workers may use respirators. Those workers may use

only the respirator that they have been trained on and properly fitted to use.

2. Only physically qualified workers may be trained and authorized to use respirators. A pre-authorization and annual certification by a qualified physician will be required and maintained. Any changes to a worker’s health or physical characteristics will be reported to the Occupational Health Department and will be evaluated by a qualified physician.

3. Only the proper prescribed respirator or SCBA may be used for the job or work environment. Air-cleansing respirators may be worn in work environments when oxygen levels are between 19.5 percent and 23.5 percent; and when the appropriate air-cleansing canister, as determined by the manufacturer and approved by NIOSH or MESA, for the known hazardous substance is used. SCBA's will be worn in oxygen deficient and oxygen-rich environments (below 19.5 percent or above 23.5 percent oxygen).

4. Workers working in environments where a sudden release of hazardous substance is likely will wear an appropriate respirator for that hazardous substance (example: Workers working in an ammonia compressor room will have an Ammonia APR Respirator on their person).



5. Only SCBA' s will be used in oxygen deficient environments, environments with an

unknown hazardous substance or unknown quantity of a known hazardous substance or any environment that is determined “Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health” (IDLH).

6. Workers with respirators loaned on "permanent check out" will be responsible for the sanitation, proper storage and security. Respirators damaged by normal wear will be repaired or replaced by the supervisor when returned.

7. The last worker using a general use respirator and/or SCBA will be responsible for proper storage and sanitation. Monthly and after each use, all respirators will be inspected with documentation to assure its availability for use.

8. All respirators will be located in a clean, convenient and sanitary location.

9. In the event that workers must enter a confined space, work in environments with hazardous substance that would be dangerous to life or health, should an RPE fail (A SCBA is required in the environment), and/or conduct a HAZMAT entry, a “buddy system” detail will be used with a Safety Watchman being in constant voice, visual, or signal-line communication. Workers will follow the established Emergency Response Program and/or Confined Space Entry Program when applicable.

10. The supervisor will establish and maintain surveillance of jobs and work place conditions and degree of worker exposure or stress to maintain the proper procedures and to provide the necessary RPE.

11. The supervisor will establish and maintain safe operating procedures for the safe use of RPE, with strict enforcement and disciplinary action for failure to follow all general and specific safety rules. Standard Operation Procedures for general RPE use will be maintained as an attachment to the Respiratory Protection Program and Standard Operation Procedures for RPE use under emergency response situations will be maintained as an attachment to the Emergency Response Program.

Selection of Respirators The supervisor has evaluated the respiratory hazard(s) in each workplace, identified relevant workplace and user factors and has based respirator selection on these factors. Also included are estimates of worker exposures to respiratory hazards and an identification of the contaminant's chemical state and physical form. This selection has included appropriate protective respirators for use in IDLH atmospheres, and has limited the selection and use of air-purifying respirators. All selected respirators are NIOSH-certified. Filter Classifications These classifications are marked on the filter or filter package: Series: Not Oil Resistant:



• Approved for non-oil particulate contaminants.

• Examples: dust, fumes, mists not containing oil. R-Series: Oil Resistant: • Approved for all particulate contaminants, including those containing oil.

• Examples: dust, mists, fumes.

• Time restriction of 8 hours when oils are present. P-Series: Oil Proof: • Approved for all particulate contaminates including those containing oil.

• Examples: dusts, fumes, mists.

• See manufacturer's time use restrictions on packaging

Respirators for IDLH atmospheres The following respirators will be used in IDLH atmospheres: • A full-face piece pressure demand SCBA certified by NIOSH for a minimum service

life of thirty minutes, or

• A combination full-face piece pressure demand supplied-air respirator (SAR) with auxiliary self-contained air supply.

• Respirators provided only for escape for IDLH atmospheres shall be NIOSH -certified for escape from the atmosphere in which they will be used.

Respirators for atmospheres that are not IDLH The respirators selected shall be adequate to protect the health of the worker and ensure compliance with all other WISHA statutory and regulatory requirements, under routine and reasonably foreseeable emergencies. The respirator selected shall be appropriate for the chemical state and physical form of the contaminant Identification of Filters and Cartridges All filter and cartridges shall be labeled and color-coded with the NIOSH approval label and that the label is not removed and remains legible. A change-out schedule for filters and canisters has been developed to ensure these elements of the respirators remain effective.



Respirator Filter and Canister Replacement • An important part of the Respiratory Protection Program includes identifying the

useful life of canisters and filters used on air-purifying respirators. Each filter and canister shall be equipped with an end-of-service life indicator (ESLI) certified by NIOSH for the contaminant; or

• If there is no ESLI appropriate for conditions, establish a change schedule for

canisters and cartridges that is based on objective information or data to ensure that canisters and cartridges are changed before the end of their service life.

Filter and Cartridge Change Schedule A stock of spare filters and cartridges shall be maintained to allow immediate change when required or desired by the worker. Cartridges shall be changed based on the most limiting factor below: • Prior to expiration date.

• Manufacture's recommendations for the specific use and environment.

• After each use.

• When requested by worker.

• When contaminant is detected.

• When restriction to airflow has occurred as evidenced by increase effort by user to breathe normally.

• Cartridges shall remain in their original sealed package until needed for immediate use.

Filters shall be changed on the most limiting factor below: • Prior to expiration date.

• Manufacturers recommendations for the specific use and environment

• When requested by worker.

• When contaminate odor is detected.

• When restriction to airflow has occurred as evidenced by increase effort by user to breathe normally.

• When discoloring of the filter media is evident.

• Filters shall remain in their original sealed package until needed for immediate use.



Respiratory Protection Schedule by Job and Working Condition The supervisor maintains a respiratory protection schedule by job and working condition. This schedule is provided to each authorized and trained worker. The schedule provides the following information: • Job/working conditions.

• Work location.

• Hazards present.

• Type of respirator or SCBA required.

• Location of respirator or SCBA. • Filter/cartridge change-out schedule. The schedule will be reviewed and updated at least annually and whenever any changes are made in the work environments, machinery, equipment, or processes, or if different respirator models are introduced or existing models are removed.

Physical and Medical Qualifications Records of medical evaluations must be retained and made available in accordance with WISHA regulations. Medical Evaluation Required Using a respirator may lace a physiological burden on workers that varies with the type of respirator worn, the job and workplace conditions in which the respirator is used, and the medical status of the worker. The supervisor provides a medical evaluation to determine the worker's ability to use a respirator, before the worker is fit tested or required to use the respirator in the workplace. Medical Evaluation Procedures The worker will be provided a medical questionnaire by the designated Occupational Health Care Provider. Follow-up Medical Examination The supervisor shall ensure that a follow-up medical examination is provided for a worker who gives a positive response to any question in Part B of the questionnaire of whose initial medical examination demonstrates the need for a follow-up medical examination. The follow-up medical examination shall include any medical tests, consultations, or diagnostic procedures that the physician deems necessary to make a final determination.



Administration of the Medical Questionnaire and Examinations The medical questionnaire and examinations shall be administered confidentially during the worker's normal working hours or at a time and place convenient to the worker. The medical questionnaire shall be administered in a manner that ensures that the worker understands its content. The supervisor shall provide the worker with an opportunity to discuss the questionnaire and examination results with the physician. Supplemental Information for the Physician The following information must be provided to the physician before the physician makes a recommendation concerning a worker's ability to use a respirator • The type and weight of the respirator to be used by the worker.

• The duration and frequency of respirator use (including use for rescue and escape) The expected physical work effort.

• Additional protective clothing and equipment to be worn.

• Temperature and humidity extremes that may be encountered.

• Any supplemental information previously provided to the physician regarding a worker need not be provided for a subsequent medical evaluation if the information and the physician remain the same.

The supervisor has provided the physician with a copy of the written respiratory protection program and a copy of the WISHA Standard. Medical Determination In determining the worker's ability to use a respirator, the supervisor shall obtain a written recommendation regarding the worker's ability to use the respirator from the physician. The recommendation shall provide only the following information: • Any limitations on respirator use related to the medical condition of the worker, or

relation to the workplace condition in which the respirator will be used, including whether or not the worker is medically able to use the respirator.

• The need, if any, for follow-up medical evaluations.

• A statement that the physician has provided the worker with a copy of the physician's written recommendation.

If the respirator is a negative pressure respirator and the physician finds a medical condition, that could place the worker's health at increased risk. If the respirator is used, the supervisor shall provide an APR if the physician finds that the worker can use such a respirator. Or, if a subsequent medical evaluation finds the worker is medically able to use a negative pressure respirator, then the supervisor is no longer required to provide an APR.



Additional Medical Evaluations At a minimum, the supervisor shall be provided the additional medical evaluation that complies with the requirements of this section if: • A worker reports medical signs or symptoms that are related to ability to use a

respirator

• A physician or the respirator program administrator informs the supervisor that a worker needs to be reevaluated

• Information from the respiratory protection program, including observations made during fit testing and program evaluation, indicates a need for worker reevaluation

• A change occurs in workplace conditions (e.g., physical work effort, protective clothing temperature) that may result in a substantial increase in the physiological burden placed on a worker.

Respirator Fit Testing

Before a worker is required to use any respirator with a negative or positive pressure tight-fitting face piece, the worker must be fit tested with the same make, model, style, and size of respirator that will be used. The supervisor shall ensure that a worker using a tight-fitting face piece respirator is fit tested prior to initial use of the respirator, whenever a different respirator face piece (size, style, model or make) is used, and at least annually thereafter. The supervisor has established a record of the qualitative and quantitative fit tests administered to workers including: • The name or identification of the worker tested. • Type of fit-test performed. • Specific make, model, style, and size of respirator tested. • Date of test. • The pass/fail results of QLFTs or the fit-factor and strip-chart recording or other

recording of the test results for the QNFTs Additional fit tests will be conducted whenever the worker reports, or the physician, supervisor, or program administrator makes visual observations of changes in the worker's physical condition that could affect respirator fit. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, facial scarring, dental changes, cosmetic surgery, or an obvious change in body weight. If after passing a QLFT or QNFT, the worker notifies the program administrator, supervisor, or physician that the fit of the respirator is unacceptable, the worker shall be given a reasonable opportunity to select a different respirator face piece and to be re-tested.



Type of Fit Tests The fit test shall be administered using a WISHA-accepted QLFT or QNFT protocol. QLFT may only be used to fit-test negative pressure, air-purifying respirators that must achieve a fit factor of 100 or less: • If the fit factor, as determined through a WISHA-accepted QNFT protocol, is equal to

or greater than 100 for tight fitting, half-face pieces, or equal to or greater than 500 for tight fitting, full-face pieces, the QNFT has been passed with that respirator.

• Fit testing of tight fitting, atmosphere-supplying respirators and tight fitting powered air-purifying respirators shall be accomplished by performing quantitative or qualitative fit testing in the negative pressure mode, regardless of the mode of operation (negative or positive pressure) that is used for respiratory protection.

• Qualitative fit testing of these respirators shall be accomplished by temporarily converting the respirator user's actual face piece into a negative pressure respirator with appropriate filters, or by using an identical negative pressure air-purifying respirator face piece with the same sealing surfaces as a surrogate for the atmosphere-supplying or powered air-purifying respirator face piece

• Quantitative fit testing of these respirators shall be accomplished by modifying the face piece to allow sampling inside the face piece in the breathing zone of the user, midway between the nose and mouth. This requirement shall be accomplished by installing a permanent sampling probe onto a surrogate face piece, or by using a sampling adapter designed to temporarily provide a means of sampling air from inside the face piece.

• Any modifications to the respirator face-piece for fit testing shall be completely removed, and the face-piece restored to NIOSH approved configuration, before that face-piece can be used in the workplace

Fit-test records shall be retained for respirator users until the next fit-test is administered. Written materials are required to be retained and shall be made available upon request to affected workers.

Respiration Operation and Use Respirators will only be used following the respiratory protection safety procedures established in this program. The Operations and Use Manuals for each type of respirator will be maintained by the Program Administrator and be available to all qualified users. Surveillance by the direct supervisor shall be maintained of work area conditions and degree of worker exposure or stress.



When there is a change in work area condition or degree of worker exposure, or stress that may affect respirator effectiveness, the supervisor shall re-evaluate the continued effectiveness of the respirator. For continued protection of respirator users, the following general-use rules apply: • Users shall not remove respirators while in hazardous environment

• Respirators are to be stored in sealed containers out of harmful atmospheres.

• Store respirators away from heat and moisture.

• Store respirators such that the sealing area does not become distorted or warped

• Store respirator such that the face piece is protected face-piece seal protection The supervisor does not permit respirators with tight-fitting face pieces to be worn by workers who have: • Facial hair that comes between the sealing surface of the face piece and the face or

that interferes with valve function; or • Any condition that interferes with the face-to-face piece seal or valve function • If a worker wears corrective glasses or goggles or other personal protective

equipment, the supervisor shall ensure that such equipment is worn in a manner that does not interfere with the seal of the face-piece to the face of the user.

Continuing Effectiveness of Respirators The supervisor shall ensure that workers leave the respirator use area: • To wash their faces and respirator face pieces as necessary to prevent eye or skin

irritation associated with respirator use

• If they detect vapor or gas breakthrough, changes in breathing resistance, or leakage of the face piece

• To replace the respirator or the filter, cartridge, or canister elements If the worker detects vapor or gas breakthrough, changes in breathing resistance, or leakage of the face piece, the supervisor will replace or repair the respirator before allowing the worker to return to the work area. Cleaning and Disinfecting The Supervisor shall provide each respirator user with a respirator that is clean, sanitary, and in good working order. The supervisor shall ensure that respirators are cleaned and disinfected using the Standard Operating Procedure SOP: Cleaning and Disinfecting Clean and disinfect respirators:



• Respirators issued for the exclusive use of a worker shall be cleaned and disinfected

as often as necessary to be maintained in a sanitary condition.

• Respirators issued to more than one worker shall be cleaned and disinfected before being worn by different individuals.

• Respirators maintained for emergency use shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use.

• Respirators used in fit testing and training shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use.

Cleaning and storage of respirators assigned to specific workers is the responsibility of that worker.

Respirator Inspection All respirators/SCBAs, both available for “General Use” and those on “Permanent Check-out” will be inspected after each use and at least monthly. Should any defects be noted, the respirator/SCBA will be taken to the program Administrator. Damaged respirators will be either repaired or replaced. The inspection of respirators loaned on “Permanent Check-out” is the responsibility of that trained worker. Respirator shall be inspected as follows: • All respirators used in routine situations shall be inspected before each use and during

cleaning.

• All respirators maintained for use in emergencies shall be inspected at least monthly and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and shall be checked for proper function before and after each use.

• Emergency escape-only respirators shall be inspected before being carried into the workplace for use.

• Respirator inspections include the following: 1. A check of respirator function, tightness of connections, and the condition for

the various parts including, but not limited to, the face-piece, head straps, valves, connecting tube, and cartridges, canisters or filters.

2. Check of elastomeric parts for pliability and signs of deterioration.

3. Self-contained breathing apparatus shall be inspected monthly.



4. Air and oxygen cylinders shall be maintained in a fully charged state and shall be recharged when the pressure falls to 90 percent of the manufacturer's recommended pressure level.

5. The supervisor shall determine that the regulator and warning devices function properly.

• For Emergency Use Respirators the additional requirements apply:

1. Certify the respirator by documenting the date the inspection was performed, the name (or signature) of the person who made the inspection, the findings, required remedial action, and a serial number or other means of identifying the inspected respirator.

2. Provide this information on a tag or label that is attached to the storage compartment for the respirator, is kept with the respirator, or is included in inspection reports stored as paper or electronic files.

This information shall be maintained until replaced following a subsequent certification. Respirator Storage Respirators are to be stored as follows:

• All respirators shall be stored to protect them from damage, contamination, dust, sunlight, extreme temperatures, excessive moisture, and damaging chemicals, and they shall be packed or stored to prevent deformation of the face piece and exhalation valve

• Emergency respirators shall be:

1. Kept accessible to the work area.

2. Stored in compartments or in covers that are clearly marked as containing emergency respirators.

3. Stored in accordance with any applicable manufacturer instructions. Respirator Repair Respirators that fail an inspection or are otherwise found to be defective, will be removed from service to be either discarded, repaired, or adjusted in accordance with the following procedures: • Repairs or adjustments to respirators are to be made only by persons appropriately

trained to perform such operations and shall use only the respirator manufacturer's NIOSH-approved parts designed for the respirator

• Repairs shall be made according to the manufacturer's recommendations and specification for the type and extent of repairs to be performed



• Reducing and admission valves, regulators, and alarms shall be adjusted or repaired

only by the manufacturer or a technician trained by the manufacturer Breathing and Air Quality and Use The supervisor shall ensure that compressed air, compressed oxygen, liquid air, and liquid oxygen used for respiration accords with the following specifications: • Compressed and liquid oxygen shall meet the United States Pharmacopoeia

requirements for medical or breathing oxygen.

• Compressed breathing air shall meet at least the requirements for Grade D breathing air describe in ANSI/Compressed Gas Association Commodity Specification for Air G- 7.1-1989, to include:

1. Oxygen content (v/v) of 19.5 percent to 23.5 percent.

2. Hydrocarbon (condensed) content of 5 milligrams per cubic meter of air or less.

3. Carbon monoxide (CO) contents of 10 ppm or less.

4. Carbon dioxide content of 1,000 ppm or less.

5. Lack of noticeable odor.

• Compressed oxygen will not be used in atmosphere-supplying respirators that have previously used compressed air.

• Oxygen concentrations greater than 23.5 percent are used only in equipment designed for oxygen service or distribution.

• Cylinders used to supply breathing air to respirators meet the following requirements Cylinders are tested and maintained as prescribed in the Shipping Container Specification.

• Regulations of the Department of Transportation (49CFG par 173 and part 178).

• Cylinders of purchased breathing air have a certificate of analysis from the supplier that the breathing air meets the requirements for Grade D breathing air.

• Moisture content in breathing air cylinders does not exceed a dew point of -500 F (-45.60 C) at 1 atmosphere pressure.

• Breathing air-couplings are incompatible with outlets for non-respirable work-site air or other gas systems. No asphyxiating substance shall be introduced into breathing air-lines.

• Breathing gas containers shall be marked in accordance with NIOSH respirator certification.





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS








































STAIRWAYS WAC 296-155-475

Facility / Site:

Project:

All stairways shall be installed and maintained in accordance to WISHA Standards contained in chapters 296-155-476 through 296-155-477. A person qualified by knowledge or experience of stairway procedures must implement this plan. The qualified person responsible for this plan is:

Name Position A. Non-permanent stairways during construction

1. Stairways shall have landings of not less than 30 inches in the direction of travel and extend at least 22 inches in width at every 12 feet or less of vertical rise. Yes No

2. Stairways shall be installed between 30° and 50° from horizontal Yes No

3. Structures 2 or more stories or 24 feet or more in height or depth, shall have suitable permanent or temporary stairways installed Yes No

4. Stairways, ramps or ladders shall be provided at all points where a break in elevation of 18 inches or more occurs in a frequently traveled passageway, entry or exit Yes No

B. Permanent stairways

1. A minimum of one stairway shall be provided for access and exit for buildings and structures to 3 stories or 36 feet; if more than 3 stories or 36 feet, 2 or more stairways shall be provided Yes No

C. Riser height and tread depth

1. Riser height and tread depth shall be uniform within each flight of stairs, and variations in riser height or tread depth shall not be over ¼ inch in any stairway Yes No

D. Platforms

1. Where doors or gates open directly on a stairway, a platform shall be provided, and the swing of the door shall not reduce the effective width of the platform to less than 20 inches Yes No

E. General design and safety

1. All parts of stairways shall be free of hazardous projections, such as protruding nails. Slippery conditions on stairways shall be eliminated before the stairways are used to reach other levels Yes No

2. The ends of stairrail systems and handrails shall be constructed so as not to constitute a projection hazard Yes No

3. Unprotected sides and edges of stairways landings shall be provided with guardrail systems Yes No

F. Stairrails and handrails

1. Stairways having 4 or more risers or rising more than 30 inches (76cm), whichever is less, shall be equipped with at least one handrail and one stairrail system along each unprotected side or edge. Yes No

2. Stairrails shall not be less than 36 inches from the upper surface of the stairrail system to the surface of the tread, in line with the face of the riser at the forward edge of the tread Yes No

3. Handrails and the top rails of stairrail systems shall be capable of withstanding, without failure, a

force of at least 200 lbs. (890 n) applied within 2 inches (5 cm) of the top edge, in any downward or outward direction, at any point along the top edge

Yes No

4. The height of handrails shall not be more than 37 inches (94 cm) nor less than 30 inches (76 cm)

from the upper surface of the handrail to the surface of the tread, in line with the face of the riser at the forward edge of the tread

Yes No



Department Of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Stairways

Purpose The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of stairways at Washington State Department of Corrections during construction projects to protect all workers, contractors, visitors, vendors and offenders from potential hazards of stairways. This Program applies to all buildings and structures owned by the Department of Corrections, to all workers and sub-contractors of the Department, to occupants of Department buildings and to external organizations who may work with stairways in Department of Corrections construction projects.

General Precautions The following requirements apply to all stairways as indicated: • Stairways that will not be a permanent part of the structure on which construction

work is being performed shall have landings of not less than 30 inches (76 cm) in the direction of travel and extend at least 22 inches (56 cm) in width at every 12 feet (3.7 m) or less of vertical rise.

• Stairs shall be installed between 30 degrees and 50 degrees from horizontal.

• In all buildings or structures, two or more stories or twenty-four feet or more in height or depth, suitable permanent or temporary stairways shall be installed.

• Stairways, ramps or ladders shall be provided at all points where a break in elevation of eighteen inches or more occurs in a frequently traveled passageway, entry or exit.

• A minimum of one stairway shall be provided for access and exit for buildings and structures to three stories or thirty-six feet; if more than three stories or thirty-six feet, two or more stairways shall be provided. Where two stairways are provided and work is being performed in the stairways, one shall be maintained clear for access between levels at all times.

• The stairway to a second or higher floor shall be completed before studs are raised to support the next higher floor.

• Roof and attic work areas of all buildings shall be provided with a safe means of access and egress, such as stairways, ramps or ladders.

• Cleats shall not be nailed to studs to provide access to and egress from roof or other work areas.

Stairways Page 1 Revised 10/18/04


• Steel frame buildings – the stairways shall extend to the uppermost floor that has been

planked or decked. Ladders may be used above that point

• Reinforced concrete or composite steel – concrete buildings. Stairways shall extend to the lowermost floor upon which a complete vertical shoring system is in place. A minimum of two ladders at different locations for each floor may be used above this floor – but not to exceed three floors.

• Riser height and tread depth shall be uniform within each flight of stairs, including any foundation structure used as one or more treads of the stairs. Variations in riser height or tread depth shall not be over 1/4-inch (0.6 cm) in any stairway system

• Where doors or gates open directly on a stairway, a platform shall be provided, and the swing of the door shall not reduce the effective width of the platform to less than 20 inches (51 cm) .All parts of stairways shall be free of hazardous projections, such as protruding nails

• Slippery conditions on stairways shall be eliminated before the stairways are used to reach other levels

• The stair must be installed at an angle of seventy degrees or less

• The stair must be capable of withstanding a minimum uniform load of one hundred-pounds per square foot with a design factor of 1.7, and the treads must be capable of carrying a minimum concentrated load of three hundred pounds at the center of any treadspan or exterior arc with a design factor of 1.7. If the stair is intended for greater loading, construction must allow for that loading

• The stair must be equipped with a handrail on each side to assist the user in climbing or descending

• Due to space limitations, when a permanent stairway must be installed at an angle above fifty degrees, such an installation (commonly called an inclined or ship's ladder) shall have treads, open risers and handrails on both sides

Temporary Service

The following requirements apply to all stairways as indicated: • Except during stairway construction, foot traffic is prohibited on stairways with pan

stairs where the treads and/or landings are to be filled in with concrete or other material at a later date, unless the stairs are temporarily fitted with wood or other solid material at least to the top edge of each pan. Such temporary treads and landings shall be replaced when worn below the level of the top edge of the pan.



• Except during stairway construction, foot traffic is prohibited on skeleton metal stairs

where permanent treads and/or landings are to be installed at a later date, unless the stairs are fitted with secured temporary treads and landings long enough to cover the entire tread and/or landing area.

• Treads for temporary service shall be made of wood or other solid material, and shall be installed the full width and depth of the stair.

Stair Rails and Handrails

The following requirements apply to all stairways as indicated: • Stairways having four or more risers or rising more than 30 inches (76 cm),

whichever is less, shall be equipped with:

• At least one handrail.

• One stair rail system along each unprotected side or edge.

• Winding and spiral stairways shall be equipped with a handrail offset sufficiently to prevent walking on those portions of the stairways where the tread width is less than 6 inches (15 cm).

The height of stair rails shall be as follows: • Stair rails installed after the effective date of this standard, shall be not less than 36

inches (91.5 cm) from the upper surface of the stair rail system to the surface of the tread, in line with the face of the riser at the forward edge of the tread.

• Stair rails shall be not less than 30 inches (76 cm) nor more than 34 inches (86 cm) from the upper surface of the stairrai1 system to the surface of the tread, in line with the face of the riser at the forward edge of the tread.

• Midrails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, or equivalent intermediate structural members shall be provided between the top rail of the stair rail system and the stairway steps.

• When intermediate vertical members, such as balusters, are used between posts, they shall be not more than 19 inches (48 cm) apart.

• Stair rail systems and handrails shall be so surfaced as to prevent injury to workers from punctures or lacerations, and to prevent snagging of clothing

• The ends of stair rail systems and handrails shall be constructed so as not to constitute a projection hazard.



Handrails shall be as follows: • The height of handrails shall be not more than 37 inches (94 cm) nor less than 30

inches (76 cm) from the upper surface of the handrail to the surface of the tread, in line with the face of the riser at the forward edge of the tread.

• Handrails shall provide an adequate handhold for workers grasping them to avoid falling.

• Handrails that will not be a permanent part of the structure being built shall have a minimum clearance of 3 inches (8 cm) between the handrail and walls, stair rail systems, and other objects.

Unprotected sides and edges of stairway landings shall be provided with guardrail systems. Guardrail system criteria are contained in chapter 296-155 WAC, Part K.





DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS







































LOST TOOL REPORT

NOTE: The loss will be reported to the Shift Commander as soon as the loss is discovered.

A Lost Tool Report will be completed and submitted for each instance of tool loss. This report will be forwarded to the Tool Control Officer by the end of the workday via the chain of command.

Person Reporting Loss

Date Loss Discovered

Department

Crew Number

Area Where Loss Occurred

TOOL TYPE COLOR AND NUMBER NUMBER MISSING

Description of circumstances concerning loss of tool:

Signature

Date


Distribution: ORIGINAL- Tool Control Officer COPY- Captain/CPM, Department Head, Tool Control Manager DOC 21-517 (Rev. 08/16/10) DOC 420.500

Department of Corrections FC Safety Plan – Tool Add/Drop Form

Institution:

Description of

Tool Transferred Tool

Number Crew

Transferred From

Crew Transferred

To

Re-Mark Date

Re-Inventory

Date

Date Into

Service

Supervisor’s Signature:

Date:

Tool control Officer:

Date:

cc: Tool Control Officer Involved Supervisors




DOC Number

Signatures Date

__________________________________________ __________________ ____________






START DATE

COMPLETION DATE

REVIEW DATE

PROJECT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

PLANT MANAGER

PHONE NUMBER

CREW SUPERVISOR

PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


PHONE NUMBER


















COMMENTS







































Capital Projects Facility Contract Safety Plans ...

Documents

Transcript of Capital Projects Facility Contract Safety Plans ...